10-Q

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

þ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2013

or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 000-26124

IXYS CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE	77-0140882
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1590 BUCKEYE DRIVE

MILPITAS, CALIFORNIA 95035-7418

(Address of principal executive offices and Zip Code)

(408) 457-9000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes þ No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes þ No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	þ
Non-accelerated filer	¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes ¨ No þ

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding as of July 25, 2013 was 31,098,966.

IXYS CORPORATION

FORM 10-Q

June 30, 2013

INDEX

	Page
PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION		3
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		3
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS		3
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS		4
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME		5
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS		6
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		7
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS		19
ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK		28
ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES		28
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION		29
ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS		29
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS		29
ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS		42
ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES		42
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES		42
ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION		43
ITEM 6. EXHIBITS		43

2

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

IXYS CORPORATION

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

	June 30,			March 31,
	2013			2013
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	85,829		$	107,116
Restricted cash		318			314
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $2,609 at June 30, 2013 and $2,656 at March 31, 2013		40,923			37,752
Inventories		86,897			83,829
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		7,721			7,328
Deferred income taxes		7,205			7,167
Total current assets		228,893			243,506
Property, plant and equipment, net		51,461			51,995
Intangible assets, net		51,273			2,893
Goodwill		165			—
Deferred income taxes		25,040			24,847
Other assets		9,553			10,235
Total assets	$	366,385		$	333,476
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of capitalized lease obligations	$	2,522		$	2,458
Current portion of loans payable		15,964			15,956
Accounts payable		12,804			12,822
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		31,716			16,992
Total current liabilities		63,006			48,228
Capitalized lease obligations, net of current portion		2,377			2,974
Long term loans, net of current portion		5,297			5,459
Other long term liabilities		21,865			6,877
Pension liabilities		16,150			16,330
Total liabilities		108,695			79,868
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
Authorized: 5,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding		—			—
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
Authorized: 80,000,000 shares; 37,973,275 issued and 31,046,566 outstanding at June 30, 2013 and 37,921,213 issued and 30,885,354 outstanding at March 31, 2013		380			379
Additional paid-in capital		203,741			202,598
Treasury stock, at cost: 6,926,709 common shares at June 30, 2013 and 7,035,859 common shares at March 31, 2013		(61,033	)		(61,994	)
Retained earnings		116,682			115,718
Accumulated other comprehensive income		(2,080	)		(3,093	)
Total stockholders’ equity		257,690			253,608
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	366,385		$	333,476

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

3

IXYS CORPORATION

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

	Three Months Ended
	June 30,
	2013			2012
Net revenues	$	71,186		$	80,857
Cost of goods sold		50,049			53,784
Gross profit		21,137			27,073
Operating expenses:
Research, development and engineering		7,687			6,930
Selling, general and administrative		10,043			10,790
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets		246			640
Total operating expenses		17,976			18,360
Operating income		3,161			8,713
Other income (expense):
Interest income		39			84
Interest expense		(212	)		(257	)
Other income (expense), net		(83	)		701
Income before income tax provision		2,905			9,241
Provision for income tax		(926	)		(3,234	)
Net income	$	1,979		$	6,007
Net income per share:
Basic	$	0.06		$	0.19
Diluted	$	0.06		$	0.19
Cash dividends per common share	$	0.03		$	—
Weighted average shares used in per share calculation:
Basic		30,948			31,351
Diluted		31,635			32,378

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

4

IXYS CORPORATION

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

	Three Months Ended
	June 30,
	2013			2012
	(unaudited)
Net income	$	1,979		$	6,007
Foreign currency translation adjustments		1,356			(5,100	)
Changes in market value of investments:
Changes in unrealized gain (loss), net of taxes (benefits) of $(152) and $18		(286	)		34
Reclassification adjustment for net losses (gains) realized in net income, net of taxes (benefits) of $(31) and $17		(57	)		31
Net change in market value of investments		(343	)		65
Total comprehensive income	$	2,992		$	972

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

5

IXYS CORPORATION

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	1,979		$	6,007
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		2,722			3,277
Provision for receivable allowances		1,672			3,102
Net change in inventory provision		765			(1	)
Foreign currency adjustments on intercompany amounts		(110	)		(497	)
Stock-based compensation		671			1,095
Loss (gain) on investments and disposal of fixed assets		(140	)		24
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		(4,466	)		(893	)
Inventories		(2,198	)		(1,897	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(273	)		(376	)
Other assets		(13	)		313
Accounts payable		(80	)		1,475
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		(433	)		369
Pension liabilities		(336	)		(218	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(240	)		11,780
Cash flows from investing activities:
Change in restricted cash		(4	)		(48	)
Purchase of business, net of deferred payments		(20,000	)		—
Purchases of investments		—			(3,919	)
Purchases of property and equipment		(1,566	)		(1,118	)
Proceeds from sale of investments		324			387
Net cash used in investing activities		(21,246	)		(4,698	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on capital lease obligations		(616	)		(745	)
Repayments of loans and notes payable		(243	)		(939	)
Proceeds from employee equity plans		1,349			567
Payment of cash dividends to stockholders		(931	)		—
Net cash used in financing activities		(441	)		(1,117	)
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents		640			(1,738	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(21,287	)		4,227
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		107,116			98,604
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	85,829		$	102,831
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities:
Deferred payments of business acquisition	$	30,000		$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

6

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of IXYS Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The accounting estimates that require management’s most difficult judgments include, but are not limited to, revenue reserves, inventory valuation, accounting for income taxes, allocation of purchase price in business combinations and restructuring costs. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. All adjustments of a normal recurring nature that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods have been made. The condensed balance sheet as of March 31, 2013 has been derived from our audited balance sheet as of that date. It is recommended that the interim financial statements be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, or fiscal 2013, contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results expected for later quarters or the full fiscal year.

2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Accounting Changes

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011, Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued authoritative guidance on disclosure about offsetting assets and liabilities. The amendments require an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. The guidance is effective for us in the fiscal year that began on April 1, 2013 and did not have significant impact on our unaudited consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In July 2012, FASB issued authoritative guidance on testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. Under the amendments in this guidance, an entity has the option to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the intangible asset is impaired. If an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, the entity is not required to take further action. If an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived asset and perform the quantitative impairment test by comparing the fair value with the carrying value. The amendments are effective for us in the fiscal year that began on April 1, 2013 and did not have any impact on our unaudited consolidated financial statements and disclosures since we do not have any indefinite-lived intangible assets; however, the amendments may affect us in the future if we acquire indefinite-lived intangible assets.

In February 2013, FASB issued authoritative guidance on reporting of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. In addition to the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements, the amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. The guidance is effective for us in the fiscal year that began on April 1, 2013 and did not have material impact on our unaudited financial statements.

Reclassification

Certain amounts in the prior period have been reclassified to conform to the current period financial statement and footnote presentation, including an immaterial reclassification of stock-based compensation expense between cost of sales and operating expenses in the quarter ended June 30, 2012. These reclassifications did not affect our net income as previously reported.

3. Business Combination

On June 27, 2013, we completed the acquisition of a 4-bit and 8-bit microcontroller product line of the System LSI Division of Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. The acquired product line includes microcontrollers for various consumer, medical, automotive, telecom and power management applications. The acquisition is intended to bolster our product portfolio and empower customers to utilize products from across our multiple product lines.

The aggregate purchase price for the acquired assets is $50.0 million. The closing payment was $20.0 million and we are obligated to pay $30.0 million in two installment payments of $15.0 million each. The first installment is due on June 27, 2014 and the second installment is due on December 31, 2014, bearing simple interest at a variable annual rate equal to six-month LIBOR plus a 3 percentage point margin. The above deferred payments are included in “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities” and “Other long term liabilities”, respectively, on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

7

As of June 30, 2013, we have incurred $201,000 in legal and consulting costs related to the acquisition. The costs incurred have been fully expensed and are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations.

The following table summarizes the preliminary values of the assets acquired at the acquisition date.

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired (in thousands):

	Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation
Inventories	$	1,150
Property, plant and equipment		36
Identifiable intangible assets		48,649
Total identifiable net assets		49,835
Goodwill		165
Total purchase price	$	50,000

Identifiable intangible assets consisted of developed intellectual property, customer relationships, in process intellectual property, contract backlog and a noncompetition agreement. The valuation of the acquired intangibles was classified as a level 3 measurement under the fair value measurement guidance, because the valuation was based on significant unobservable inputs and involved management judgment and assumptions about market participants and pricing. In determining fair value of the acquired intangible assets, we determined the appropriate unit of measure, the exit market and the highest and best use for the assets. The income approach and cost approach were used to estimate the fair value. The income approach indicates the fair value of an asset based on the value of the cash flows that the asset can be expected to generate in the future through a discounted cash flow method. The income approach was used to determine the fair values of developed and in process intellectual property, noncompetition agreement, contract backlog and customer relationships. We utilized a weighted average cost of capital rate of 17% to value these intangibles using the income approach. The cost approach was used to determine the fair value of tangible assets and indicates the fair value of an asset based upon expected replacement value. The purchase price allocation table presented above reflects our preliminary determination of the fair values of the assets acquired. We are in the process of obtaining additional information and reviewing fair value calculations and assumptions prior to finalizing the purchase price allocation during the quarter ended March 31, 2014. The goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes.

Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Information:

We completed the acquisition on June 27, 2013. The acquisition did not have any material impact on our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 as there were no material transactions by the acquired business during the quarter. We are in the process of obtaining the required financial information, including the audited financials of the acquired business for the relevant periods, and will disclose the required pro forma financial information in our subsequent Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, filings, when it becomes practicable to do so.

4. Fair Value

We account for certain assets and liabilities at fair value. In determining fair value, we consider its principal or most advantageous market and the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing, such as inherent risk, restrictions on sale and risk of nonperformance. The fair value hierarchy is based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques. Observable inputs (highest level) reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs (lowest level) reflect internally developed market assumptions. The fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy:

Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs or significant value-drivers are observable in active markets.

Level 3 — Model-derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value-drivers are unobservable.

8

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, excluding accrued interest components, consisted of the following types of instruments as of June 30, 2013 and March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	June 30, 2013 (1)								March 31, 2013 (1)
				Fair Value Measured at Reporting Date Using								Fair Value Measured at Reporting Date Using
Description	Total			Level 1		Level 2			Total			Level 1		Level 2
	(unaudited)								(unaudited)
Money market funds (2)	$	51,049		$	51,049	$	—		$	67,959		$	67,959	$	—
Marketable equity securities (3)		3,354			3,354		—			4,116			4,116		—
Auction rate preferred securities (3)		350			—		350			350			—		350
Derivative liabilities (4)		(166	)		—		(166	)		(198	)		—		(198	)
Total	$	54,587		$	54,403	$	184		$	72,227		$	72,075	$	152

(1) We did not have any recurring assets whose fair value was measured using significant unobservable inputs.

(2) Included in “Cash and cash equivalents” on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

(3) Included in “Other assets” on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

(4) Included in “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities” on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

We measure our marketable securities and derivative contracts at fair value. Marketable securities are valued using the quoted market prices and are therefore classified as Level 1 estimates.

From time to time, we use derivative instruments to manage exposures to changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates, and the fair values of these instruments are recorded on the balance sheets. We have elected not to designate these instruments as accounting hedges. The changes in the fair value of these instruments are recorded in the current period’s statement of operations and are included in other income (expense), net. All of our derivative instruments are traded on over-the-counter markets where quoted market prices are not readily available. For those derivatives, we measure fair value using prices obtained from the counterparties with whom we have traded. The counterparties price the derivatives based on models that use primarily market observable inputs, such as yield curves and option volatilities. Accordingly, we classify these derivatives as Level 2. See Note 9, “Borrowing Arrangements” for further information regarding the terms of the derivative contract.

Auction rate preferred securities, or ARPS, are stated at par value based upon observable inputs including historical redemptions received from the ARPS issuers. All of our ARPS have AAA credit ratings, are 100% collateralized and continue to pay interest in accordance with their contractual terms. Additionally, the collateralized asset value ranges exceed the value of our ARPS by approximately 300 percent. Accordingly, the remaining ARPS balance of $350,000 is categorized as Level 2 for fair value measurement in accordance with the authoritative guidance provided by FASB and was recorded at full par value on the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2013 and March 31, 2013. We currently believe that the ARPS values are not impaired and as such, no impairment has been recognized against the investment. If future auctions fail to materialize and the credit rating of the issuers deteriorates, we may be required to record an impairment charge against the value of our ARPS.

Cash and cash equivalents are recognized and measured at fair value in our consolidated financial statements. Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses and other current assets are financial assets with carrying values that approximate fair value. Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities are financial liabilities with carrying values that approximate fair value.

Our indebtedness for borrowed money and our installment payment obligations approximate fair value, as the interest rates either adjust according to the market rates or the interest rates approximate the market rates. The estimated fair value of these items was approximately $51.3 million and $21.4 million as of June 30, 2013 and March 31, 2013, respectively. Our indebtedness for borrowed money, which primarily consists of loans from banks, is categorized as Level 2 for fair value measurement. Our installment payment obligations, which primarily consist of the deferred payments of our business acquisition, are categorized as Level 1 for fair value measurement. See Note 11, “Pension Plans” for a discussion of pension liabilities.

9

5. Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 30, 2013		March 31, 2013
	(unaudited)
Marketable equity securities	$	3,354	$	4,116
Auction rate preferred securities		350		350
Long term equity investments		5,515		5,449
Other items		334		320
Total	$	9,553	$	10,235

6. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 30, 2013		March 31, 2013
	(unaudited)
Raw materials	$	18,100	$	17,349
Work in process		41,940		41,036
Finished goods		26,857		25,444
Total	$	86,897	$	83,829

7. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 30, 2013		March 31, 2013
	(unaudited)
Uninvoiced goods and services	$	7,690	$	8,204
Compensation and benefits		6,369		5,950
Short term installment payment obligation		15,000		—
Commission, royalties and other		2,657		2,838
Total	$	31,716	$	16,992

8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in connection with our acquisition of a 4-bit and 8-bit microcontroller product line. The acquisition was completed on June 27, 2013 and resulted in preliminary goodwill of $165,000. Identified intangible assets resulting from the acquisition based on our preliminary valuation consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Fair Value (In thousands)		Amortization Method	Estimated Useful Life (In months)
Developed intellectual property	$	14,256	Straight-line	60
Customer relationships		14,703	Accelerated	36
In process intellectual property		13,090	Straight-line	60
Contract backlog		5,250	Straight-line	12
Noncompetition agreement		1,350	Straight-line	120
Total	$	48,649

10

Identified intangible assets of our company consisted of the following as of June 30, 2013 (in thousands):

	Gross Intangible Assets		Accumulated Amortization		Net Intangible Assets
Developed intellectual property	$	19,056	$	2,658	$	16,398
Customer relationships		20,803		6,100		14,703
In process intellectual property		13,090		—		13,090
Contract backlog		7,250		2,000		5,250
Other intangible assets		2,537		705		1,832
Total identifiable intangible assets	$	62,736	$	11,463	$	51,273

Identified intangible assets of our company consisted of the following as of March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Gross Intangible Assets		Accumulated Amortization		Net Intangible Assets
Developed intellectual property	$	4,800	$	2,458	$	2,342
Customer relationships		6,100		6,100		—
Contract backlog		2,000		2,000		—
Other intangible assets		1,187		636		551
Total identifiable intangible assets	$	14,087	$	11,194	$	2,893

9. Borrowing Arrangements

Bank of the West

On November 13, 2009, we entered into a credit agreement for a revolving line of credit with Bank of the West, or BOTW, under which we could borrow up to $15.0 million and all amounts owed under the credit agreement were due and payable on October 31, 2011. On December 29, 2010, we entered into an amendment with BOTW to increase the line of credit to $20.0 million and to extend the expiration date to October 31, 2013. Borrowings may be repaid and re-borrowed at any time during the term of the credit agreement. The obligations are guaranteed by two of our subsidiaries. At June 30, 2013, the outstanding principal balance under the credit agreement was $15.0 million.

The credit agreement provides different interest rate alternatives under which we may borrow funds. We may elect to borrow based on LIBOR plus a margin, an alternative base rate plus a margin or a floating rate plus a margin. The margin can range from 1.5% to 3.25%, depending on interest rate alternatives and on our leverage of liabilities to effective tangible net worth. The effective interest rate as of June 30, 2013 was 2.78%.

The credit agreement is subject to a set of financial covenants, including minimum effective tangible net worth, the ratio of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable to current liabilities, profitability, a ratio of EBITDA to interest expense and a minimum amount of U.S. domestic cash on hand. At June 30, 2013, we complied with all of these financial covenants.

The credit agreement also includes a $3.0 million letter of credit subfacility. See Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies” for further information regarding the terms of the subfacility.

IKB Deutsche Industriebank

On June 10, 2005, IXYS Semiconductor GmbH, our German subsidiary, borrowed €10.0 million, or about $12.2 million at the time, from IKB Deutsche Industriebank. This loan is partially collateralized by a security interest in our facility in Lampertheim, Germany and is expected to be paid in full on June 30, 2020. The outstanding balance at June 30, 2013 was €4.7 million, or $6.1 million.

The interest rate on the loan is determined by adding the then effective three month Euribor rate and a margin. The margin can range from 0.7% to 1.25%, depending on the calculation of a ratio of indebtedness to cash flow for our German subsidiary. In June 2010, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement commencing June 30, 2010. The swap agreement has a fixed interest rate of 1.99% and expires on June 30, 2015. It is not designated as a hedge in the financial statements. See Note 4, “Fair Value” for further information regarding the derivative contract.

11

During each fiscal quarter, a principal payment of €167,000, or about $217,000, and a payment of accrued interest are required. Financial covenants for a ratio of indebtedness to cash flow, a ratio of equity to total assets and a minimum stockholders’ equity for the German subsidiary must be satisfied for the loan to remain in good standing. The loan may be prepaid in whole or in part at the end of a fiscal quarter without penalty. At June 30, 2013, we complied with the financial covenants. The loan is partially collateralized by a security interest in the facility owned by our company in Lampertheim, Germany.

10. Restructuring Charges

In the quarter ended September 30, 2009, we initiated plans to restructure our European manufacturing and assembly operations to align them to current market conditions. The plans primarily involved the termination of employees and centralization of certain positions. Costs related to termination of employees represented severance payments and benefits.

The costs in connection with the restructuring plans in Europe have been included under “Restructuring charges” in our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations. The restructuring accrual as of June 30, 2013 was included under “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities” on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Restructuring activity as of and for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was as follows (in thousands):

	Severance and Related Benefits
Balance at March 31, 2013	$	69
Charges		—
Cash payments		—
Currency translation adjustment		1
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	70

We anticipate that the remaining restructuring obligations of $70,000 as of June 30, 2013 will be paid by December 31, 2013.

11. Pension Plans

We maintain three defined benefit pension plans: one for United Kingdom employees, one for German employees, and one for Philippine employees. These plans cover most of the employees in the United Kingdom, Germany and the Philippines. Benefits are based on years of service and the employees’ compensation. We deposit funds for these plans, consistent with the requirements of local law, with investment management companies, insurance companies, banks or trustees and/or accrue for the unfunded portion of the obligations. The measurement date for the projected benefit obligations and the plan assets is March 31. The United Kingdom and German plans have been curtailed. As such, the plans are closed to new entrants and no credit is provided for additional periods of service. The German plan was held by a separate legal entity. As of June 30, 2013, the German defined benefit plan was completely unfunded. We expect to contribute approximately $978,000 to the United Kingdom and the Philippines plans in the fiscal year ending March 31, 2014. This contribution is primarily contractual.

The net periodic pension expense includes the following components (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2012
	(unaudited)
Service cost	$	28		$	24
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation		458			471
Expected return on plan assets		(408	)		(379	)
Recognized actuarial loss		58			42
Net periodic pension expense	$	136		$	158

12

Information on Plan Assets

We report and measure the plan assets of our defined benefit pension plans at fair value. The table below sets forth the fair value of our plan assets as of June 30, 2013 and March 31, 2013, using the same three-level hierarchy of fair-value inputs described in Note 4, “Fair Value” (in thousands):

	June 30, 2013								March 31, 2013
Description	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Level 1		Level 2			Level 3			Total
Cash and cash funds	$	632	$	—	$	—	$	632	$	669	$	—		$	—		$	669
Currency contracts		—		1		—		1		—		(15	)		—			(15	)
Equity		18,612		—		9		18,621		18,411		3			6			18,420
Fixed interest		1,277		4,315		3		5,595		1,479		4,525			2			6,006
Mortgage backed securities		—		14		—		14		—		11			—			11
Swaps		—		12		—		12		2		37			(1	)		38
Total	$	20,521	$	4,342	$	12	$	24,875	$	20,561	$	4,561		$	7		$	25,129

12. Employee Equity Incentive Plans

Stock Purchase and Stock Option Plans

The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

On May 17, 2013, the Board of Directors of our company approved the adoption of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, under which 2,000,000 shares of our common stock will be reserved for the grant of stock options and other equity incentives. No rights have been granted under this plan to date.

The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan

On September 10, 2009, our stockholders approved the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2009 Plan, under which 900,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for the grant of stock options and other equity incentives. On September 16, 2011, our stockholders approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2011 Plan, under which 600,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for the grant of stock options and other equity incentives. The 2009 Plan and the 2011 Plan are referred to as the Plans.

Stock Options

Under the Plans, nonqualified and incentive stock options may be granted to employees, consultants and non-employee directors. Generally, the per share exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the grant date. The Board of Directors has the full power to determine the provisions of each option issued under the Plans. While we may grant options that become exercisable at different times or within different periods, we have primarily granted options that vest over four years. The options, once granted, expire ten years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock awards may be granted to any employee, director or consultant under the Plans. Pursuant to a restricted stock award, we will issue shares of common stock that will be released from restriction if certain requirements, including continued performance of services, are met.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Awards of stock appreciation rights, or SARs, may be granted to employees, consultants and nonemployee directors pursuant to the Plans. A SAR is payable on the difference between the market price at the time of exercise and the exercise price at the date of grant. In any event, the exercise price of a SAR shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the grant date and shall expire no later than ten years from the grant date. Upon exercise, the holder of a SAR shall be entitled to receive payment either in cash or a number of shares by dividing such cash amount by the fair market value of a share on the exercise date.

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units, denominated performance units in the 2009 Plan, may be granted to employees, consultants and nonemployee directors under the Plans. Each restricted stock unit shall have a value equal to the fair market value of one share. After

13

the applicable performance period has ended, the holder will be entitled to receive a payment, either in cash or in the form of shares, based on the number of restricted stock units earned over the performance period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance goals or other vesting provisions have been achieved.

Zilog 2004 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan

The Zilog 2004 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan, or the Zilog 2004 Plan, was approved by the stockholders of Zilog in 2004, and was amended and approved by the stockholders of Zilog in 2007. In connection with the acquisition of Zilog, our Board of Directors approved assumption of the Zilog 2004 Plan. Employees of Zilog and persons first employed by our company after the closing of the acquisition of Zilog may receive grants under the Zilog 2004 Plan. Under the 2004 Plan, incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, or restricted shares may be granted. At the time of the assumption of the Zilog 2004 Plan by our company, up to 652,963 shares of our common stock were available for grant under the plan.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In May 1999, the Board of Directors approved the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the Purchase Plan, and reserved 500,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the Purchase Plan. Under the Purchase Plan, all eligible employees may purchase our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value at the beginning of the offer period or the semi-annual purchase date. Stock purchases are limited to 15% of an employee’s eligible compensation. On July 31, 2007 and July 9, 2010, the Board of Directors amended the Purchase Plan and on each occasion reserved an additional 350,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the Purchase Plan. During the three months ended June 30, 2013, there were 55,231 shares purchased under the Purchase Plan, leaving approximately 131,124 shares available for purchase under the plan in the future.

Stock-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes the effects of stock-based compensation charges (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended June 30,
Statement of Operations Classifications	2013		2012
	(unaudited)
Cost of goods sold	$	166	$	116
Research, development and engineering		208		281
Selling, general and administrative expenses		297		698
Stock-based compensation effect in income before taxes		671		1,095
Provision for income taxes (1)		208		383
Net stock-based compensation effects in net income	$	463	$	712

(1) Estimated at a statutory income tax rate of 31% in fiscal year 2014 and 35% in fiscal year 2013.

During the three months ended June 30, 2013, the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows do not reflect any tax benefit for the tax deduction from option exercises and other awards. As of June 30, 2013, approximately $5.4 million in stock-based compensation is to be recognized for unvested stock options granted under our equity incentive plans. The unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.5 years.

14

The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of options granted under our equity incentive plans and rights to acquire stock granted under our stock purchase plan. The weighted average estimated fair values of employee stock option grants and rights granted under the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as the weighted average assumptions that were used in calculating such values during the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, were based on estimates at the date of grant as follows:

	Stock Options					Purchase Plan
	Three Months Ended June 30,					Three Months Ended June  30,
	2013 (1)		2012			2013			2012
Weighted average estimated fair value of grant per share	$	na	$	5.47		$	2.60		$	3.67
Risk-free interest rate		na		0.9	%		0.1	%		0.1	%
Expected term in years		na		6.34			0.5			0.5
Volatility		na		55.4	%		38.5	%		46.8	%
Dividend yield		na		0	%		0	%		0	%

(1) No stock options were granted during the quarter ended June 30, 2013.

Activity with respect to outstanding stock options for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was as follows:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Intrinsic Value (1)
						(000)
Balance at March 31, 2013		5,327,473		$	10.04
Options exercised		(109,150	)	$	8.04	$	338
Options cancelled		(10,000	)	$	9.02
Options expired		(2,500	)	$	12.13
Balance at June 30, 2013		5,205,823		$	10.08
Exercisable at June 30, 2013		4,108,073		$	9.83
Exercisable at March 31, 2013		4,065,473		$	9.74

(1) Represents the difference between the exercise price and the value of our common stock at the time of exercise.

13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss)

The components and the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, were as follows (in thousands):

	Foreign Currency		Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities (1)			Defined Benefit Pension Plans (2)			Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss)
Balance as of March 31, 2013	$	2,982	$	60		$	(6,135	)	$	(3,093	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications		1,356		(286	)		—			1,070
Net losses (gains) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income		—		(57	)		—			(57	)
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)		1,356		(343	)		—			1,013
Balance as of June 30, 2013	$	4,338	$	(283	)	$	(6,135	)	$	(2,080	)

(1) Net of taxes of $(152) at June 30, 2013 and $31 at March 31, 2013.

(2) Net of taxes of $(1,941).

15

The amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the three months ended June 30, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Components	Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income			Impacted Line Item on Consolidated Income Statements
Net gain on investments:	$	88		Other income (expense), net
		(31	)	Provision for income tax
Net of tax	$	57

14. Computation of Earnings per Share

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2013		2012
	(unaudited)
Net income	$	1,979	$	6,007
Weighted average shares—basic		30,948		31,351
Weighted average shares—diluted		31,635		32,378
Net income per share—basic	$	0.06	$	0.19
Net income per share—diluted	$	0.06	$	0.19

Diluted weighted average shares includes approximately 687,000 and 1,027,000 common equivalent shares from stock options for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

Basic net income available per common share is computed using net income and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per common share is computed using net income and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, assuming dilution, which includes potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive common shares include the assumed exercise of stock options and assumed vesting of restricted stock units using the treasury stock method. During the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, there were outstanding weighted average options to purchase 2,657,320 and 1,682,804 shares, respectively, that were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share since the exercise prices of the options exceeded the market price of the common stock. These options could dilute earnings per share in future periods if the market price of the common stock increases.

16

15. Segment and Geographic Information

We have a single operating segment. This operating segment is comprised of semiconductor products used primarily in power-related applications. While we have separate legal subsidiaries with discrete financial information, we have one chief operating decision maker with highly integrated businesses. Our net revenues by major geographic area (based on destination) were as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2013		2012
	(unaudited)
United States	$	21,558	$	24,922
Europe and the Middle East
France		1,303		1,573
Germany		7,653		9,157
Italy		973		1,026
Sweden		1,380		1,160
United Kingdom		5,336		7,124
Other		7,274		8,064
Asia Pacific
China		14,674		13,384
Japan		1,705		1,828
Korea		1,864		2,243
Malaysia		703		1,303
Singapore		2,593		2,645
Other		1,499		2,579
Rest of the World
India		1,348		1,802
Other		1,323		2,047
Total	$	71,186	$	80,857

The following table sets forth net revenues for each of our product groups for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2013		2012
	(unaudited)
Power semiconductors	$	51,666	$	59,582
Integrated circuits		13,655		15,599
Systems and RF power semiconductors		5,865		5,676
Total	$	71,186	$	80,857

For the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, one distributor accounted for 12.9% and 11.7% of our net revenues, respectively, and another distributor accounted for 11.6% and 12.4% of our net revenues, respectively.

16. Income Taxes

For the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, we recorded income tax provisions of $926,000 and $3.2 million, reflecting effective tax rates of 31.9% and 35.0%, respectively. For the three months ended June 30, 2013, the effective tax rate reflected estimates of annual income in domestic and foreign jurisdictions, as adjusted by certain tax items. For the three months ended June 30, 2012, the effective tax rate reflected estimates of annual income in domestic and foreign jurisdictions, as adjusted by certain tax items.

17. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

We are currently involved in a variety of legal matters that arise in the normal course of business. Based on information currently available, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Were an unfavorable ruling to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the results of operations of the period in which the ruling occurs.

17

Bank of the West

On November 13, 2009, we entered into a credit agreement with BOTW. On December 29, 2010, we entered into an amendment with BOTW to increase the line of credit to $20.0 million and to extend the expiration date to October 31, 2013. The credit agreement includes a letter of credit subfacility, under which BOTW agrees to issue letters of credit of up to $3.0 million. However, borrowing under this subfacility is limited to the extent of availability under the $20.0 million revolving line of credit. At June 30, 2013, the outstanding principal balance under the credit agreement was $15.0 million. See Note 9, “Borrowing Arrangements” for further information regarding the terms of the credit agreement.

Microcontroller Acquisition Deferred Payments

We are obligated to pay $30.0 million in two installment payments of $15.0 million each. The first installment is due on June 27, 2014 and the second installment is due on December 31, 2014. See Note 3, “Business Combination” for further information regarding the acquisition.

Other Commitments and Contingencies

On occasion, we provide limited indemnification to customers against intellectual property infringement claims related to our products. To date, we have not experienced significant activity or claims related to such indemnifications. We also provide in the normal course of business indemnification to our officers, directors and selected parties. We are unable to estimate any potential future liability, if any. Therefore, no liability for these indemnification agreements has been recorded as of June 30, 2013 and March 31, 2013.

18

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including, without limitation, those described elsewhere in this Form 10-Q and, in particular, in Item 1A of Part II hereof. Actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. For a discussion of risks that could affect future results, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” All forward-looking statements included in this document are made as of the date hereof, based on the information available to us as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, except as may be required by law.

Overview

We are a multi-market integrated semiconductor company. Our three principal product groups are: power semiconductors; integrated circuits, or ICs; and systems and radio frequency, or RF, power semiconductors.

Our power semiconductors improve system efficiency and reliability by converting electricity at relatively high voltage and current levels into the finely regulated power required by electronic products. We focus on the market for power semiconductors that are capable of processing greater than 200 watts of power.

We also design, manufacture and sell integrated circuits for a variety of applications. Our analog and mixed signal ICs are principally used in telecommunications applications. Our mixed signal application specific ICs, or ASICs, address the requirements of the medical imaging equipment and display markets. Our power management and control ICs are used in conjunction with our power semiconductors. Our microcontrollers provide application specific, embedded system-on-chip, or SoC, solutions for the industrial and consumer markets.

Our systems include laser diode drivers, high voltage pulse generators and modulators, and high power subsystems, sometimes known as stacks, that are principally based on our high power semiconductor devices. Our RF power semiconductors enable circuitry that amplifies or receives radio frequencies in wireless and other microwave communication applications, medical imaging applications and defense and space applications.

In the quarter ended June 30, 2013, our revenues increased by approximately $4.3 million as compared to the immediately preceding quarter. Our revenues from sales of power semiconductors and systems and RF power semiconductors increased, while our revenues from sales of ICs decreased slightly. Comparing the same periods, we experienced higher revenues in all of the major geographical areas and in all of the major application markets, except the consumer products market. Gross profit margin increased due to the improved production level, offset by a shift in product mix towards lower margin products. During the quarter ended June 30, 2013, the proportion of our revenues obtained through distribution increased as compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2013, primarily because revenues shifted to applications that are traditionally bought through distributors, such as industrial and commercial applications. Our selling expenses increased with higher revenues while our general and administrative expenses remained relatively flat. Excluding certain one-time items, our research, development and engineering expenses, or R&D expenses, remained largely unchanged. On June 27, 2013, we completed the acquisition of a 4-bit and 8-bit microcontroller product line. We expect our revenues and the related operating expenses, including acquisition expenses such as amortization of acquired intangible assets, to increase substantially, although the ramp up of revenues and cost of goods sold is expected to occur over a number of quarters.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates the reasonableness of its estimates. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe the following critical accounting policies require that we make significant judgments and estimates in preparing our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue recognition. We sell to distributors and original equipment manufacturers. Approximately 57.4% of our revenues in the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 59.4% of our net revenues in the three months ended June 30, 2012 were from distributors. We provide some of our distributors with the following programs: stock rotation and ship and debit. Ship and debit is a sales incentive program for products previously shipped to distributors. We recognize revenue from product sales upon shipment provided that we

19

have received an executed purchase order, the price is fixed and determinable, the risk of loss has transferred, collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured, there are no customer acceptance requirements and there are no remaining significant obligations. Our shipping terms generally transfer the risk of loss at the shipping point. Reserves for allowances are also recorded at the time of shipment. Our management must make estimates of potential future product returns and so called “ship and debit” transactions related to current period product revenue. Our management analyzes historical returns and ship and debit transactions, current economic trends and changes in customer demand and acceptance of our products when evaluating the adequacy of the sales returns and ship and debit allowances. Significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with establishing the allowances in any accounting period. We have visibility into inventory held by our distributors to aid in our reserve analysis. Different judgments or estimates would result in material differences in the amount and timing of our revenue for any period.

Accounts receivable from distributors are recognized and inventory is relieved when title to inventories transfer, typically upon shipment from our company, at which point we have a legally enforceable right to collection under normal payment terms. Under certain circumstances, where our management is not able to reasonably and reliably estimate the actual returns, revenues and costs relating to distributor sales are deferred until products are sold by the distributors to their end customers. Deferred amounts are presented net and included under “Accrued expenses and other liabilities”.

We state our revenues net of any taxes collected from customers that are required to be remitted to the various government agencies. The amount of taxes collected from customers and payable to government is included under “Accrued expenses and other liabilities”. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales.

Allowance for sales returns. We maintain an allowance for sales returns for estimated product returns by our customers. We estimate our allowance for sales returns based on our historical return experience, current economic trends, changes in customer demand, known returns we have not received and other assumptions. If we were to make different judgments or utilize different estimates, the amount and timing of our revenue could be materially different. Given that our revenues consist of a high volume of relatively similar products, to date our actual returns and allowances have not fluctuated significantly from period to period, and our returns provisions have historically been reasonably accurate. This allowance is included as part of the accounts receivable allowance on the balance sheet and as a reduction of revenues in the statement of operations.

Allowance for stock rotation. We also provide “stock rotation” to select distributors. The rotation allows distributors to return a percentage of the previous six months’ sales in exchange for orders of an equal or greater amount. In the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, approximately $397,000 and $731,000, respectively, of products were returned to us under the program. We establish the allowance for all sales to distributors except in cases where the revenue recognition is deferred and recognized upon sale by the distributor of products to the end-customer. The allowance, which is management’s best estimate of future returns, is based upon the historical experience of returns and inventory levels at the distributors. This allowance is included as part of the accounts receivable allowance on the balance sheet and as a reduction of revenues in the statement of operations. Should distributors increase stock rotations beyond our estimates, our statements would be adversely affected.

Allowance for ship and debit. Ship and debit is a program designed to assist distributors in meeting competitive prices in the marketplace on sales to their end customers. Ship and debit requires a request from the distributor for a pricing adjustment for a specific part for a customer sale to be shipped from the distributor’s stock. We have no obligation to accept this request. However, it is our historical practice to allow some companies to obtain pricing adjustments for inventory held. We receive periodic statements regarding our products held by our distributors. Ship and debit authorizations may cover current and future distributor activity for a specific part for sale to distributor’s customer. At the time we record sales to distributors, we provide an allowance for the estimated future distributor activity related to such sales since it is probable that such sales to distributors will result in ship and debit activity. The sales allowance requirement is based on sales during the period, credits issued to distributors, distributor inventory levels, historical trends, market conditions, pricing trends we see in our direct sales activity with original equipment manufacturers and other customers, and input from sales, marketing and other key management. We believe that the analysis of these inputs enable us to make reliable estimates of future credits under the ship and debit program. This analysis requires the exercise of significant judgments. Our actual results to date have approximated our estimates. At the time the distributor ships the part from stock, the distributor debits us for the authorized pricing adjustment. This allowance is included as part of the accounts receivable allowance on the balance sheet and as a reduction of revenues in the statement of operations. If competitive pricing were to decrease sharply and unexpectedly, our estimates might be insufficient, which could significantly adversely affect our operating results.

Additions to the ship and debit allowance are estimates of the amount of expected future ship and debit activity related to sales during the period and reduce revenues and gross profit in the period. The following table sets forth the beginning and ending balances of, additions to, and deductions from, our allowance for ship and debit during the three months ended June 30, 2013 (in thousands):

Balance at March 31, 2013	$	1,396
Additions		816
Deductions		(947	)
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	1,265

20

Allowance for doubtful accounts. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We evaluate our allowance for doubtful accounts based on the aging of our accounts receivable, the financial condition of our customers and their payment history, our historical write-off experience and other assumptions. If we were to make different judgments of the financial condition of our customers or the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. This allowance is reported on the balance sheet as part of the accounts receivable allowance and is included on the statement of operations as part of selling, general and administrative expenses. This allowance is based on historical losses and management’s estimates of future losses.

Inventories. Inventories are recorded at the lower of standard cost, which approximates actual cost on a first-in-first-out basis, or market value. Our accounting for inventory costing is based on the applicable expenditure incurred, directly or indirectly, in bringing the inventory to its existing condition. Such expenditures include acquisition costs, production costs and other costs incurred to bring the inventory to its use. As it is impractical to track inventory from the time of purchase to the time of sale for the purpose of specifically identifying inventory cost, our inventory is, therefore, valued based on a standard cost, given that the materials purchased are identical and interchangeable at various production processes. We review our standard costs on an as-needed basis but in any event at least once a year, and update them as appropriate to approximate actual costs. The authoritative guidance provided by FASB requires certain abnormal expenditures to be recognized as expenses in the current period instead of capitalized in inventory. It also requires that the amount of fixed production overhead allocated to inventory be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.

We typically plan our production and inventory levels based on internal forecasts of customer demand, which are highly unpredictable and can fluctuate substantially. The value of our inventories is dependent on our estimate of future demand as it relates to historical sales. If our projected demand is overestimated, we may be required to reduce the valuation of our inventories below cost. We regularly review inventory quantities on hand and record an estimated provision for excess inventory based primarily on our historical sales and expectations for future use. We also recognize a reserve based on known technological obsolescence, when appropriate. Actual demand and market conditions may be different from those projected by our management. This could have a material effect on our operating results and financial position. If we were to make different judgments or utilize different estimates, the amount and timing of our write-down of inventories could be materially different. For example, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, we examined our inventory and as a consequence of the dramatic retrenchment in some of our markets, certain of our inventory that normally would not be considered excess was considered as such. Therefore, we booked additional charges of about $14.9 million to recognize this exposure.

Excess inventory frequently remains saleable. When excess inventory is sold, it yields a gross profit margin of up to 100%. Sales of excess inventory have the effect of increasing the gross profit margin beyond that which would otherwise occur, because of previous write-downs. Once we have written down inventory below cost, we do not write it up when it is subsequently utilized, sold or scrapped. We do not physically segregate excess inventory nor do we assign unique tracking numbers to it in our accounting systems. Consequently, we cannot isolate the sales prices of excess inventory from the sales prices of non-excess inventory. Therefore, we are unable to report the amount of gross profit resulting from the sale of excess inventory or quantify the favorable impact of such gross profit on our gross profit margin.

The following table provides information on our excess and obsolete inventory reserve charged against inventory at cost (in thousands):

Balance at March 31, 2013	$	25,289
Utilization or sale		(273	)
Scrap		(489	)
Additional accrual		1,048
Foreign currency translation adjustments		83
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	25,658

The practical efficiencies of wafer fabrication require the manufacture of semiconductor wafers in minimum lot sizes. Often, when manufactured, we do not know whether or when all the semiconductors resulting from a lot of wafers will sell. With more than 10,000 different part numbers for semiconductors, excess inventory resulting from the manufacture of some of those semiconductors will be continual and ordinary. Because the cost of storage is minimal when compared to potential value and because our products do not quickly become obsolete, we expect to hold excess inventory for potential future sale for years. Consequently, we have no set time line for the utilization, sale or scrapping of excess inventory.

21

In addition, our inventory is also being written down to the lower of cost or market or net realizable value. We review our inventory listing on a quarterly basis for an indication of losses being sustained for costs that exceed selling prices less direct costs to sell. When it is evident that our selling price is lower than current cost, inventory is marked down accordingly. At June 30, 2013, our lower of cost or market reserve was $651,000.

Furthermore, we perform an annual inventory count and periodic cycle counts for specific parts that have a high turnover. We also periodically identify any inventory that is no longer usable and write it off.

Intangible Assets. The costs of acquired intangible assets are recorded at fair value at acquisition. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives, normally one to five years, and evaluated for impairment in accordance with the authoritative guidance provided by FASB. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are carried at fair value and reviewed at least annually for impairment charge during the quarter ended March 31, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired, in accordance with the authoritative guidance provide by FASB. We perform the impairment test on intangible assets by determining whether the estimated undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets in question are less than their carrying values. Impairment losses, if any, are measured as the amount by which the carrying values of the assets exceed their fair value and are recognized in operating results. If a useful life is determined to be shorter than originally estimated, we accelerate the rate of amortization and amortize the remaining carrying value over the new shorter useful life.

Income tax. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets. We then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance. A valuation allowance reduces our deferred tax assets to the amount that management estimates is more likely than not to be realized. In determining the amount of the valuation allowance, we consider income over recent years, estimated future taxable income, feasible tax planning strategies and other factors in each taxing jurisdiction in which we operate. If we determine that it is more likely than not that we will not realize all or a portion of our remaining deferred tax assets, then we will increase our valuation allowance with a charge to income tax expense. Conversely, if we determine that it is likely that we will ultimately be able to utilize all or a portion of the deferred tax assets for which a valuation allowance has been provided, then the related portion of the valuation allowance will reduce income tax expense. Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and potential tax exposures, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. In the event that actual results differ from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods, we may need to establish a valuation allowance, which could materially impact our financial position and results of operations. Our ability to utilize our deferred tax assets and the need for a related valuation allowance are monitored on an ongoing basis.

Furthermore, computation of our tax liabilities involves examining uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process as prescribed by the authoritative guidance provided by FASB. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if there is sufficient available evidence to indicate if it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step requires us to measure and determine the approximate amount of the tax benefit at the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authorities. It is inherently difficult and requires significant judgment to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reexamine these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This reassessment is based on various factors during the period including, but not limited to, changes in worldwide tax laws and treaties, changes in facts or circumstances, effectively settled issues under audit and any new audit activity. A change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects, if any, on our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, see Note 2, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Accounting Changes” in the Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-Q.

22

Results of Operations — Three Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal periods indicated and the percentage change in such data from period to period. These historical operating results may not be indicative of the results for any future period.

	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2013		% change			2012
	(000)					(000)
Net revenues	$	71,186		(12.0	)	$	80,857
Cost of goods sold		50,049		(6.9	)		53,784
Gross profit	$	21,137		(21.9	)	$	27,073
Operating expenses:
Research, development and engineering	$	7,687		10.9		$	6,930
Selling, general and administrative		10,043		(6.9	)		10,790
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets		246		(61.6	)		640
Total operating expenses	$	17,976		(2.1	)	$	18,360

The following table sets forth selected statements of operations data as a percentage of net revenues for the fiscal periods indicated. These historical operating results may not be indicative of the results for any future period.

	% of Net Revenues Three Months Ended June 30,
	2013			2012
Net revenues		100.0			100.0
Cost of goods sold		70.3			66.5
Gross profit		29.7			33.5
Operating expenses:
Research, development and engineering		10.8			8.6
Selling, general and administrative		14.1			13.3
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets		0.4			0.8
Total operating expenses		25.3			22.7
Operating income		4.4			10.8
Other income (expense), net		(0.3	)		0.6
Income before income tax		4.1			11.4
Provision for income tax		(1.3	)		(4.0	)
Net income		2.8			7.4

Net Revenues.

The following table sets forth the revenues for each of our product groups for the fiscal periods indicated:

Revenues (1)	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2013		% change			2012
	(000)					(000)
Power semiconductors	$	51,666		(13.3	)	$	59,582
Integrated circuits		13,655		(12.5	)		15,599
Systems and RF power semiconductors		5,865		3.3			5,676
Total	$	71,186		(12.0	)	$	80,857

(1) Includes $540,000 and $688,000 of intellectual property revenues in integrated circuits during the quarters ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

23

The following tables set forth the average selling prices, or ASPs, and units for the fiscal periods indicated:

Average Selling Prices	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2013		% change			2012
Power semiconductors	$	1.74		(27.5	)	$	2.40
Integrated circuits	$	0.77		(12.5	)	$	0.88
Systems and RF power semiconductors	$	31.20		22.6		$	25.45

Units	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2013		% change			2012
	(000)					(000)
Power semiconductors		29,778		19.9			24,826
Integrated circuits		16,981		(0.1	)		16,997
Systems and RF power semiconductors		188		(15.7	)		223
Total		46,947		11.7			42,046

The following table sets forth the net revenue by geographic region for the fiscal periods indicated:

	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2013				2012
	Net Revenue		% of Net Revenue		Net Revenue		% of Net Revenue
	(000)				(000)
Europe and Middle East	$	23,919		33.6	$	28,104		34.8
Asia Pacific		23,038		32.3		23,982		29.7
Rest of world		2,671		3.8		3,849		4.7
International revenues	$	49,628		69.7	$	55,935		69.2
USA		21,558		30.3		24,922		30.8
Total	$	71,186		100.0	$	80,857		100.0

The 12.0% decrease in net revenues in the three months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012 reflected a decrease of $7.9 million, or 13.3%, in the sale of power semiconductors, a decrease of $1.9 million, or 12.5%, in the sale of ICs and an increase of $189,000, or 3.3%, in the sale of systems and RF power semiconductors. The decrease in power semiconductors included a $1.5 million decrease in the sale of MOS products, principally in the consumer products market and the industrial and commercial market, and a $6.9 million decrease in the sale of bipolar products, primarily in the industrial and commercial market. The decrease in revenues from the sale of ICs was broad-based. The revenues from the sale of systems and RF power semiconductors increased primarily due to increased revenues from the sale of RF power semiconductors, offset by a decrease in the sale of subassemblies to the industrial and commercial market.

For the three months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012, the unit growth in power semiconductors was broad-based. In ICs, units were largely unchanged. The decrease in unit shipments in systems and RF power semiconductors was largely the result of reduced shipments of RF power semiconductors.

For the three months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the comparable period of the previous fiscal year, the changes in the ASPs were largely due to changes in the mix of products sold. The ASPs of power semiconductors and ICs decreased as our sales of lower-priced products represented a higher proportion of the revenues. The ASP of systems and RF power semiconductors increased as a result of increased shipments of our highest-priced systems.

For the three months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012, we experienced reduced sales in all major geographic areas, except China, and to all of our major application markets, except the telecom market.

For the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, one distributor accounted for 12.9% and 11.7% of our net revenues, respectively, and another distributor accounted for 11.6% and 12.4% of our net revenues, respectively.

24

Our net revenues were reduced by allowances for sales returns, stock rotations and ship and debit. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates” elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Gross Profit.

Gross profit decreased to $21.1 million in the three months ended June 30, 2013 from $27.1 million in the three months ended June 30, 2012. Gross profit margin decreased to 29.7% in the quarter ended June 30, 2013 from 33.5% in the quarter ended June 30, 2012. Gross profit declined primarily because of reduced revenues. The lower gross profit margin was primarily related to a shift in product mix towards lower margin products.

Our gross profit and gross profit margin were positively affected by the sale of excess inventory, which had previously been written down. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates—Inventories” elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Research, Development and Engineering.

R&D expenses typically consist of internal engineering efforts for product design and development. As a percentage of net revenues, our R&D expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2013 were 10.8% as compared to 8.6% for the three months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in the percentage primarily resulted from reduced net revenues and higher R&D expenses. Expressed in dollars, for the three months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period of the prior year, our R&D expenses increased by approximately $757,000, or 10.9%, primarily due to increased product development costs and a license fee.

Selling, General and Administrative.

As a percentage of net revenues, our SG&A expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2013 were 14.1% as compared to 13.3% for the three months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in the percentage primarily resulted from reduced net revenues. Expressed in dollars, SG&A expenses decreased by approximately $747,000, or 6.9%, in the three months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year, primarily due to reduced selling expenses corresponding to lowered revenues and a decrease in share-based compensation.

Amortization of Acquisition-Related Intangible Assets.

We recorded certain intangible assets during fiscal 2010 in connection with the acquisition of Zilog. For the three months ended June 30, 2013, we recorded amortization expenses on acquisition-related intangible assets of $246,000 as compared to $640,000 for the same period in fiscal 2012.

Other Income (Expense), net.

In the quarter ended June 30, 2013, other expense, net, was $83,000 as compared to other income, net, of $701,000 in the quarter ended June 30, 2012. The difference was primarily related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Other expense, net, in the three months ended June 30, 2013 principally consisted of $207,000 in losses associated with changes in exchange rates for foreign currency transactions. Other income, net in the three months ended June 30, 2012 consisted principally of $724,000 in gains associated with changes in exchange rates for foreign currency transactions.

Provision for Income Tax.

For the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, we recorded income tax provisions of $926,000 and $3.2 million, reflecting effective tax rates of 31.9% and 35.0%, respectively. For the three months ended June 30, 2013, the effective tax rate reflected estimates of annual income in domestic and foreign jurisdictions, as adjusted by certain tax items. For the three months ended June 30, 2012, the effective tax rate reflected estimates of annual income in domestic and foreign jurisdictions, as adjusted by certain tax items.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At June 30, 2013, cash and cash equivalents were $85.8 million as compared to $107.1 million at March 31, 2013.

Our cash used by operating activities for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was $240,000, a decrease of $12.0 million as compared to the $11.8 million cash provided by operating activities in the comparable period of the prior year. The change in our operating cash flow was primarily due to a decrease of $5.4 million in net income and total adjustments to reconcile net income, and by a decrease of $6.6 million in net changes in operating assets and liabilities.

25

The decrease in net income and total adjustments to reconcile net income was principally caused by the decline in net revenues. The changes in operating assets and liabilities for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012 were primarily caused by comparative changes in accounts receivable and accounts payable. Accounts receivable increased in the June 2013 quarter because of revenue growth in the June 2013 quarter over the March 2013 quarter, as compared to lower accounts receivable in the June 2012 quarter as a result of reduced revenues in the June 2012 quarter from the March 2012 quarter. Accounts payable remained relatively flat from the March 2013 quarter to the June 2013 quarter, as compared to increased accounts payable from the March 2012 quarter to the June 2012 quarter.

Our net cash used in investing activities for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was $21.2 million, as compared to net cash used in investing activities of $4.7 million during the three months ended June 30, 2012. During the three months ended June 30, 2013, we made a payment of $20.0 million on our acquisition of a 4-bit and 8-bit microcontroller business and we spent $1.6 million on the purchase of property and equipment. During the three months ended June 30, 2012, cash used in investing activities principally reflected $3.9 million of investment in marketable securities and $1.1 million in purchases of property and equipment.

For the three months ended June 30, 2013, net cash used in financing activities was $441,000, as compared to net cash used in financing activities of $1.1 million in the three months ended June 30, 2012. During the three months ended June 30, 2013, we used $931,000 for payments of cash dividends to stockholders and $859,000 for principal repayment on capital lease and loan obligations, offset by proceeds from employee equity plans of $1.3 million. During the three months ended June 30, 2012, we used $1.7 million for principal repayment on capital lease and loan obligations, offset by proceeds from employee equity plans of $567,000.

At June 30, 2013, capital lease obligations, loans payable and installment payment liability totalled $56.2 million. This represented 65.4% of our cash and cash equivalents and 21.8% of our stockholders’ equity.

We are obligated on a €4.7 million, or $6.1 million, loan. The loan has a term ending in June 2020, and bears a variable interest rate, dependent upon the current Euribor rate and the ratio of indebtedness to cash flow for the German subsidiary. Each fiscal quarter a principal payment of €167,000, or about $217,000, and a payment of accrued interest are required. Financial covenants for a ratio of indebtedness to cash flow, a ratio of equity to total assets and a minimum stockholders’ equity for the German subsidiary must be satisfied for the loan to remain in good standing. At June 30, 2013, we complied with all of these financial covenants. The loan may be prepaid in whole or in part at the end of a fiscal quarter without penalty. The loan is collateralized by a security interest in the facility in Lampertheim, Germany, which is owned by our U.S. parent.

On November 13, 2009, we entered into a credit agreement for a revolving line of credit with BOTW. Under the original terms, we could borrow up to $15.0 million and all amounts owed under the credit agreement were due and payable on October 31, 2011. On December 29, 2010, we entered into an amendment with BOTW to increase the line of credit to $20.0 million and to extend the expiration date to October 31, 2013. Borrowings may be repaid and re-borrowed during the term of the credit agreement. The obligations are guaranteed by two of our subsidiaries. At June 30, 2013, the outstanding principal balance under the credit agreement was $15.0 million. The credit agreement is subject to a set of financial covenants, including minimum effective tangible net worth, the ratio of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable to current liabilities, profitability, a ratio of EBITDA to interest expense and a minimum amount of U.S. domestic cash on hand. At June 30, 2013, we complied with all of these financial covenants. See Note 9, “Borrowing Arrangements” in the Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-Q for further information regarding the credit agreement. The credit agreement also includes a $3.0 million letter of credit subfacility. See Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies” in the Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-Q for further information regarding the terms of the subfacility.

During the quarter ended June 30, 2013, we paid $931,000 in dividends, consisting of a quarterly cash dividend of $0.03 per share. The quarterly dividend is at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

On June 27, 2013, we complete the acquisition of a 4-bit and 8-bit microcontroller business. The aggregate purchase price for the transferred assets is $50.0 million. The closing payment was $20.0 million and we are obligated to pay $30.0 million in two installment payments of $15.0 million each. The first installment is due on June 27, 2014 and the second installment is due on December 31, 2014, bearing simple interest at a variable annual rate equal to six-month LIBOR plus a 3 percentage point margin. We expect to fund the deferred payments of the acquisition through cash on hand, future cash flow generated from operations and, to the extent advisable, a bank line of credit facility.

Additionally, we maintain three defined benefit pension plans: one in the United Kingdom, one in Germany and one in the Philippines. Benefits are based on years of service and the employees’ compensation. We either deposit funds for these plans with financial institutions, consistent with the requirements of local law, or accrue for the unfunded portion of the obligations. The United Kingdom and German plans have been curtailed. As such, the plans are closed to new entrants and no credit is provided for additional periods of service. The total pension liability accrued for the three plans at June 30, 2013 was $16.2 million.

We believe that our cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for the next 12 months. Our liquidity could be negatively affected by a decline in demand for our

26

products, increases in the cost of materials or labor, investments in new product development or one or more acquisitions. From time to time, we use derivative contracts in the normal course of business to manage our foreign currency exchange and interest rate risks. We did not have any significant open derivative contracts at June 30, 2013. There can be no assurance that additional debt or equity financing will be available when required or, if available, can be secured on terms satisfactory to us.

27

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our market risk has not changed materially from the market risk disclosed in Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March  31, 2013.

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based on their evaluation as of June 30, 2013, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) were effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q was recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations. Furthermore, these controls and procedures were also effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q was accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our procedures or our internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. An internal control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of our controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, errors and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected.

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended June 30, 2013, there were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

28

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We currently are involved in a variety of legal matters that arise in the normal course of business. Based on information currently available, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Were an unfavorable ruling to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the results of operations of the period in which the ruling occurs.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, the following risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating our business and us. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently believe are not serious may also impair our business and its financial condition.

Our operating results fluctuate significantly because of a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Given the nature of the markets in which we participate, as well as macroeconomic uncertainties, we cannot reliably predict future revenues and profitability and unexpected changes may cause us to adjust our operations. Large portions of our costs are fixed, due in part to our significant sales, research and development and manufacturing costs. Thus, small declines in revenues could seriously negatively affect our operating results in any given quarter. Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year. For example, from fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2006 and from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009, net income in one year shifted to net loss in the next year. Some of the factors that may affect our quarterly and annual results are:

• changes in business and economic conditions, including a downturn in demand or decrease in the rate of growth in demand, whether in the global economy, a regional economy or the semiconductor industry;

• changes in consumer and business confidence caused by changes in market conditions, potentially including changes in the credit markets, or changes in currency exchange rates, expectations for inflation or energy prices;

• the reduction, rescheduling or cancellation of orders by customers;

• fluctuations in timing and amount of customer requests for product shipments;

• changes in the mix of products that our customers purchase;

• changes in the level of customers’ component inventories;

• loss of key customers;

• the availability of production capacity, whether internally or from external suppliers;

• the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry;

• competitive pressures on selling prices;

• strategic actions taken by our competitors;

• market acceptance of our products and the products of our customers;

• fluctuations in our manufacturing yields and significant yield losses;

• difficulties in forecasting demand for our products and the planning and managing of inventory levels;

• the availability of raw materials, supplies and manufacturing services from third parties;

• the amount and timing of investments in research and development;

• damage awards or injunctions as the result of litigation;

29

• changes in our product distribution channels and the timeliness of receipt of distributor resale information;

• the impact of vacation schedules and holidays, largely during the second and third fiscal quarters of our fiscal year; and

• the amount and timing of costs associated with product returns.

As a result of these factors, many of which are difficult to control or predict, as well as the other risk factors discussed in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, we may experience materially adverse fluctuations in our future operating results on a quarterly or annual basis. Changes in demand for our products and in our customers’ product needs could have a variety of negative effects on our competitive position and our financial results, and, in certain cases, may reduce our revenues, increase our costs, lower our gross margin percentage or require us to recognize impairments of our assets. If product demand declines, our manufacturing or assembly and test capacity could be underutilized and we may be required to record an impairment on our long-lived assets including facilities and equipment, as well as intangible assets, which would increase our expenses. Factory planning decisions may also shorten the useful lives of long-lived assets, including facilities and equipment, and cause us to accelerate depreciation. In addition, if product demand declines or we fail to forecast demand accurately, we could be required to write off inventory or record underutilization charges, which would have a negative impact on our gross margin.

We may not be successful in our acquisitions.

We recently completed the acquisition of a 4-bit and 8-bit microcontroller product line. Further, we have in the past made, and may in the future make, acquisitions of other technologies and companies. These acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:

• failure to retain key personnel of the acquired business;

• diversion of management’s attention during the acquisition process;

• disruption of our ongoing business;

• the potential strain on our financial and managerial controls and reporting systems and procedures;

• unanticipated expenses and potential delays related to integration of an acquired business;

• the risk that we will be unable to develop or exploit acquired technologies;

• the engineering risks inherent in transferring products from one wafer fabrication facility to another;

• failure to successfully integrate the operations of an acquired business with our own;

• the challenges in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other benefits from acquisitions;

• the risk that our markets do not evolve as anticipated and that the technologies acquired do not prove to be those needed to be successful in those markets;

• the risks of entering new markets in which we have limited experience;

• difficulties in expanding our information technology systems or integrating disparate information technology systems to accommodate the acquired businesses;

• the challenges inherent in managing an increased number of employees and facilities and the need to implement appropriate policies, benefits and compliance programs;

• customer dissatisfaction or performance problems with an acquired company’s products or personnel or with altered sales terms or a changed distribution channel;

• adverse effects on our relationships with suppliers;

• the reduction in financial stability associated with the incurrence of debt or the use of a substantial portion of our available cash;

30

• the costs associated with acquisitions, including in-process R&D charges and amortization expenses related to intangible assets, and the integration of acquired operations; and

• assumption of known or unknown liabilities or other unanticipated events or circumstances.

We cannot assure that we will be able to successfully acquire other businesses or product lines or integrate them into our operations without substantial expense, delay in implementation or other operational or financial problems.

As a result of an acquisition, our financial results may differ from the investment community’s expectations in a given quarter. Further, if one or more of the foregoing risks materialize or market conditions or other factors lead us to change our strategic direction, we may not realize the expected value from such transactions. If we do not realize the expected benefits or synergies of such transactions, our consolidated financial position, results of operations, cash flows or stock price could be negatively impacted.

Our backlog may not result in future revenues.

Customer orders typically can be cancelled or rescheduled by the customer without penalty to the customer. Cancellations or reschedulings are common in periods of decreasing demand. Further, in periods of increasing demand, particularly when production is allocated or delivery delayed, customers of semiconductor companies have on occasion placed orders without expectation of accepting delivery to increase their share of allocated product or in an effort to improve the timeliness of delivery. While we are attuned to the potential for such behavior and attempt to identify such orders, we could accept orders of this nature and subsequently experience order cancellation unexpectedly.

Our backlog at any particular date is not necessarily indicative of actual revenues for any succeeding period. A reduction of backlog during any particular period, or the failure of our backlog to result in future revenues, could harm our results of operations.

Fluctuations in the mix of products sold may adversely affect our financial results.

Changes in the mix and types of products sold may have a substantial impact on our revenues and gross profit margins. In addition, more recently introduced products tend to have higher associated costs because of initial overall development costs and higher start-up costs. Fluctuations in the mix and types of our products may also affect the extent to which we are able to recover our fixed costs and investments that are associated with a particular product or wafer foundry, and, as a result, can negatively impact our financial results.

Our international operations expose us to material risks.

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, our net revenues by region were approximately 30.3% in the United States, approximately 35.2% in Europe and the Middle East, approximately 29.8% in the Asia Pacific region and approximately 4.7% in Canada and the rest of the world. We expect revenues from foreign markets to continue to represent a majority of total net revenues. We maintain significant business operations in Germany, the United Kingdom and the Philippines and work with subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers in South Korea, Japan, the Philippines and elsewhere in Europe and the Asia Pacific region. Some of the risks inherent in doing business internationally are:

• foreign currency fluctuations, particularly in the Euro and the British pound;

• longer payment cycles;

• challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

• changes in the laws, regulations or policies of the countries in which we manufacture or sell our products;

• trade restrictions;

• cultural and language differences;

• employment regulations;

• limited infrastructure in emerging markets;

• transportation delays;

• seasonal reduction in business activities;

31

• work stoppages;

• labor and union disputes;

• electrical outages;

• terrorist attack or war; and

• economic or political instability.

Our sales of products manufactured in our Lampertheim, Germany facility and our costs at that facility are primarily denominated in Euros, and sales of products manufactured in our Chippenham, U.K. facility and our costs at that facility are primarily denominated in British pounds. Fluctuations in the value of the Euro and the British pound against the U.S. dollar could have a significant adverse impact on our balance sheet and results of operations. We generally do not enter into foreign currency hedging transactions to control or minimize these risks. Reductions in the value of the Euro or British pound would reduce our revenues recognized in U.S. dollars, all other things being equal. Increases in the value of the Euro or the British pound could cause or increase losses associated with changes in exchange rates for foreign currency transactions. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could cause our products to become more expensive to customers in a particular country, leading to a reduction in sales or profitability in that country. If we expand our international operations or change our pricing practices to denominate prices in other foreign currencies, we could be exposed to even greater risks of currency fluctuations.

Our financial performance is dependent on economic stability and credit availability in international markets. Actions by governments to address deficits or sovereign or bank debt issues, particularly in Europe, could adversely affect gross domestic product or currency exchange rates in countries where we operate, which in turn could adversely affect our financial results. If our customers or suppliers are unable to obtain the credit necessary to fund their operations, we could experience increased bad debts, reduced product orders and interruptions in supplier deliveries leading to delays or stoppages in our production. Conversely, actions in emerging markets, such as China, to limit inflation or to address asset or other “bubbles” could also adversely affect gross domestic product or the growth thereof, and result in reduced product orders or increased bad debt expense for us.

In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our products or intellectual property rights to the same extent as do U.S. laws regarding the manufacture and sale of our products in the U.S. Therefore, the risk of piracy of our technology and products may be greater when we manufacture or sell our products in these foreign countries.

Uncertain global macroeconomic conditions could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Uncertain global macroeconomic conditions that affect the economy and the economic outlook of the United States, Europe and other parts of the world could adversely affect our customers and vendors, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. These uncertainties, including, among other things, sovereign and foreign bank debt levels, the inability of national or international political institutions to effectively resolve economic or budgetary crises or issues, consumer confidence, unemployment levels, interest rates, availability of capital, fuel and energy costs, tax rates, healthcare costs and the threat or outbreak of terrorism or public unrest, could adversely impact our customers and vendors, which could adversely affect us. Recessionary conditions and depressed levels of consumer and commercial spending may cause customers to reduce, modify, delay or cancel plans to purchase our products and may cause vendors to reduce their output or change their terms of sales. We generally sell products to customers with credit payment terms. If customers’ cash flow or operating or financial performance deteriorates, or if they are unable to make scheduled payments or obtain credit, they may not be able to pay, or may delay payment to us. Likewise, for similar reasons vendors may restrict credit or impose different payment terms. Any inability of current or potential customers to pay us for our products or any demands by vendors for different payment terms may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Approximately 34.2% of our total consolidated net sales for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 were derived from Europe. There have been continuing concerns and uncertainties about the state of the European economies and Europe’s political institutions. Continued difficult or declining economic conditions in Europe may adversely affect our operations in Europe by adversely affecting our European customers and vendors in the ways described above. Additionally, the inability of Europe’s political institutions to deal effectively with actual or perceived currency or budget crises could increase economic uncertainty in Europe, and globally, and may have an adverse effect on our customers’ cash flow or operating performance. Further, debt or budget crises in European countries may lead to reductions in government spending in certain countries or higher income or corporate taxes, which could depress spending overall. Our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by any of these events.

32

The semiconductor industry is cyclical, and an industry downturn could adversely affect our operating results.

Business conditions in the semiconductor industry may rapidly change from periods of strong demand and insufficient production to periods of weakened demand and overcapacity. The industry in general is characterized by:

• changes in product mix in response to changes in demand;

• alternating periods of overcapacity and production shortages, including shortages of raw materials supplies and manufacturing services;

• cyclical demand for semiconductors;

• significant price erosion;

• variations in manufacturing costs and yields;

• rapid technological change and the introduction of new products; and

• significant expenditures for capital equipment and product development.

These factors could harm our business and cause our operating results to suffer.

Our dependence on subcontractors to assemble and test our products subjects us to a number of risks, including an inadequate supply of products and higher materials costs.

We depend on subcontractors for the assembly and testing of our products. The substantial majority of our products are assembled by subcontractors located outside of the United States. Assembly subcontractors generally work on narrow margins and have limited capital. We have experienced assembly subcontractors who have ceased or reduced production because of financial problems. We engage assembly subcontractors who operate while in insolvency proceedings or whose financial stability is uncertain. The unexpected cessation of production or reduction in production by one or more of our assembly subcontractors could adversely affect our production, our customer relations, our revenues and our financial condition. Our reliance on these subcontractors also involves the following significant risks:

• reduced control over delivery schedules and quality;

• the potential lack of adequate capacity during periods of excess demand;

• difficulties selecting and integrating new subcontractors;

• limited or no warranties by subcontractors or other vendors on products supplied to us;

• potential increases in prices due to capacity shortages and other factors;

• potential misappropriation of our intellectual property; and

• economic or political instability in foreign countries.

These risks may lead to delayed product delivery or increased costs, which would harm our profitability and customer relationships.

In addition, we use a limited number of subcontractors to assemble a significant portion of our products. If one or more of these subcontractors experience financial, operational, production or quality assurance difficulties, we could experience a reduction or interruption in supply. Although we believe alternative subcontractors are available, our operating results could temporarily suffer until we engage one or more of those alternative subcontractors. Moreover, in engaging alternative subcontractors in exigent circumstances, our production costs could increase markedly.

We depend on external foundries to manufacture many of our products.

Of our net revenues for our fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, 36.5% came from wafers manufactured for us by external foundries. Our dependence on external foundries may grow. We currently have arrangements with a number of wafer foundries, four of which produce the wafers for power semiconductors that we purchase from external foundries.

33

Our relationships with our external foundries do not guarantee prices, delivery or lead times or wafer or product quantities sufficient to satisfy current or expected demand. These foundries manufacture our products on a purchase order basis. We provide these foundries with rolling forecasts of our production requirements. However, the ability of each foundry to provide wafers to us is limited by the foundry’s available capacity. At any given time, these foundries could choose to prioritize capacity for their own use or other customers or reduce or eliminate deliveries to us. In this regard, we have ceased using the Samsung Electronics facility in Kiheung, South Korea as an external foundry for power semiconductors. If growth in demand for our products occurs, our external foundries may be unable or unwilling to allocate additional capacity to our needs, thereby limiting our revenue growth. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that these foundries will allocate sufficient capacity to satisfy our requirements. In addition, we cannot be certain that we will continue to do business with these or other foundries on terms as favorable as our current terms. If we are not able to obtain foundry capacity as required, our relationships with our customers could be harmed, we could be unable to fulfill contractual requirements and our revenues could be reduced or our growth limited. Moreover, even if we are able to secure foundry capacity, we may be required, either contractually or as a practical business matter, to utilize all of that capacity or incur penalties or an adverse effect to the business relationship. The costs related to maintaining foundry capacity could be expensive and could harm our operating results. Other risks associated with our reliance on external foundries include:

• the lack of control over delivery schedules;

• the unavailability of, or delays in obtaining access to, key process technologies;

• limited control over quality assurance, manufacturing yields and production costs; and

• potential misappropriation of our intellectual property.

Our requirements typically represent a small portion of the total production of the external foundries that manufacture our wafers and products. One or more of these external foundries may not continue to produce wafers for us or continue to advance the process design technologies on which the manufacturing of our products is based. If we are required to transition production from one foundry to another, we may make large last-time buys of product at the foundry that we are exiting, which could eventually result in substantial inventory write-offs if semiconductors are not sold or utilized. These circumstances could harm our ability to deliver our products or increase our costs.

Our gross margin is dependent on a number of factors, including our level of capacity utilization.

Semiconductor manufacturing requires significant capital investment, leading to high fixed costs, including depreciation expense. We are limited in our ability to reduce fixed costs quickly in response to any shortfall in revenues. If we are unable to utilize our manufacturing, assembly and testing facilities at a high level, the fixed costs associated with these facilities will not be fully absorbed, resulting in lower gross margins. Increased competition and other factors may lead to price erosion, lower revenues and lower gross margins for us in the future.

Our success depends on our ability to manufacture our products efficiently.

We manufacture our products in facilities that are owned and operated by us, as well as in external wafer foundries and subcontract assembly facilities. The fabrication of semiconductors is a highly complex and precise process, and a substantial percentage of wafers could be rejected or numerous dies on each wafer could be nonfunctional as a result of, among other factors:

• contaminants in the manufacturing environment;

• defects in the masks used to print circuits on a wafer;

• manufacturing equipment failure; or

• wafer breakage.

For these and other reasons, we could experience a decrease in manufacturing yields. Additionally, if we increase our manufacturing output, the additional demands placed on existing equipment and personnel or the addition of new equipment or personnel may lead to a decrease in manufacturing yields. As a result, we may not be able to cost-effectively expand our production capacity in a timely manner.

34

Increasing raw material prices could impact our profitability.

Our products use large amounts of silicon, metals and other materials. From time to time, we have experienced price increases for many of these items. If we are unable to pass price increases for raw materials onto our customers, our gross margins and profitability could be adversely affected.

We order materials and commence production in advance of anticipated customer demand. Therefore, revenue shortfalls may also result in inventory write-downs.

We typically plan our production and inventory levels based on our own expectations for customer demand. Actual customer demand, however, can be highly unpredictable and can fluctuate significantly. In response to anticipated long lead times to obtain inventory and materials, we order materials and production in advance of customer demand. This advance ordering and production may result in excess inventory levels or unanticipated inventory write-downs if expected orders fail to materialize. For example, additional inventory write-downs occurred in the quarter ended March 31, 2009.

Semiconductors for inclusion in consumer products have shorter product life cycles.

We believe that consumer products are subject to shorter product life cycles, because of technological change, consumer preferences, trendiness and other factors, than other types of products sold by our customers. Shorter product life cycles result in more frequent design competitions for the inclusion of semiconductors in next generation consumer products, which may not result in design wins for us. Shorter product life cycles may lead to more frequent circumstances where sales of existing products are reduced or ended.

Our debt agreements contain certain restrictions that may limit our ability to operate our business.

The agreements governing our debt contain, and any other future debt agreement we enter into may contain, restrictive covenants that limit our ability to operate our business, including, in each case subject to certain exceptions, restrictions on our ability to:

• incur additional indebtedness;

• grant liens;

• consolidate, merge or sell our assets, unless specified conditions are met;

• acquire other business organizations;

• make investments;

• redeem or repurchase our stock; and

• change the nature of our business.

In addition, our debt agreements contain financial covenants and additional affirmative and negative covenants. Our ability to comply with these covenants is dependent on our future performance, which will be subject to many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including prevailing economic conditions. If we are not able to comply with all of these covenants for any reason and we have debt outstanding at the time of such failure, some or all of our outstanding debt could become immediately due and payable and the incurrence of additional debt under the credit facilities provided by the debt agreements would not be allowed. If our cash is utilized to repay any outstanding debt, depending on the amount of debt outstanding, we could experience an immediate and significant reduction in working capital available to operate our business.

As a result of these covenants, our ability to respond to changes in business and economic conditions and to obtain additional financing, if needed, may be significantly restricted, and we may be prevented from engaging in transactions that might otherwise be beneficial to us, such as strategic acquisitions or joint ventures.

Our intellectual property revenues are uncertain and unpredictable in amount.

We are unable to discern a pattern in or otherwise predict the amount of any payments for the sale or licensing of intellectual property that we may receive. Consequently, we are unable to plan on the timing of intellectual property revenues and our results of operations may be adversely affected by a reduction in the amount of intellectual property revenues.

35

Our markets are subject to technological change and our success depends on our ability to develop and introduce new products.

The markets for our products are characterized by:

• changing technologies;

• changing customer needs;

• frequent new product introductions and enhancements;

• increased integration with other functions; and

• product obsolescence.

To develop new products for our target markets, we must develop, gain access to and use leading technologies in a cost-effective and timely manner and continue to expand our technical and design expertise. Failure to do so could cause us to lose our competitive position and seriously impact our future revenues.

Products or technologies developed by others may render our products or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive. A fundamental shift in technologies in our product markets would have a material adverse effect on our competitive position within the industry.

Our revenues are dependent upon our products being designed into our customers’ products.

Many of our products are incorporated into customers’ products or systems at the design stage. The value of any design win largely depends upon the customer’s decision to manufacture the designed product in production quantities, the commercial success of the customer’s product and the extent to which the design of the customer’s electronic system also accommodates incorporation of components manufactured by our competitors. In addition, our customers could subsequently redesign their products or systems so that they no longer require our products. The development of the next generation of products by our customers generally results in new design competitions for semiconductors, which may not result in design wins for us, potentially leading to reduced revenues and profitability. We may not achieve design wins or our design wins may not result in future revenues.

We could be harmed by intellectual property litigation.

As a general matter, the semiconductor industry is characterized by substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. We have been sued for purported patent infringement and have been accused of infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties. We also have certain indemnification obligations to customers and suppliers with respect to the infringement of third party intellectual property rights by our products. We could incur substantial costs defending ourselves and our customers and suppliers from any such claim. Infringement claims or claims for indemnification, whether or not proven to be true, may divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel from our core business operations and could otherwise harm our business. For example, in June 2000, we were sued for patent infringement by International Rectifier Corporation. The case was ultimately resolved in our favor, but not until October 2008. In the interim, the U.S. District Court entered multimillion dollar judgments against us on two different occasions, each of which was subsequently vacated.

In the event of an adverse outcome in any intellectual property litigation, we could be required to pay substantial damages, cease the development, manufacturing, use and sale of infringing products, discontinue the use of certain processes or obtain a license from the third party claiming infringement with royalty payment obligations upon us. An adverse outcome in an infringement action could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights adequately.

Our ability to compete is affected by our ability to protect our intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and non-disclosure and licensing arrangements to protect our intellectual property rights. Despite these efforts, we cannot be certain that the steps we take to protect our proprietary information will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology, or that our competitors will not independently develop technology that is substantially similar or superior to our technology. More specifically, we cannot assure that our pending patent applications or any future applications will be approved, or that any issued patents will provide us with competitive advantages or will not be challenged by third parties. Nor can we assure that, if challenged, our patents will be found to be valid or enforceable, or that the patents of others will not have an adverse effect on our ability to do business. We may also become subject to or initiate interference proceedings in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, which can demand significant financial and management resources and could harm our financial results. Also, others may independently develop similar products or processes, duplicate our products or processes or design their products around any patents that may be issued to us.

36

Because our products typically have lengthy sales cycles, we may experience substantial delays between incurring expenses related to research and development and the generation of revenues.

The time from initiation of design to volume production of new semiconductors often takes 18 months or longer. We first work with customers to achieve a design win, which may take nine months or longer. Our customers then complete the design, testing and evaluation process and begin to ramp up production, a period that may last an additional nine months or longer. As a result, a significant period of time may elapse between our research and development efforts and our realization of revenues, if any, from volume purchasing of our products by our customers.

The markets in which we participate are intensely competitive.

Many of our target markets are intensely competitive. Our ability to compete successfully in our target markets depends on the following factors:

• proper new product definition;

• product quality, reliability and performance;

• product features;

• price;

• timely delivery of products;

• technical support and service;

• design and introduction of new products;

• market acceptance of our products and those of our customers; and

• breadth of product line.

In addition, our competitors or customers may offer new products based on new technologies, industry standards or end-user or customer requirements, including products that have the potential to replace our products or provide lower cost or higher performance alternatives to our products. The introduction of new products by our competitors or customers could render our existing and future products obsolete or unmarketable.

Our primary power semiconductor competitors include Fairchild Semiconductor, Fuji, Hitachi, Infineon, International Rectifier, Microsemi, Mitsubishi, On Semiconductor, Powerex, Renesas Technology, Semikron International, STMicroelectronics, Toshiba and Vishay Intertechnology. Our IC products compete principally with those of Atmel, Cypress Semiconductor, Freescale Semiconductor, Microchip, NEC, Renesas Technology, Silicon Labs and Supertex. Our RF power semiconductor competitors include Microsemi and RF Micro Devices. Many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and management resources than we have. Some of these competitors may be able to sell their products at prices at which it would be unprofitable for us to sell our products or benefit from established customer relationships that provide them with a competitive advantage. We cannot assure that we will be able to compete successfully in the future against existing or new competitors or that our operating results will not be adversely affected by increased price competition.

We rely on our distributors and sales representatives to sell many of our products.

Most of our products are sold to distributors or through sales representatives. Our distributors and sales representatives could reduce or discontinue sales of our products. They may not devote the resources necessary to sell our products in the volumes and within the time frames that we expect. In addition, we depend upon the continued viability and financial resources of these distributors and sales representatives, some of which are small organizations with limited working capital. These distributors and sales representatives, in turn, depend substantially on general economic conditions and conditions within the semiconductor industry. We believe that our success will continue to depend upon these distributors and sales representatives. Foreign distributors are typically granted longer payment terms, resulting in higher accounts receivable balances for a given level of sales than domestic distributors. Our risk of loss from the financial insolvency of distributors is, therefore, disproportionally weighted to foreign distributors. In connection with the acquisition of a 4-bit and 8-bit microcontroller business, we acquired a new set of distributor and sales representative relationships, some of which may be challenging to maintain at the same level of productivity. If any significant distributor or sales representative experiences financial difficulties, or otherwise becomes unable or unwilling to promote and sell our products, our business could be harmed. For example, All American Semiconductor, Inc., one of our former distributors, filed for bankruptcy in April 2007.

37

Our future success depends on the continued service of management and key engineering personnel and our ability to identify, hire and retain additional personnel.

Our success depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled technical, managerial, marketing and finance personnel, and, to a significant extent, upon the efforts and abilities of Nathan Zommer, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer, and other members of senior management. The loss of the services of one or more of our senior management or other key employees could adversely affect our business. We do not maintain key person life insurance on any of our officers, employees or consultants. There is intense competition for qualified employees in the semiconductor industry, particularly for highly skilled design, applications and test engineers. We may not be able to continue to attract and retain engineers or other qualified personnel necessary for the development of our business or to replace engineers or other qualified individuals who could leave us at any time in the future. If we grow, we expect increased demands on our resources, and growth would likely require the addition of new management and engineering staff as well as the development of additional expertise by existing management employees. If we lose the services of or fail to recruit key engineers or other technical and management personnel, our business could be harmed.

Acquisitions, expansion, technological and administrative changes and vendor updates place a significant strain on our information systems.

Presently, because of our acquisitions, we are operating a number of different information systems that are not integrated. In part because of this, we use spreadsheets, which are prepared by individuals rather than automated systems, in our accounting. In our accounting, we perform many manual reconciliations and other manual steps, which result in a high risk of errors. Manual steps also increase the possibility of control deficiencies and material weaknesses.

In the recently announced acquisition of a 4-bit and 8-bit microcontroller business, we are transferring reams of customer, operational and technical data to our systems. We will need to integrate this data into our information systems. We are also transferring some accounting functions to our Philippine subsidiary from other locations. These transfers involve changing accounting systems and implementing different software from that previously used.

If we do not adequately manage and evolve our financial reporting and managerial systems and processes, our ability to manage or grow our business may be harmed. Our ability to successfully implement our goals and comply with regulations, including those adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, requires an effective planning and management system and process. We will need to continue to improve existing, and implement new, operational and financial systems, procedures and controls to manage our business effectively in the future.

In improving, consolidating, changing or updating our operational and financial systems, procedures and controls, we would expect to periodically implement new or different software and other systems that will affect our internal operations regionally or globally. The conversion process from one system to another is complex and could require, among other things, that data from the existing system be made compatible with the upgraded or different system.

In connection with any of the foregoing, we could experience errors, interruptions, delays, cessations of service and other inefficiencies, which could adversely affect our business. Any error, delay, disruption, interruption or cessation, including with respect to any new or different systems, procedures or controls, could harm our ability to forecast sales demand, manage our supply chain, achieve accuracy in the conversion of electronic data and record and report financial and management information on a timely and accurate basis. In addition, as we add or change functionality, transition or convert to different systems or integrate additional data in connection with an acquisition, problems could arise that we have not foreseen. Such problems could adversely impact our ability to do the following in a timely manner: provide quotes; take customer orders; ship products; provide services and support to our customers; bill and track our customers; fulfill contractual obligations; and otherwise run our business. Failure to properly or adequately address these issues could result in the diversion of management’s attention and resources, adversely affect our ability to manage our business, increase expense, or adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows, stock price or reputation.

System security risks, data protection breaches and cyber-attacks could disrupt our internal operations and any such disruption could reduce our expected revenues, increase our expenses, damage our reputation and adversely affect our stock price.

Experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our security controls and misappropriate or compromise our confidential information or that of third parties, create system disruptions or cause shutdowns. Computer programmers and hackers also may be able to develop and deploy viruses, worms and other malicious software programs that attack our products or otherwise exploit any security vulnerabilities of our products. The costs to us to eliminate or alleviate cyber or other security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs and security vulnerabilities could be significant, and our efforts to address these problems may not be successful and could result in interruptions, delays, cessation of service and loss of existing or potential customers that may impede our sales, manufacturing, distribution or other critical functions.

38

We manage and store various proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data relating to our business and the businesses of third parties. Breaches of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved dissemination of proprietary information or sensitive or confidential data about us or our partners or customers, including the potential loss or disclosure of such information or data as a result of fraud, trickery or other forms of deception, could expose us, our partners and customers or the individuals affected to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, result in litigation and potential liability for us, damage our brand and reputation or otherwise harm our business. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant. Delayed sales, lower margins or lost customers resulting from these disruptions could adversely affect our financial results, stock price and reputation.

New regulations related to conflict-free minerals will force us to incur additional expenses.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act contains provisions to improve transparency and accountability concerning the supply of minerals originating from the conflict zones of the Democratic Republic of Congo, or DRC, and adjoining countries. As a result, the SEC established new annual disclosure and reporting requirements for those companies who use “conflict” minerals mined from the DRC and adjoining countries in their products. These new requirements could affect the sourcing and availability of minerals used in the manufacture of our products. As a result, we cannot ensure that we will be able to obtain minerals at competitive prices. Moreover, there will be additional costs associated with complying with the extensive due diligence and audit procedures required by the SEC. In addition, as our supply chain is complex, we may face reputational challenges with our customers and other stakeholders if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins of all minerals used in our products through the due diligence procedures that we implement. Finally, new rules bring implementation challenges. We may not successfully implement effective procedures to timely comply with these rules.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for our substrates, most of whom we do not have long term agreements with.

We purchase the bulk of our silicon substrates from a limited number of vendors, most of whom we do not have long term supply agreements with. Any of these suppliers could reduce or terminate our supply of silicon substrates at any time. Our reliance on a limited number of suppliers involves several risks, including potential inability to obtain an adequate supply of silicon substrates and reduced control over the price, timely delivery, reliability and quality of the silicon substrates. We cannot assure that problems will not occur in the future with suppliers.

We may not be able to increase production capacity to meet the present and future demand for our products.

The semiconductor industry has been characterized by periodic limitations on production capacity. These limitations may result in longer lead times for product delivery than desired by many of our customers. If we are unable to increase our production capacity to meet future demand, some of our customers may seek other sources of supply, our future growth may be limited or our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Costs related to product defects and errata may harm our results of operations and business.

Costs associated with unexpected product defects and errata (deviations from published specifications) due to, for example, unanticipated problems in our manufacturing processes, include the costs of:

• writing off the value of inventory of defective products;

• disposing of defective products;

• recalling defective products that have been shipped to customers;

• providing product replacements for, or modifications to, defective products; and/or

• defending against litigation related to defective products.

These costs could be substantial and may, therefore, increase our expenses and lower our gross margin. In addition, our reputation with our customers or users of our products could be damaged as a result of such product defects and errata, and the demand for our products could be reduced. These factors could harm our financial results and the prospects for our business.

39

We face the risk of financial exposure to product liability claims alleging that the use of products that incorporate our semiconductors resulted in adverse effects.

Approximately 10.0% of our net revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 were derived from sales of products used in medical devices, such as defibrillators. Product liability risks may exist even for those medical devices that have received regulatory approval for commercial sale. We cannot be sure that the insurance that we maintain against product liability will be adequate to cover our losses. Any defects in our semiconductors used in these devices, or in any other product, could result in significant product liability costs to us.

If our goodwill or long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

Under generally accepted accounting principles, goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually and we review our long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our goodwill or long-lived assets may not be recoverable include a decline in stock price and market capitalization, future cash flows and slower growth rates in our industry. In fiscal 2012, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $6.4 million, based on our estimates of the future operating results and discounted cash flows of the Zilog reporting unit.

We estimate tax liabilities, the final determination of which is subject to review by domestic and international taxation authorities.

We are subject to income taxes and other taxes in both the United States and the foreign jurisdictions in which we currently operate or have historically operated. We are also subject to review and audit by both domestic and foreign taxation authorities. The determination of our worldwide provision for income taxes and current and deferred tax assets and liabilities requires significant judgment and estimation. The provision for income taxes can be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including but not limited to changes in tax laws, regulations and accounting principles, including accounting for uncertain tax positions, or interpretation of those changes. Significant judgment is required to determine the recognition and measurement attributes prescribed in the authoritative guidance issued by FASB in connection with accounting for income taxes. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax outcome may materially differ from the tax amounts recorded in our consolidated financial statements and may materially affect our income tax provision, net income, goodwill or cash flows in the period or periods for which such determination is made.

Our results of operations could vary as a result of the methods, estimates, and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies.

The methods, estimates, and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on our results of operations (see “Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates” in Part I, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q). Such methods, estimates, and judgments are, by their nature, subject to substantial risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, and factors may arise over time that lead us to change our methods, estimates, and judgments. Changes in those methods, estimates, and judgments could significantly affect our results of operations.

We are exposed to various risks related to the regulatory environment.

We are subject to various risks related to new, different, inconsistent or even conflicting laws, rules and regulations that may be enacted by legislative bodies and/or regulatory agencies in the countries in which we operate; disagreements or disputes between national or regional regulatory agencies; and the interpretation and application of laws, rules and regulations. If we are found by a court or regulatory agency not to be in compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, approximately 10.0% of our net revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 were derived from the sale of products included in medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation by numerous governmental authorities in the United States and internationally, including the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA. The FDA and certain foreign regulatory authorities impose numerous requirements for medical device manufacturers to meet, including adherence to Good Manufacturing Practices, or GMP, regulations and similar regulations in other countries, which include testing, control and documentation requirements. Ongoing compliance with GMP and other applicable regulatory requirements is monitored through periodic inspections by federal and state agencies, including the FDA, and by comparable agencies in other countries. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could prevent our products from being included in approved medical devices or result in damages or other compensation payable to medical device manufacturers.

Our business could also be harmed by delays in receiving or the failure to receive required approvals or clearances, the loss of obtained approvals or clearances or the failure to comply with existing or future regulatory requirements.

40

We invest in companies for strategic reasons and may not realize a return on our investments.

We make investments in companies to further our strategic objectives and support our key business initiatives. Such investments include investments in equity securities of public companies and investments in non-marketable equity securities of private companies, which range from early-stage companies that are often still defining their strategic direction to more mature companies whose products or technologies may directly support a product or initiative. The success of these companies is dependent on product development, market acceptance, operational efficiency, and other key business success factors. The private companies in which we invest may fail for operational reasons or because they may not be able to secure additional funding, obtain favorable investment terms for future financings or take advantage of liquidity events such as initial public offerings, mergers, and private sales. If any of these private companies fail, we could lose all or part of our investment in that company. If we determine that an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value exists for the equity securities of the public and private companies in which we invest, we write down the investment to its fair value and recognize the related write-down as an investment loss. Furthermore, when the strategic objectives of an investment have been achieved, or if the investment or business diverges from our strategic objectives, we may decide to dispose of the investment, even at a loss. Our investments in non-marketable equity securities of private companies are not liquid, and we may not be able to dispose of these investments on favorable terms or at all. The occurrence of any of these events could negatively affect our results of operations.

Our ability to access capital markets could be limited.

From time to time, we may need to access the capital markets to obtain long term financing. Although we believe that we can continue to access the capital markets on acceptable terms and conditions, our flexibility with regard to long term financing activity could be limited by our existing capital structure, our credit ratings and the health of the semiconductor industry. In addition, many of the factors that affect our ability to access the capital markets, such as the liquidity of the overall capital markets and the current state of the economy, are outside of our control. There can be no assurance that we will continue to have access to the capital markets on favorable terms.

Geopolitical instability, war, terrorist attacks and terrorist threats, and government responses thereto, may negatively affect all aspects of our operations, revenues, costs and stock price.

Any such event may disrupt our operations or those of our customers or suppliers. Our markets currently include South Korea, Taiwan and Israel, which are currently experiencing political instability. Additionally, we have accounting operations in the Philippines, an external foundry is located in South Korea and assembly subcontractors are located in Indonesia, the Philippines and South Korea.

Business interruptions may damage our facilities or those of our suppliers.

Our operations and those of our suppliers are vulnerable to interruption by fire, earthquake, flood and other natural disasters, as well as power loss, telecommunications failure and other events beyond our control. We do not have a detailed disaster recovery plan and do not have backup generators. Our facilities in California are located near major earthquake faults and have experienced earthquakes in the past. For example, the March 2011 earthquake in Japan adversely affected the operations of some of our Japanese suppliers, which limited the availability of certain production inputs to us for a period of time. If a natural disaster occurs, our ability to conduct our operations could be seriously impaired, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows. We cannot be sure that the insurance we maintain against general business interruptions will be adequate to cover all our losses.

We may be affected by environmental laws and regulations.

We are subject to a variety of laws, rules and regulations in the United States, England and Germany related to the use, storage, handling, discharge and disposal of certain chemicals and gases used in our manufacturing process. Any of those regulations could require us to acquire expensive equipment or to incur substantial other expenses to comply with them. If we incur substantial additional expenses, product costs could significantly increase. Failure to comply with present or future environmental laws, rules and regulations could result in fines, suspension of production or cessation of operations.

Nathan Zommer, Ph.D. owns a significant interest in our common stock.

Nathan Zommer, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer, beneficially owned, as of July 25, 2013, approximately 21.6% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. As a result, Dr. Zommer can exercise significant control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of the board of directors. His holdings could result in a delay of, or serve as a deterrent to, any change in control of our company, which may reduce the market price of our common stock.

41

Our stock price is volatile.

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated significantly to date. The future market price of our common stock may also fluctuate significantly in the event of:

• variations in our actual or expected quarterly operating results;

• announcements or introductions of new products;

• technological innovations by our competitors or development setbacks by us;

• conditions in semiconductor markets;

• the commencement or adverse outcome of litigation;

• changes in analysts’ estimates of our performance or changes in analysts’ forecasts regarding our industry, competitors or customers;

• announcements of merger or acquisition transactions or a failure to achieve the expected benefits of an acquisition as rapidly or to the extent anticipated by participants in the stock market;

• terrorist attack or war;

• sales of our common stock by one or more members of management, including Nathan Zommer, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer; or

• general economic and market conditions.

In addition, the stock market in recent years has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices of many high technology companies, including semiconductor companies. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies in our industry, and could harm the market price of our common stock.

The anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation and of the Delaware General Corporation Law may delay, defer or prevent a change of control.

Our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, of those shares without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The rights of the holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be harmed by, the rights of the holders of any shares of preferred stock that may be issued in the future. The issuance of preferred stock may delay, defer or prevent a change in control because the terms of any issued preferred stock could potentially prohibit our consummation of any merger, reorganization, sale of substantially all of our assets, liquidation or other extraordinary corporate transaction, without the approval of the holders of the outstanding shares of preferred stock. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have a dilutive effect on our stockholders.

Our stockholders must give substantial advance notice prior to the relevant meeting to nominate a candidate for director or present a proposal to our stockholders at a meeting. These notice requirements could inhibit a takeover by delaying stockholder action. The Delaware anti-takeover law restricts business combinations with some stockholders once the stockholder acquires 15% or more of our common stock. The Delaware statute makes it more difficult for us to be acquired without the consent of our board of directors and management.

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

42

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

See the Index to Exhibits, which is incorporated by reference herein.

43

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

IXYS CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Uzi Sasson
	Uzi Sasson, President and Chief Financial Officer
	(Principal Financial Officer)

Date: August 9, 2013

44

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.	Description
10.1	Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., IXYS Intl (Cayman) Limited and IXYS Corporation dated May 25, 2013, as amended. (1)
10.2	Foundry Services Agreement dated as of June 27, 2013 by and between Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. and IXYS Intl Limited. (1)
10.3	Transition Services Agreement dated as of June 27, 2013 by and between Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. and IXYS Intl Limited. (1)
10.4	Product License Agreement dated as of June 27, 2013 by and between Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. and IXYS Intl Limited. (1)
10.5	IXYS Corporation 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. (2)
10.6	Form of Award Agreement under the IXYS Corporation 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. (2)
31.1	Certificate of Chief Executive Officer required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	Certificate of Chief Financial Officer required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	Certification required under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (3)
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

(1) Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, which portions have been filed separately with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

(2) Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(3) This exhibit is furnished and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1933, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1993, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such a filing.

45

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

CONFIDENTIAL

SLSI-201304IA001

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

by and among

SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD.,

IXYS INTL (CAYMAN) LIMITED

and

IXYS CORPORATION

Dated May 25, 2013

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
SECTION 1	DEFINITIONS		1
1.1	Certain Definitions		7
1.2	Other Defined Terms		6
SECTION 2	PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE TRANSFERRED ASSETS		9
2.1	Purchase and Sale of the Transferred Assets		9
2.2	Excluded Assets		10
2.3	Assumption of Assumed Liabilities		11
2.4	Excluded Liabilities		12
2.5	Transfer of Transferred Assets and Assumed Liabilities		13
2.6	Procedures for Assets Not Transferable		13
2.7	Payments Post-Closing		14
2.8	Delivery of Transferred Technology		14
SECTION 3	PURCHASE PRICE; ALLOCATIONS		14
3.1	Purchase Price		14
3.2	Purchase Price Adjustment for Inventory Amount		15
3.3	Transfer Taxes; Expenses		16
3.4	Required Withholding of Taxes		17
SECTION 4	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER		17
4.1	Organization and Standing		18
4.2	Authority; Binding Nature of Agreement		18
4.3	No Conflict		18
4.4	Governmental Consents		18
4.5	Absence of Changes		19
4.6	Assets		19
4.7	Compliance with Law		19
4.8	Permits and Approvals		19
4.9	Intellectual Property		19
4.10	Contracts		21
4.11	Product Liability; Warranties		21
4.12	Legal Proceedings		22
4.13	Tax Matters		22
4.14	Finder’s Fee		23

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

		Page
4.15	No Other Representations or Warranties		23
SECTION 5	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER		23
5.1	Organization and Standing		23
5.2	Authority; Binding Nature of Agreement		24
5.3	Governmental Consents		24
5.4	No Conflict		24
5.5	Legal Proceedings		25
5.6	Availability of Funds		25
5.7	Finder’s Fee		25
SECTION 6	CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS		25
6.1	Access and Information		25
6.2	Operation of the Seller’s Business		25
6.3	Public Announcements		27
6.4	Confidentiality		27
6.5	Commercially Reasonable Efforts; Further Assurances; Cooperation		28
6.6	Non-Competition		28
6.7	Non-Solicitation; Non-Interference		29
6.8	Preservation of Books and Records		29
6.9	Exclusivity		29
6.10	Financial Statement		30
6.11	Tax Matters		30
SECTION 7	CONDITIONS PRECEDENT		31
7.1	Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Parties		31
7.2	Conditions to Obligations of the Purchaser		32
7.3	Conditions to the Obligations of the Seller		33
SECTION 8	CLOSING		34
8.1	Closing		34
SECTION 9	TERMINATION		34
9.1	Termination		34
9.2	Effect of Termination		35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

		Page
SECTION 10	INDEMNIFICATION		35
10.1	Indemnification Obligations of the Seller		35
10.2	Indemnification Obligations of the Purchaser		35
10.3	Indemnification Procedure		36
10.4	Survival		37
10.5	Limitation of Liability		38
10.6	Duty to Mitigate		39
10.7	Exclusive Remedy		39
10.8	Tax Treatment		39
10.9	Tax Benefits		39
SECTION 11	MISCELLANEOUS		39
11.1	Enforcement of Agreement		39
11.2	Further Assurances		40
11.3	Fees and Expenses		40
11.4	Waiver; Amendment		40
11.5	Entire Agreement		40
11.6	Counterparts; Facsimile Signature		40
11.7	Governing Law		40
11.8	Dispute Resolution		41
11.9	Assignment and Successors		41
11.10	No Third-Party Beneficiaries		41
11.11	Notices		41
11.12	Construction; Usage		42
11.13	Severability		43
11.14	Mutual Drafting		43
11.15	Schedules and Exhibits		43
11.16	Parent Guaranty		43

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 25, 2013, by and among Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea (the “Seller”), IXYS Intl (Cayman) Limited, a Cayman Islands corporation (the “Purchaser”), and, solely for the purposes of Section 11.16, IXYS Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware of the United States of America (“Parent”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Seller is engaged in the Business (as defined below);

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Seller desires to transfer to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to purchase and assume from the Seller, certain of the assets and liabilities exclusively relating to or exclusively used in the Business as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, contingent upon and concurrently with the Closing (as defined below), the Seller and the Purchaser will enter into (i) a Foundry Services Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto Exhibit A (the “Foundry Services Agreement”), (ii) a Transition Services Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Transition Services Agreement”), and (iii) a Product License Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Product License Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the respective covenants, agreements and representations and warranties set forth herein, the parties to this Agreement, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows.

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1      Certain Definitions.  Defined terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them as follows:

“Accounting Principles” means Korean International Financial Reporting Standards.

“Affiliates” with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided that with respect to the Seller, the Affiliates of the Seller shall only include the direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Seller where “subsidiary” means an entity that Seller has a direct or indirect ownership equal to or of more than 50% of the stock or other equity interests entitled to vote for the election of directors or an equivalent governing body.

“Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws” means the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, any rules or regulations thereunder, and any other applicable anti-corruption and/or anti-bribery Laws of any Governmental Authority of any jurisdiction applicable to the Business.

“Business” means the business of the Seller and its Affiliates related to the design, development, research, testing, supply, marketing, sale, distribution, support and maintenance of the Business Products.

“Business Day” means any day except Saturday, Sunday or any day on which banks are generally not open for business in the City of San Francisco, California or Seoul, the Republic of Korea; provided, however, that for the purpose of determining a Business Day on which the Closing shall occur, “Business Day” means any day except Saturday, Sunday or any day on which banks are generally not open for business in the City of San Francisco, California, Seoul, the Republic of Korea or the Cayman Islands.

“Business Products” means the current and under development microcontroller products of the System LSI Division of the Seller, containing 4 bit or 8 bit processor cores, as listed on Schedule 1.1(a) attached hereto and including any subsequent versions of such products that embody minor modifications to improve functionality or yield. Without limiting the foregoing, Business Products also includes Standalone Micro Controllers for which the System LSI Division of the Seller has already sent customers end-of-life notices during the one (1) year period prior to the Closing Date, including those identified on Schedule 1.1(a) as “EOL Products.” For the avoidance of doubt, 32 bit micro controller units are excluded from the definition of Business Products and any transaction contemplated in this Agreement.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Contracts” means any contract or agreement, as amended from time to time, to which the Seller is a party or by which the Seller or any of the Transferred Assets are bound that are used or held for use in the Business.

“Copyable Technology” means Technology that can be copied or replicated without incurring material cost in any form, including for example, Software and documents.

“Copyrights” means (a) mask work rights, registrations and applications for registration thereof throughout the world, (b) rights of publicity and privacy, and (c) copyrights in works of authorship of any type, registrations and applications for registration thereof throughout the world, all rights therein provided by international treaties and conventions, all moral and common-law rights thereto, and all other rights associated therewith.

“Encumbrance” means any lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, mortgage, security interest, claim, rights of first refusal or rights of first offer, encumbrance (including leases, easements, licenses, zoning ordinances, covenants, conditions, restrictions and rights-of-way) or other similar right affecting property, in each case, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise.

“Export and Import Control Laws” means any U.S. or applicable non-U.S. law, regulation, or order governing (i) imports, exports, re-exports, or transfers of products, services, software, or technologies from or to the United States or another country; (ii) any release of technology or software in any foreign country or to any foreign Person (anyone other than a citizen or lawful permanent resident of the United States, or a protected individual as defined by 8 U.S.C. § 1324b(a)(3)) located in the United States or abroad; (iii) economic sanctions or embargoes; or (iv) compliance with unsanctioned foreign boycotts.

“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government, department, agency, commission, instrumentality, court or other tribunal, domestic or foreign, or other entity exercising any executive, legislative, judicial, quasi-judicial, regulatory or administrative function of government.

“Indemnified Party” means a Purchaser Indemnified Party or a Seller Indemnified Party, as applicable.

“Intellectual Property” means any and all of the rights in or associated with the following throughout the world : (a) Patents, (b) Trademarks, (c) Copyrights, (d) Trade Secrets, (e) rights in databases (including customer lists and customer databases), whether registered or unregistered, and(f) any other proprietary or intellectual property rights now known.

“Inventory” means all units of finished goods of Business Products that, as of the Closing Date, are owned as inventory of the System LSI Division of the Seller or its Affiliates.

“Knowledge of the Purchaser” means the actual knowledge of Purchaser’s officers and employees after due inquiry of the direct reports of each such individual.

“Knowledge of the Seller” means the actual knowledge of Seller’s officers and employees of who work in the field of Business after due inquiry of the direct reports of each such individual.

“Law” means any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, common law, rule, regulation, code, directive, ordinance or other requirement of general application of any Governmental Authority.

“Legal Proceeding” means any claim, action, suit, litigation, arbitration, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), hearing, inquiry, examination or investigation commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before any Governmental Authority.

“Liabilities” means any direct or indirect liability, indebtedness, claim, loss, damage, deficiency, Tax, obligation or responsibility, fixed or unfixed, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, accrued, absolute or contingent.

“Losses” means any and all claims, liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, penalties, fines, Taxes, judgments, costs and expenses (including amounts paid in settlement, costs of investigation and reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses), whether arising out of a Third-Party Claim, but excluding any special, exemplary and punitive damages (other than any such Losses actually paid pursuant to a Third-Party Claim).

“Non-Copyable Technology” means Technology, including for example, mask works and hardware, that cannot be copied or replicated without incurring material costs in any form.

“Order” means any executive order, decree, judgment, injunction, ruling or other order issued, enforced or entered by any Governmental Authority.

“Other IP” means Intellectual Property other than Patents and Trademarks.

“Patent Application” means an application or filing for a Patent including, provisional patent applications and regular patent applications, and claims of priority under any treaty or convention, anywhere in the world.

“Patents” means patents and statutory invention registrations, in any jurisdiction worldwide, including renewals, reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, reexaminations and substitutions thereof, and all rights therein provided by international treaties and conventions. The term “Patent” includes any Patent Application and any patents that issue as a result of those Patent Applications.

“Permits” shall mean all licenses, permits, concessions, exemptions, consents, franchises, certificates, approvals, filings and other authorizations that are required by Governmental Authorities under any applicable Law for the Seller to operate the Business as currently conducted and to own or use the other Transferred Assets.

“Permitted Encumbrance” means nonexclusive licenses granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business or any work performed pursuant to any such license.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, Governmental Authority or other organization.

“Post-Closing Tax Period” means any Tax period beginning after the Closing Date and that portion of a Straddle Period beginning after the Closing Date.

“Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date and that portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date.

“Product Software” means any and all versions of any Software, in source or object code form (including firmware or driver), that is distributed by Seller as Software for use on, with or for Business Products.

“Property Taxes” means all real property Taxes, personal property Taxes and similar ad valorem Taxes.

“Purchaser Constituent Documents” means any certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other charter documents, including all amendments thereto, of the Purchaser.

“Purchaser Indemnified Parties” means the Purchaser, Parent and their respective Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and other Representatives.

“Registered IP” means all Intellectual Property (including all Patents, registered Copyrights (and applications therefor), registered Trademarks and registered mask work rights) that are registered, filed, or issued under the authority of any Governmental Authority.

“Representatives” means, with respect to a Person, the officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, advisors and representatives of such Person.

“Retained Technology” means any Technology other than the Transferred Technology.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Seller Constituent Documents” means the organizational documents of the Seller, each as currently in effect.

“Seller Disclosure Schedule” means the Seller Disclosure Schedule delivered by the Seller to the Purchaser on the date hereof or any Schedule attached thereto.

“Seller Indemnified Parties” means the Seller and its subsidiaries, and their respective Affiliates, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, agents and other Representatives.

“Seller Licensed IP” means the Intellectual Property licensed by the Seller under the Product License Agreement.

“Seller Material Adverse Effect” means any change, event, effect, occurrence or circumstance that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonable be expected to have a material adverse effect on (a) the Business or the Transferred Assets, taken as whole; provided, however, that none of the following, individually or in combination, shall be deemed to constitute, or shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been, a Seller Material Adverse Effect: (i) the failure of the Seller or the Business to meet historic, budgeted or forecasted revenue levels, earnings or other financial metrics or any estimates of such metrics (provided that the facts and circumstances giving rise to such failure may be deemed to constitute, and may be taken into account in determining whether there has been, a Seller Material Adverse Effect), (ii) changes in general local, domestic, foreign, or international economic, financial, regulatory or political conditions (provided that such changes do not disproportionately and adversely affect the Business relative to other businesses in the industry in which the Business is operating), (iii) changes generally affecting the industries or markets in which the Seller operates or conducts the Business (provided that such changes do not disproportionately and adversely affect the Business relative to other businesses in the industry in which the Business is operating), (iv) changes arising out of weather conditions or other force majeure events (provided that such changes do not disproportionately and adversely affect the Business relative to other businesses in the industry in which the Business is operating), (v) changes in applicable Laws or accounting rules or principals, including changes in the Accounting Principles (provided that such changes do not disproportionately and adversely affect the Business relative to other businesses in the industry in which the Business is operating), (vi) changes resulting from the announcement or pendency of this Agreement, or (vii) the taking of or failure to take any action expressly required to be taken or not taken by this Agreement; or (b) the ability of the Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by, or to perform any of its obligations under, the Transaction Documents.

“Software” means computer software, programs, and databases in any form, including Internet web sites, web content and links, source code, object code, operating systems and specifications, data, databases, database management code, tools, developers kits, utilities, graphical user interfaces, menus, images, icons, forms and software engines, and all versions, updates, corrections, enhancements and modifications thereof, and all related documentation, developer notes, comments, and annotations.

“Standalone Micro Controller” means any semiconductor with a 4 bit or 8 bit processor of the System LSI Division of the Seller where the main functionality is being a microcontroller. For the avoidance of any doubt, microcontrollers for smart card IC applications (including: SIM cards, embedded secure elements and FSID), RF function ICs, display driver ICs and semiconductor products with 16 bit processors are expressly excluded.

“Standalone Micro Controller Business” means the business of the System LSI Division of the Seller related to the design, development, research, testing, supply, marketing, sale, distribution, support and maintenance of Standalone Micro Controllers.

“Straddle Period” means any Tax period beginning before or on and ending after the Closing Date.

“Tax” means any tax (including any income tax, franchise tax, capital gains tax, estimated taxes, gross receipts tax, value-added tax, surtax, excise tax, ad valorem tax, transfer tax, stamp tax, sales tax, use tax, property tax, business tax, social security taxes, withholding tax or payroll tax), levy, assessment, tariff, duty (including any customs duty), deficiency or fee, and any related charge or amount (including any fine, penalty or interest), imposed, assessed or collected by or under the authority of any Governmental Authority.

“Tax Return” means any return (including any information return), report, statement, declaration, estimate, schedule, notice, notification, form, election, certificate or other document or information filed with or submitted to, or required to be filed with or submitted to, any Governmental Authority in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or payment of any Tax or in connection with the administration, implementation or enforcement of or compliance with any Law relating to any Tax, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

“Technology” means embodiments and implementations of Intellectual Property whether in electronic, written or other media, including Software, designs (including, without limitation, RTL, schematic and GDSII form), design and manufacturing schematics, bills of material, build instructions, test reports, schematics, algorithms, application programming interfaces, user interfaces, routines, formulae, test vectors, IP cores, net lists, photomasks, databases, data collections, diagrams, recipes, manufacturing process technology (including any process technology related to the fabrication, sorting, assembly or packaging of semiconductor products), proprietary technical information, protocols, layout rules, packaging and other specifications, techniques, interfaces, verification tools, URLs, web sites, works or authorship, lab notebooks, development and lab equipment, know-how, inventions and invention disclosures, and all other forms of technology, in each case whether or not registered with a Governmental Authority or embodied in any tangible form.

“Trademarks” means trademarks, service marks, service names, trade dress, logos, trade names, corporate names, business names, slogans, URL addresses, internet domain names and other indicia of source or origin, including the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby or associated therewith, all common-law rights thereto, registrations and applications for registration thereof throughout the world, and all rights therein provided by international treaties and conventions.

“Trade Secrets” means all rights in any jurisdiction in know-how and other confidential or proprietary technical, business, and other information, including confidential or proprietary manufacturing and production processes and techniques, research and development information, technology, drawings, specifications, designs, plans, proposals, technical data, bills of material, financial, marketing, and business data, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans, customer and supplier lists and other similar information.

“Transaction Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Foundry Services Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement and the Product License Agreement.

“Transferred Registered IP” means Transferred IP that is Registered IP.

“VAT” means Korean value added tax and any similar charge under Laws of other jurisdictions.

1.2      Other Defined Terms.  The following capitalized terms are defined in this Agreement in the Section indicated below:

Defined Term	Section
Agreement	Preamble
Assumed Liabilities	2.3
Closing	8.1
Closing Date	8.1
Closing Inventory Value	3.2(a)
Closing Payment	3.1(a)
Consents	2.6
Deferred Payments	3.1(b)
Direct Claim	10.3(c)
Dispute Notice	3.2(b)
Excluded Assets	2.2
Excluded Liabilities	2.4
First Deferred Payment	3.1(b)
Foundry Services Agreement	Recitals
In-Licenses	4.9(g)
Indemnification Cap	10.5(b
Indemnifying Party	10.3(a)
Independent Accounting Firm	3.2(c)
Nondisclosure Agreement	6.4
Notice of Claim	10.3(c)

Defined Term	Section
Objection Notice	10.3(c)
Out-Licenses	4.9(l)
Pre-Closing Period	6.1
Product License Agreement	Recitals
Purchase Price	3.1
Purchase Price Allocation	3.4(a)
Purchaser	Preamble
Purchaser Losses	10.1
Restricted Business	6.6(a)
Restricted Period	6.6(a)
Second Deferred Payment	3.1(b)
Seller	Preamble
Seller Fundamental Representations	10.4
Seller Losses	10.2
Seller Statement	3.2(a)
Target Inventory Value	3.2(f)
Termination Date	9.1(b)
Third-Party Claim	10.3(a)
Threshold	10.5(a)
Transferred Assets	2.1
Transferred Contracts	2.1(g)
Transferred Copyable Technology	2.1(e)
Transferred Inventory	2.1(a)
Transferred IP	2.1(d)
Transferred Non-Copyable Technology	2.1(f)
Transferred Other IP	2.1(d)
Transferred Patents	2.1(c)
Transferred Permits	2.1(h)
Transferred Tangible Assets	2.1(b)
Transferred Technology	2.1(f)
Transition Services Agreement	Recitals

SECTION 2

PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE TRANSFERRED ASSETS

2.1      Purchase and Sale of the Transferred Assets.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including Section 2.2 hereof, at the Closing, the Seller shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser shall purchase, acquire and accept from the Seller, all of the right, title and interest of the Seller in, to and under all of the assets exclusively relating to the Business free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances (collectively, the “Transferred Assets”), including:

(a)       all Inventory existing as of the Closing Date (the “Transferred Inventory”);

(b)      all tangible assets, including machinery and equipment, owned by the Seller and used exclusively in the Business, including the tangible assets set forth in Schedule 2.1(b) attached hereto (the “Transferred Tangible Assets” ) ;

(c)      the Patents that are owned (whether exclusively, jointly or otherwise) or purported to be owned by the Seller and used exclusively in the Business, as set forth in Schedule 2.1(c) attached hereto (the “Transferred Patents”), and all causes of action, claims and demands of any nature arising under or with respect to the Transferred Patents, including all claims and damages for the past or future infringement of any such Transferred Patents;

(d)      the Other IP that is owned (whether exclusively, jointly or otherwise) or purported to be owned by the Seller and used exclusively in the Business, including each item of Other IP set forth in Schedule 2.1(d) attached hereto (the “Transferred Other IP” and together with the Transferred Patents, the “Transferred IP”);

(e)      copies of any Copyable Technology that is both owned (whether exclusively, jointly or otherwise) or purported to be owned by the Seller, and used exclusively in the Business, including each item of Copyable Technology set forth in Schedule 2.1(e) attached hereto (the “Transferred Copyable Technology”);

(f)      the Non-Copyable Technology that is both owned (whether exclusively, jointly or otherwise) or purported to be owned by the Seller, and used exclusively in the Business, including each item of Non-Copyable Technology set forth in Schedule 2.1(f) attached hereto (the “Transferred Non-Copyable Technology” and together with the Transferred Copyable Technology, the “Transferred Technology”);

(g)      the Contracts exclusively related to the Business set forth in Schedule 2.1(g) attached hereto (the “Transferred Contracts”);

(h)      the Permits used or held for use by the Seller exclusively in the operation of the Business, including the Permits set forth in Schedule 2.1(h) attached hereto, but only if transferable or assignable (the “Transferred Permits”);

(i)      all goodwill of the Business; and

(j)      to the extent permitted by applicable Law and commercially feasible, the relevant books and records exclusively related to the Business.

2.2      Excluded Assets.  The Seller is not selling, conveying, assigning, transferring or delivering, and the Purchaser is not purchasing, acquiring or accepting, any of the following assets of the Seller (collectively, the “Excluded Assets”):

(a)      all real property which the Seller owns or of which the Seller is the lessee or sublessee (together with all furniture, furnishings, fixtures, improvements and other tangible assets thereon other than the Transferred Tangible Assets);

(b)      all cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and all rights to any bank account of the Seller;

(c)      accounts receivable, notes receivable and other receivables arising out of the conduct of or otherwise related to the Business prior to the Closing;

(d)      all Intellectual Property of the Seller, other than the Transferred IP and; the Transferred Technology;

(e)      any and all causes of action, lawsuits, judgments, claims, counterclaims and demands of any nature related to the Business, in each case, which accrued, accrue, arose or arise out of events occurring prior to the Closing, or any proceeds or receivables therefrom or related thereto, other than with respect to the Transferred IP;

(f)      all express or implied guarantees, warranties, representations, covenants, indemnities and similar rights in relation to the Business which arise from or relate any event occurring prior to the Closing or to any Excluded Asset or Excluded Liability;

(g)      all Trademarks;

(h)      all Tax Returns (other than those relating exclusively to the Business or the Transferred Assets), Tax refunds relating to a Pre-Closing Tax Period, Tax losses, Tax carry forwards, Tax credits relating to a Pre-Closing Tax Period and Tax benefits of the Seller;

(i)      all insurance policies (and any cash or surrender value thereon) relating to the Business and rights, claims or causes or actions thereunder and all insurance proceeds and insurance awards receivables thereunder;

(j)      all human resources information management systems of the Seller and records pertaining to any of the Seller’s employees;

(k)      the books, records, files and minutes of meetings of the board of directors, committees or shareholders, incorporation, stock transfer and Tax documents and all similar or related corporate records of the Seller to the extent not relating to the Business; and

(l)      all of the Seller’s right, title and interest under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

2.3      Assumption of Assumed Liabilities.  At the Closing, the Purchaser shall assume, and hereby agrees to pay, perform and discharge, only Liabilities set forth below (collectively, the “Assumed Liabilities”):

(a)      all Liabilities arising under, with respect to or contained in the Transferred Contracts, but only to the extent such obligations (i) arise after the Closing Date, (ii) do not arise from or relate to any breach by the Seller of any provision of any of such Contracts, and (iii) do not arise from or relate to any event, circumstance or condition occurring or existing on or prior to the Closing Date that, with notice or lapse of time, would constitute or result in a breach of any of such Contracts (it being understood that no warranty obligations under such Contracts related to the sale of the Business Products prior to the Closing shall be Assumed Liabilities); for avoidance of doubt, the Purchaser will pay the remaining development fees to be paid to Finechips after the Closing Date as set forth on Schedule 2.3(a) attached hereto;

(b)      except to the extent the Purchaser is indemnified for a breach of a representation or warranty by the Seller under this Agreement, all Liabilities, suits, actions, investigations and obligations resulting from, arising out of or related to (i) the Transferred Assets or the ownership or use thereof, (ii) the sale or provision of the Business Products, or (iii) the conduct of the Business by the Purchaser, to the extent that, in each case, such Liabilities, suits, actions, investigations and obligations arise after the Closing;

(c)      all Liabilities for Property Taxes relating to the Post-Closing Tax Period specifically allocated to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 6.11(b); and

(d)      all Liabilities with respect to the Transferred Assets arising pursuant to any applicable Laws to the extent such Liabilities arise after the Closing.

2.4      Excluded Liabilities.  The Seller shall retain all Liabilities other than the Assumed Liabilities (the “Excluded Liabilities”), including:

(a)      all Liabilities related to the operation of the Business prior to the Closing;

(b)      all Liabilities related to the Transferred Assets and the Business to the extent relating to periods prior to the Closing;

(c)      all accounts payable, trade payables and notes payable related to the operation of the Business prior to the Closing;

(d)      all Liabilities arising under, with respect to or contained in the Transferred Contracts arising prior to the Closing and any Liabilities arising out of any breaches, defaults or violations of any Transferred Contract prior to the Closing;

(e)      all Liabilities resulting from, arising out of or related to any employee benefit plan of the Seller or any of its Affiliates whether such Liabilities arose or arise prior to, on or after the Closing Date;

(f)      all Liabilities to or in respect of any employees or former employees of the Seller or its Affiliates whether arising before or after the Closing;

(g)      any Liabilities resulting from, arising out of or related to any Legal Proceeding commenced or brought prior to the Closing or commenced or brought after the Closing to the extent relating to the conduct of the Seller (or its Affiliates) or the operation of the Business by Seller prior to the Closing;

(h)      any and all warranty and similar Liabilities arising prior to, on or after the Closing and whether expressed or implied, related to any Business Products sold prior to the Closing;

(i)      all transfer, assumption or assignment fees payable by the Seller or any of its Affiliates under any Transferred Contracts for assigning or transferring such Transferred Contracts to the Purchaser;

(j)      any termination fee payable by the Seller or any of its Affiliates under any Contract as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, including any Contract not transferable to the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of such Contract or assignable only upon the consent of the respective third party to such Contract and such third party does not consent to the assignment to the Purchaser of such Contract pursuant to this Agreement;

(k)      (i) all Liabilities for Taxes of Seller (including any Liabilities as a result of the operation of Law, as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise) and (ii) Taxes that arise from or relate to the conduct of the Business, including ownership of the Transferred Assets, for any Pre-Closing Tax Period; and

(l)      all Liabilities pertaining to Seller’s ownership or use of any Excluded Asset.

2.5      Transfer of Transferred Assets and Assumed Liabilities.

(a)      The Transferred Assets shall be sold, acquired, conveyed, transferred, assigned and delivered free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances, and the Assumed Liabilities shall be assumed, pursuant to transfer and assumption agreements, notifications or other instruments in such form, reasonably satisfactory to the Seller and the Purchaser, as are necessary to effect a conveyance of the Transferred Assets and an assumption of the Assumed Liabilities in the jurisdictions in which such transfers are to be made. Such agreements and instruments, and such other conveyance and assumption documents as may be required in such jurisdictions, shall be executed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, on the Closing Date by the Seller and the Purchaser.

(b)      The Purchaser shall, in good faith consultation with the Seller, select the manner by which the Transferred Assets are sold, conveyed, transferred or assigned to the Purchaser; provided that the manner selected shall result in the Purchaser, as applicable, receiving a Tax basis in each of the relevant jurisdictions for local Tax purposes at least equal to the applicable Purchase Price Allocation. If a Tax basis is not available with respect to any Transferred Asset as a result of a non-Tax issue, the parties will discuss the reasonable resolution of such matter.

2.6      Procedures for Assets Not Transferable.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent that the sale, conveyance, transfer, assignment or delivery, or attempted sale, conveyance, transfer, assignment or delivery, to the Purchaser of any Transferred Asset is prohibited by applicable Law or would require any governmental or third-party authorizations, approvals, consents or waivers (collectively, the “Consents”), the Seller and the Purchaser shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such Consents prior to the Closing and, if any such Consents shall not have been obtained prior to the Closing, this Agreement shall not constitute a sale, conveyance, transfer, assignment or delivery thereof if any of the foregoing would constitute a breach of applicable Law or the rights of any third party; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Closing shall occur on the terms and conditions set forth herein, including the Seller’s right to receive the Purchase Price in full pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof; provided, further, that the Seller shall not

be relieved of its obligations to sell, and the Purchaser shall not be relieved of its obligations to purchase, acquire and assume any such Transferred Assets. Following the Closing, the parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts, and cooperate with each other, to obtain promptly such Consents. Pending or in the absence of any such Consent, the parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to implement an alternative arrangement to permit the Purchaser to realize, receive and enjoy substantially similar rights and the full benefits of any such Transferred Asset as if such impediment to assignment or transfer did not exist. If any such Consent is obtained after the Closing, the Seller shall convey, transfer, assign and deliver the applicable Transferred Asset to the Purchaser.

2.7      Payments Post-Closing.

(a)      If, following the Closing Date, the Seller or any of its Affiliates receives any payment or other proceeds any portion of which constitutes a Transferred Asset or relates to the operation of the Business by the Purchaser or its Affiliates after the Closing, the Seller shall promptly remit to the Purchaser the amount of any such payment or proceeds.

(b)      If, following the Closing Date, the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates receives any payment or other proceeds any portion of which constitutes an Excluded Asset or otherwise relates to the conduct or operation of the Business by the Seller or any of its Affiliates prior to the Closing, the Purchaser shall promptly remit to the Seller the amount of any such payment or proceeds to the extent such payment or proceeds constitute Excluded Assets.

2.8      Delivery of Transferred Technology.

(a)      Upon the Closing, the Seller shall deliver, within a reasonable time but in any case no later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, copies (including electronic copies) of the Transferred Technology to the Purchaser, including any books, records, Software and documentation therefor, to the location designated by the Purchaser, at the sole cost and expense of the Seller.

(b)      To the extent that any items of the Transferred Technology have not already been delivered as set forth in this Section 2.8, the Seller shall, for no further consideration, promptly deliver such items (or copies thereof) to the Purchaser after the Closing Date, including as may be set forth in the Transition Services Agreement or , the Product License Agreement.

SECTION 3

PURCHASE PRICE; ALLOCATIONS

3.1      Purchase Price.  The aggregate purchase price for the Transferred Assets shall be Fifty Million Dollars (US$50,000,000) (the “Purchase Price”). In addition to the foregoing payment, as consideration for the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of the Transferred Assets, the Purchaser shall assume, pay and discharge the Assumed Liabilities.

(a)      Closing Payment.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, the Purchaser shall pay to the Seller an amount in cash equal to Twenty Million Dollars (US$20,000,000) (the “Closing Payment”) in wire transfer of

immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Seller.

(b)      Deferred Payments. In addition to the Closing Payment, the Purchaser shall pay to the Seller (i) an amount in cash equal to Fifteen Million Dollars (US$15,000,000) on a date no later than the first anniversary of the Closing Date (the “First Deferred Payment”), and (ii) an amount equal to Fifteen Million Dollars (US$15,000,000) on a date no later than December 31, 2014 (the “Second Deferred Payment” and collectively with the “First Deferred Payment,” the “Deferred Payments”), in each case in wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Seller. For the avoidance of doubt, the Purchaser has an absolute and unconditional obligation to make each Deferred Payment by the applicable payment deadline; provided that, the Purchaser may prepay any Deferred Payment, in whole or in part, including any interest accrued on any Deferred Payment, at any time without any prepayment penalty or other charge upon two (2) weeks prior written notice to Seller.

(c)      Interest. Each Deferred Payment shall bear simple interest accruing from the Closing Date to the applicable date of payment (including prepayment) at an annual rate equal to six (6)-month LIBOR plus three percent (3%) on the date of payment, calculated based on a year of 365 days and the actual number of days elapsed. The Purchaser shall pay such interest in wire transfer of immediately available funds concurrently with the payment of the Deferred Payment pursuant to Section 3.1(b) hereof.

3.2      Purchase Price Adjustment for Inventory Amount.

(a)      At least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser a written statement (the “Seller Statement”) setting forth good faith estimate of the book value of the Transferred Inventory (the “Closing Inventory Value”) determined in conformity with the Accounting Principles.

(b)      If the Purchaser disagrees with the Seller’s calculation of the Closing Inventory Value set forth in the Seller Statement, the Purchaser may, within thirty (30) days after the Closing, deliver a written notice to the Seller (the “Dispute Notice”), specifying in reasonable detail the nature and amount of any dispute items in the Seller Statement as to which the Purchaser disagrees. If the Purchaser does not deliver a Dispute Notice within such thirty (30)-day period, the Closing Inventory Value set forth in the Seller Statement will become final, binding and conclusive on the parties hereto for all purposes hereunder.

(c)      If the Purchaser delivers a Dispute Notice to the Seller in accordance with Section 3.2(b) hereof, the Purchaser and the Seller shall, within thirty (30) days after the Seller’s receipt thereof, use reasonable good faith efforts to resolve the disputed items. Any disputed items resolved in writing between the Purchaser and the Seller within such thirty (30) day period shall be final and binding with respect to such items, and if the Seller and the Purchaser agree in writing on the resolution of each disputed item and the amount of the Closing Inventory Value, the amount so determined shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties hereto for all purposes hereunder. If the Purchaser and the Seller are unable to resolve such disputed items or amounts within such thirty (30) day period, they shall promptly submit the dispute to such reputable firm of independent accountants as shall be selected by the mutual agreement of the Purchaser and the Seller (the “Independent Accounting Firm”); provided, however, that if the

Purchaser and the Seller cannot so agree within forty-five (45) days of the Seller’s receipt of a Dispute Notice, the parties shall instruct PwC to select an Independent Accounting Firm meeting the criteria set forth herein. Each of the Purchaser and the Seller shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, provide reasonable cooperation to the Independent Accounting Firm and shall provide the Independent Accounting Firm access to all of the documents, records, work papers, facilities and personnel necessary to perform its function as contemplated by this Section 3.2(c).

(d)      The Independent Accounting Firm shall only review the items in dispute and only with the purpose to resolve the dispute with respect to such items. The Independent Accounting Firm shall deliver to the Purchaser and the Seller, as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the dispute is submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm, a report setting forth its calculation of the Closing Inventory Value in accordance with the Accounting Principles. The determination by the Independent Accounting Firm shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties hereto for all purposes hereunder (absent manifest error). The determination of the Independent Accounting Firm shall not, in the absence of manifest error, be subject to judicial review.

(e)      The Purchaser and the Seller shall each pay their own costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the procedures contemplated by this Section 3.2; provided that the costs, fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be allocated to and be borne by the Purchaser and the Seller based on the inverse of the percentage that the Independent Accounting Firm’s determination (before such allocation) bears to the total amount of the items in dispute as originally submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm for adjudication.

(f)      If the Closing Inventory Value, as finally and conclusively determined pursuant to this Section 3.2 is less than *** Dollars (US$***) (the “Target Inventory Value”), the Purchaser will be entitled to offset such difference directly against any Deferred Payment that remains payable at that time on a dollar-for-dollar basis. If the Closing Inventory Value, as finally and conclusively determined pursuant to this Section 3.2 is greater than the Target Inventory Value, the Purchaser will pay to the Seller such excess amount concurrently with the First Deferred Payment.

(g)      Any amount payable, if any, under this Section 3.2 shall be deemed and treated by the parties hereto as an adjustment to the Purchase Price.

3.3      Transfer Taxes; Expenses.  Any transfer, stamp, documentary, sales, use, registration, and other similar Taxes (including all applicable real estate transfer Taxes) (“Transfer Taxes”) or recording fees payable as a result of the purchase and sale of the Transferred Assets or any other action arising out of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents shall be paid by the Seller. Any VAT imposed as a result of the purchase and sale of the Transferred Assets and any Taxes for import of the Transferred Assets into a country other than Korea shall be borne and paid to the applicable Governmental Authority by the Purchaser. The parties hereto shall cooperate with each other to the extent reasonably requested and legally permitted to minimize any such Transfer Taxes or recording fees. The parties hereto shall cooperate in the preparation, execution and filing of all returns, questionnaires, applications and other documents regarding Taxes and all transfer, recording, registration and other fees that

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

become payable in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby that are required or permitted to be filed at or prior to the Closing.

3.4      Purchase Price Allocation.

(a)      The Purchase Price (plus Assumed Liabilities, to the extent properly taken into account under the Code), shall be allocated in accordance with applicable Law among the Transferred Assets and the non-compete referred to in Section 6.6 as set forth in Schedule 3.4 (the “Purchase Price Allocation”).

(b)      The Purchaser and the Seller shall file all Tax Returns consistent with the Purchase Price Allocation. Neither Purchaser nor Seller shall take any Tax position inconsistent with such Purchase Price Allocation and neither Purchaser nor Seller shall agree to any proposed adjustment to the Purchase Price Allocation by any Taxing authority without first giving the other party prior written notice; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent the Purchaser or the Seller from settling any proposed deficiency or adjustment by any Taxing authority based upon or arising out of the Purchase Price Allocation, and neither the Purchaser nor the Seller shall be required to litigate before any court any proposed deficiency or adjustment by any taxing authority challenging such Purchase Price Allocation.

3.5      Required Withholding of Taxes.  If either the Purchaser or the Seller is required to withhold for Tax purposes any amount from a payment made by such paying party to the other party (which, for clarity, is either the Seller or the Purchaser for the purpose of this Section 3.5, as the case may be) pursuant to this Agreement, such paying party shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from such payment under this Agreement such amount as it is required under applicable Law to deduct and withhold for Tax purposes with respect to the making of such payment. To the extent that such amount is so withheld or deducted, such withheld amount shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to such Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

SECTION 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER

Except as set forth in the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser that each of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4 is true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date. Each disclosure set forth in the Seller Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed disclosed for purposes of, and shall qualify and be treated as an exception to, any section of this Agreement to the extent disclosure in one specific section of the Seller Disclosure Schedule is specifically referred to in another specific section of the Seller Disclosure Schedule or indicated by appropriate cross-reference or where it would be reasonably apparent on its face that a reference in one specific section in the Seller Disclosure Schedule also relates to another specific section of the Seller Disclosure Schedule.

4.1      Organization and Standing.  The Seller is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the Republic of Korea, has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to conduct its business as currently conducted, is duly qualified to do business and, to the extent such jurisdiction has a concept of good standing,

is in good standing as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction where the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary, except for any jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified would not be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

4.2      Authority; Binding Nature of Agreement.  The Seller has the corporate power and authority to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Seller. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Purchaser, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, subject to (a) laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (b) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

4.3      No Conflict.  Neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Seller of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, will, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, (a) conflict with or result in a violation of any of the provisions of the Seller Constituent Documents, (b) conflict with or result in a violation of any Law or Order to which the Seller or any of the Transferred Assets is subject, (c) result in the imposition or creation of any Encumbrance (other than any Permitted Encumbrance) upon any Transferred Asset, or (d) conflict with or result in a violation of any of the terms or requirements of, or give any Governmental Authority the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any material Transferred Permit held by the Seller, except for such conflict, violation, revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, termination or modification which would not be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

4.4      Governmental Consents.  No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained or made by the Seller in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of this Agreement or the consummation by the Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby, except as set forth on Section 4.4 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule.

4.5      Absence of Changes.  Since January 1, 2012, no Seller Material Adverse Effect has occurred, and no event, occurrence or circumstance has arisen that would be reasonably expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect. Since January 1, 2012, the Seller has conducted the Business in the ordinary course of business. Since January 1, 2012, the Seller has not taken any action that if taken after the date of this Agreement, would require the Purchaser’s consent under Section 6.2.

4.6      Assets.  The Seller has and shall convey to the Purchaser, at the Closing, possession of, and good, valid and marketable title to, all of the Transferred Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances.

4.7      Compliance with Law.  Since January 1, 2010:

(a)      the Seller has conducted the Business in compliance in all materials respects with Laws as they apply to the Business;

(b)      the Seller has not received any written notice or other written communication from any Governmental Authority specifically relating to the Business regarding any actual or alleged violation in any material respect of, or failure to comply in any material respect with, any Law relating to the Business;

(c)      the Seller has at all times been, and is currently, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws with respect to the Business; and

(d)      the Seller has at all times conducted, in all material respects, the Seller’s export and import transactions in accordance with all applicable Export and Import Control Laws with respect to the Business.

4.8      Permits and Approvals.  Section 4.8(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule identifies all Permits necessary for the operation of the Business as of the date hereof. Section 4.8(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule identifies all of the Transferred Permits, each of which is valid and in full force and effect. The Seller is in compliance in all material respects with the terms and requirements of the respective Transferred Permits. No revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or termination by any Governmental Authority of any Transferred Permit is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, has been threatened in writing by a Governmental Authority, except for normal expirations in accordance with the terms thereof or applicable Law. All applications required to have been filed for the renewal of any Transferred Permit have been duly filed on a timely basis with the relevant Governmental Authority.

4.9      Intellectual Property.

(a)      Section 4.9(a) (i) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule is a complete and accurate list of Software embodied in any Business Product or distributed by the Seller or otherwise made available by the Seller to customers of Business Products, or otherwise necessary to use, support or maintain the Business Products. Section 4.9(a)(ii) is a complete and accurate list of all third party components, whether hardware, or Software, that are incorporated in or provided by the Seller with the Business Products, or that are otherwise necessary for the design of the Business Products.

(b)      Section 4.9(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule is a complete and accurate list of (i) each item of Transferred Registered IP, and (ii) the jurisdiction in which such item of Transferred Registered IP has been registered or filed and the applicable application, registration or serial number.

(c)      To the Knowledge of the Seller, no Person is currently infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating any of the Transferred IP.

(d)      With respect to each item of the Transferred Technology and Transferred IP, the Seller is the owner of the entire right, title and interest in and to such Technology and Intellectual Property free and clear of Encumbrances, and, following the Closing, the Purchaser will be owner thereof. Except as set forth on Section 4.9(d) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the Seller has the right to license the Seller Licensed IP to the Purchaser under the scope set forth in the Product License Agreement. No current or former shareholder, officer, director, or employee of the Seller has any claim, right (whether or not currently exercisable), or ownership interest in any Transferred IP or Transferred Technology.

(e)      Except as set forth on Section 4.9(e) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, after the Closing the Purchaser shall have rights to use or license under all Technology and Intellectual Property of the Seller that are used in or necessary for the design, development, maintenance or support (but not manufacture) of all Business Products that were, on or before the Closing Date, developed manufactured, sold or supported by the Seller.

(f)      To the Knowledge of the Seller, the registered Transferred Patents and the registered Copyrights which are part of the Transferred Other IP are valid and enforceable and have not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable. The Seller has made all filings and payments and taken all other actions required to be made or taken to maintain each item of Transferred Registered IP in full force and effect by the applicable deadline and otherwise in accordance with all applicable Laws. No interference, opposition, reissue, reexamination, or other Legal Proceeding is or has been pending or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, threatened, in which the ownership, scope, validity, or enforceability of any Transferred IP or Transferred Technology is being, has been, or could reasonably be expected to be contested or challenged. Each item of Transferred Registered IP is in compliance with all legal requirements and all filings, payments, and other actions required to be made or taken to maintain such item of Transferred Registered IP in full force and effect have been made by the applicable deadline. The Seller has not received any notice or claims (in writing or otherwise) challenging the Seller’s ownership of any Transferred IP or Transferred Technology or the validity or enforceability of any Transferred IP or Transferred Technology, or the Seller’s right to license the Seller Licensed IP to the Purchaser under the scope set forth in the Product License Agreement.

(g)      Except as set forth on Section 4.9(g) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the Seller, the operation of the Business as currently conducted does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property of any third party and the Business Products do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property of any third party. Except as set forth on Section 4.9(g) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, no Legal Proceeding has been asserted, is pending, or to Knowledge of the Seller, is threatened, against the Seller alleging that the operation of the Business, or any Business Product, infringes or misappropriates the Intellectual Property of any third party, and to the Knowledge of the Seller, no claim of such infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any Intellectual Property of any third party has been asserted, is pending, or is threatened against any third party which is entitled to be indemnified, defended, held harmless, or reimbursed by the Seller for such infringement, misappropriation or violation.

(h)      Section 4.9(h) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists all agreements, contracts and licenses, excluding any corporate level cross licenses, pursuant to which any third

party has licensed or granted any rights to the Seller of Intellectual Property or Technology that is practiced by, incorporated in, distributed with, or otherwise used in the design, and development of any Business Product and that is otherwise material to the operation of the Business, other than licenses to generally available Software licensed on standard industry terms unless such Software is incorporated in the Business Products. Section 4.9(h) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists all agreements, contracts and licenses, excluding any corporate level cross licenses, pursuant to which the Seller has any obligation to compensate or account to any third Person with respect to the incorporation of any third Person’s Technology or Intellectual Property into the Transferred Technology or the Transferred IP. No Person who has licensed Technology or Intellectual Property to the Seller relating to the Business Products has exclusive rights to improvements made by the Seller in such Technology or Intellectual Property.

(i)      No source code for any Software component of a Business Product has been delivered, licensed, or made available to any escrow agent. The Seller does not have any duty or obligation (whether present, contingent, or otherwise) to deliver, license, or make available the source code for any Software component of a Business Product to any escrow agent. No event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time) will, or could reasonably be expected to, result in the delivery, license, or disclosure of any source code for any Software component of a Business Product to any escrow agent.

(j)      To the knowledge of the Seller, no Software component of a Business Product is subject to any “copyleft” or similar obligation or condition (including any obligation or condition under any “open source” license such as the GNU Public License, Lesser GNU Public License, or Mozilla Public License) that could require, or could condition the use or distribution of such Business Product or portion thereof on, (A) the disclosure, licensing, or distribution of any source code for any portion of such Business Product, or (B) the granting to licensees of the right to make derivative works or other modifications to such Business Products or portions thereof or otherwise imposes any similar limitation, restriction, or condition on the right or ability of the Seller to use, distribute or charge for any Business Product.

(k)      The Business is not subject to any outstanding consent, settlement, decree, order, injunction, judgment or ruling restricting the use of any Transferred IP or Transferred Technology or the making, importing or selling of any Business Product.

(l)      Except for those corporate level cross licenses to which the Seller is a party and which the Seller has disclosed to the Purchaser the other parties thereto, the Seller has not entered into any written Contract granting to any third party any right or license to any Transferred IP or Transferred Technology (“Out-Licenses”).

(m)      The Seller has taken reasonable and customary steps to safeguard, maintain the confidentiality of, and otherwise protect its rights in all proprietary information comprising Transferred IP or Transferred Technology.

(n)      No Governmental Authority has any right to claim any right, title or interest in or to any Transferred IP or Transferred Technology, and no funding of any Governmental Authority has been used, directly or indirectly, to develop or create, in whole or in

part, any Transferred IP or Transferred Technology.

(o)      The Seller is not, nor has been, a member or promoter of, or a contributor to, any industry standards body or similar organization that could require or obligate the Seller to grant or offer to any third party any license or right to any Transferred IP or Transferred Technology.

4.10    Contracts. To the knowledge of the Seller, Section 4.10(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedules lists the title of the Contracts substantially related to the Business or the Transferred Assets as of the date of this Agreement (the “Business Contracts”). Section 4.10(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists all of the Transferred Contracts. The Seller has made available to the Purchase true and correct copies of each Transferred Contract (including any amendments or supplements thereto). All of the Transferred Contracts are valid, binding and currently in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms. Neither the Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates, nor any other party to any Transferred Contract, have given written notice of termination or non-renewal of any Transferred Contract. Neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates that are party to any Transferred Contract, is in breach, violation or default in any material respect under any of the Transferred Contracts, and, to the Knowledge of the Seller, no event has occurred, through the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a material breach or violation by the Seller or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or modification by another party under any of the Transferred Contracts. To the Knowledge of the Seller, no other Person is in breach, violation or default in any material respects under any of the Transferred Contracts. The Seller has not received any written notice or other written communication regarding any actual or possible material violation or material breach of, or material default on the part of the Seller under, any Transferred Contract. The Seller has not knowingly waived any of its rights under any Transferred Contract.

4.11     Product Liability; Warranty Policy.  Section 4.11 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth the Seller’s standard warranty policy as of the date hereof. All Business Products manufactured, designed, licensed, leased, rented or sold by the Seller before Closing (A) are and were free from material defects in construction and design and (B) satisfy any and all Contract or other specifications related thereto to the extent stated in writing in such Contracts or specifications, in each case, in all material respects. No product liability is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, threatened in writing by any Person, against the Seller relating to any Business Product. There has not been, nor is there under consideration by the Seller, any Business Product recall or post-sale warning conducted by or on behalf of the Seller concerning any Business Product.

4.12    Legal Proceedings.

(a)      Except as set forth on Section 4.12 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there is no pending Legal Proceeding, and to the Knowledge of the Seller, there is no threatened Legal Proceeding against the Seller:

(i)      that involves the Business or any of the Transferred Assets; or

(ii)      that involves the Business or any of the Transferred Assets which challenges, or that may have the effect of preventing, materially delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)      There is no material decree, order, judgment, injunction, temporary restraining order or other order in any Legal Proceeding to which the Business or any Transferred Asset is subject.

4.13    Tax Matters.

(a)      There are no liens on any of the Transferred Assets with respect to Taxes.

(b)      Seller has timely filed (taking into account any extensions of time for such filings that have been properly and timely requested by Seller) all Tax Returns that were required to be filed by it with respect to the Business or the Transferred Assets. All such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects. All Taxes owed by Seller (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been paid. Seller is not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return relating to the Business or Transferred Assets. No claim has ever been made by an authority in a jurisdiction in which Seller does not file Tax Returns that Seller is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

(c)      There are no pending or threatened audits, investigations, disputes, notices of deficiency, claims or other actions for or relating to any Liability for Taxes of Seller relating to the Business or the Transferred Assets. Seller has not waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency relating to the Business or the Transferred Assets.

(d)      No Transferred Asset (i) is property required to be treated as owned by another person pursuant to the provisions of Section 168(f)(8) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended and in effect immediately prior to the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, (ii) constitutes “tax-exempt use property” within the meaning of Section 168(h) of the Code, (iii) is “tax-exempt bond financed property” within the meaning of Section 168(g) of the Code, (iv) secures any debt the interest of which is tax-exempt under Section 103(a) of the Code or (v) is subject to a 467 rental agreement as defined in Section 467 of the Code.

(e)      None of the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to withholding under Section 1445 of the Code or otherwise.

4.14    Business Revenues.  The Seller has prepared and delivered to the Purchaser certain revenue information relating to the Business for the thirty-six (36) month period prior to December 31, 2012 (the “Revenue Information”), which revenue information is attached hereto as Section 4.14 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule. The Revenue Information fairly presents, in all material respects, the revenues of the Seller from the sale of the Business Products for the periods indicated therein. The Revenue Information was prepared in good faith by the Seller and is based on the financial books and records of the Seller and all such revenues arose from bona fide sales transactions in the ordinary course of business.

4.15    Inventory.  Section 4.15 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a true, accurate and complete list of all Inventory in existence as of the date hereof. All Inventory included on Section 4.15 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule is in saleable condition in the ordinary course of business and such Inventory has been manufactured in accordance with the Seller’s standard manufacturing procedures and is free from material defects in construction and design. At the time of Closing, all of the Transferred Inventory will be in saleable condition in the ordinary course of business and such Transferred Inventory will have been manufactured in accordance with the Seller’s standard manufacturing procedures and are free from material defects in construction and design.

4.16    Customer, Suppliers and Distributors.  Since January 1, 2013 , no customer, supplier, distributor of the Business Product has ceased or materially altered its relationship with the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, has threatened to cease or materially alter such relationship.

4.17    Affiliate Transactions.  No Affiliate of the Seller has any interest in any Transferred Contract or Transferred Assets.

4.18    Finder’s Fee.  No broker, finder or investment banker engaged by the Seller or any of its Representatives is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission payable in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby for which the Purchaser is or would be liable.

4.19    No Other Representations or Warranties.  Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Section 4 and in any other Transaction Document, the Seller is not making or granting any representation or warranty or any other statement whether express or implied and the Seller hereby disclaims any other representation or warranty or any other statement, whether made by the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller or any of their respective Representatives with respect to the Business, the Transferred Assets, the Assumed Liabilities, the execution of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder.

SECTION 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Seller that each of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 5 is true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date.

5.1      Organization and Standing.  The Purchaser is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the Laws of the Cayman Islands, has all corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to conduct its business as currently conducted, and is duly qualified to do business and, to the extent such jurisdiction has a concept of good standing, is in good standing as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction where the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary, except for any jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified would not be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, any material adverse effect on the business, assets, properties, financial condition or operations of the

Purchaser.

5.2      Authority; Binding Nature of Agreement.  The Purchaser has the corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Purchaser. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Seller, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, subject to (a) laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (b) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

5.3      Governmental Consents.  Other than a filing with, and the approval by, the Republic of Korea, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority is required to be obtained or made by the Purchaser in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement or the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for such consent, approval, order, authorization, registration, declaration, filing or notice which if not obtained or made would not challenge or have the effect of preventing, materially delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.4      No Conflict.  Neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, nor the consummation of transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, will, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, (a) conflict with or result in a violation of any of the provisions of the Purchaser Constituent Documents, (b) conflict with or result in a violation of any Law or Order to which the Purchaser or any of the assets owned, used or controlled by the Purchaser is subject, except for such conflict or violation which would not challenge or have the effect of preventing, materially delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (c) conflict with or result in a violation of any of the terms or requirements of, or give any Governmental Authority the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any material Permit that is held by the Purchaser or that otherwise relates to the business of the Purchaser or to any of the assets owned, used or controlled by the Purchaser, except for such contravention, conflict, violation, revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, termination or modification which would not challenge or have the effect of preventing, materially delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.5      Legal Proceedings.

(a)      There is no pending Legal Proceeding, and to the Knowledge of the Purchaser, there is no threatened Legal Proceeding against the Purchaser, which would challenge or have the effect of preventing, materially delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)      There is no decree, order, judgment, injunction, temporary restraining order or other order in any Legal Proceeding to which the Purchaser is subject except as would not challenge or have the effect of preventing, materially delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.6      Finder’s Fee.  No broker, finder or investment banker has been engaged by the Purchaser or its Representatives that is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission payable in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby for which the Seller is or would be liable.

SECTION 6

CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

6.1      Access and Information.  During the period from the date hereof through the earlier of (x) the Closing Date and (y) the termination of this Agreement (the “Pre-Closing Period”), upon reasonable prior written notice, the Seller shall provide the Purchaser and the Purchaser’s Representatives reasonable information , during normal business hours, relating to properties and assets and to the Seller’s books, records, work papers, financial data and other documents and information in all cases exclusively relating to the Business, as the Purchaser may reasonably request in writing, subject to any restrictions under applicable Law.

6.2      Operation of the Seller’s Business.  During the Pre-Closing Period, except as otherwise permitted or required by this Agreement or approved in writing by the Purchaser, the Seller shall:

(a)      conduct the Business (i) in the ordinary course of business and (ii) in compliance with (x) all Laws and Permits applicable to the Business and (y) the requirements of all Transferred Contracts;

(b)      use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve its relationships with its creditors, customers, licensees, lessees, employees, suppliers, distributors and other parties providing services or products to the Business;

(c)      continue to prosecute any applications for patent or other intellectual property rights and pay any maintenance or similar fees necessary to maintain the intellectual property rights exclusively relating to the Business;

(d)      perform all of the Seller’s obligations under the Transferred Contracts in accordance with the terms thereof;

(e)      refrain from making, changing or revoking any Tax election; refrain from changing an annual accounting period; refrain from adopting or changing any accounting method with respect to Taxes; refrain from filing any amended Tax Return; refrain from entering into any closing agreement, settling or compromising any Tax claim or assessment; and refrain from consenting to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment with respect to Taxes; in each case to the extent taking such action would adversely affect the Transferred Assets or the Business in a Post-Closing Tax Period;

(f)      pay and discharge all Liabilities related to the Transferred Assets as they become due and payable in the ordinary course of business, subject to the Seller’s ability to pursue in good faith any bona fide disputes;

(g)      not adopt any change in the Seller Constituent Documents that could delay the Closing or otherwise have an adverse effect on the Business or the Transferred Assets;

(h)      not sell, lease, license, transfer, abandon, pledge, encumber, fail to maintain or otherwise dispose of any Transferred Assets, other than the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(i)      not (i) exclusively license, assign or transfer any Seller Licensed IP used or held for use in connection with, or otherwise related to, the Business, to any Person (including any current or former employee or consultant of Seller or any contractor or commercial partner of Seller); (ii) dispose of, abandon, or permit to lapse any rights in or to any Transferred IP or Transferred Technology; and (iii) transfer or license to any Person any rights to any third party Intellectual Property that are necessary for the conduct of the Business;

(j)      not grant any allowances or discounts on the Business Products outside the ordinary course of business or sell Inventory in excess of reasonably anticipated consumption for the near term;

(k)      not manufacture any Inventory in amounts outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(l)      not fail to keep current and in full force and effect or renew any of the Permits related to the Business;

(m)     not amend, modify, cancel or terminate any Transferred Contract;

(n)      not waive, release, assign or modify any material benefit or claim under any Transferred Contract;

(o)      comply in all material respects with all Laws applicable to the Business and, promptly following receipt thereof, give to the Purchaser copies of any notice received from any Governmental Authority or other Person alleging any violation of any such Laws; and

(p)      not take any actions that could reasonably be expected to delay the Closing or otherwise have an adverse effect on the Business or the Transferred Assets.

6.3      Public Announcements.  No party to this Agreement shall originate any publicity, news release or other public announcement, written or oral, whether relating to this Agreement or the existence of any arrangement between the parties, without the prior written consent of the Seller (in the case of origination by the Purchaser) or the Purchaser (in the case of origination by the Seller), whether named in such publicity, news release or other public announcement or not, and the parties hereto shall cooperate as to the timing and contents of any press release or public announcement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a public announcement is required by applicable Law, the party issuing such announcement shall be required to consult with the other

party, whether named in such announcement or not, a reasonable time prior to its release to allow the other party to comment thereon and, after its release, shall provide the other party with a copy thereof. If any party, based on the advice of its counsel, determines that this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any of the other documents executed in connection herewith, must be filed with the SEC, then such party, prior to making any such filing, shall provide the Seller or the Purchaser, as applicable, and its counsel with a redacted version of this Agreement, such other Transaction Document or any other related documents which it intends to file and will give due consideration to any comments provided by the Seller or the Purchaser, as applicable, or its counsel and use reasonable efforts to ensure the confidential treatment by the SEC of those sections specified by the Seller or the Purchaser, as applicable, or its counsel.

6.4      Confidentiality.  The Mutual Confidentiality Agreement dated as of January 21, 2013, Seller document number SLSI-201301ND044 (the “Nondisclosure Agreement”), by and between the Purchaser and the Seller, shall continue in full force and effect and shall govern any proprietary, secret or confidential information provided by either party during and in connection with the negotiation, execution and performance of its obligations of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and, subject to Section 6.4 hereof, the terms and existence of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

6.5      Commercially Reasonable Efforts; Further Assurances; Cooperation.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each party hereto shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, and do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Law to cause the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 7 to be satisfied, and to cause the transactions contemplated hereunder to be effected, as soon as practicable, but in any event on or prior to the Termination Date, in accordance with the terms hereof and shall reasonably cooperate fully with each other party and its Representatives in connection with any step required to be taken as a part of its obligations hereunder, including the following:

(a)      Each party hereto shall promptly and timely make its filings and submissions and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any required approval of any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Transferred Assets or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. Each of the parties hereto shall furnish to each other party all information required for any application or other filing to be made by such other party pursuant to any applicable Law in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b)      Each party hereto shall promptly notify the other party of (and provide written copies of) any communications from or with any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c)      In the event any claim, action, suit, investigation or other proceeding by any Governmental Authority or other Person is commenced that questions the validity or legality of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or seeks damages in connection therewith, the parties hereto shall (i) cooperate and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to defend against such claim, action, suit, investigation or other

proceeding, and (ii) in the event an injunction or other order is issued in any such claim, action, suit, investigation or other proceeding, use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to have such injunction or other order lifted.

(d)      Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties agree and acknowledge that the Purchaser shall have the primary responsibility for the transfer of the Transferred Patents to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement, with the reasonable cooperation of the Seller.

6.6      Non-Competition.

(a)      Except with the prior written consent of the Purchaser, during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the *** anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Restricted Period”), the System LSI Division of the Seller shall not engage in a business or activity anywhere in the world for the purpose of competing with the Standalone Micro Controller Business as conducted by the System LSI Division of the Seller as of the Closing Date (the “Restricted Business”) or otherwise relating to the design, manufacture, marketing, sale and distribution of any Standalone Micro Controller; provided, however, for the avoidance of doubt, that none of the following activities shall constitute competition with the Restricted Business: (i) the fabrication for a customer of any product containing a microcontroller design provided by such customer (it being understood that the System LSI Division of the Seller is not a customer) or otherwise having a ***; (ii) any transaction between the Seller or any of its Affiliates and the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other Transaction Document; (iii) any acquisition, merger or purchase of assets by the Seller or any of its Affiliates of any other Person who is engaged in the Restricted Business so long as the portion of the other Person’s business related to the Restricted Business does not constitute more than *** of such other Person’s *** for any calendar year prior to such acquisition and (iv) the development or manufacture of any product by or for a division of Seller other than the System LSI Division (“Seller’s Other Division”) that is exclusively used as a component in products of Seller’s Other Division; provided, however, that the System LSI Division of the Seller may not develop any products pursuant to this clause (iv).

(b)      The Seller acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Section 6.6 may be inadequate and, accordingly, the Seller covenants and agrees that the Purchaser shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies which the Purchaser may have at law, be entitled to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, and to seek the remedy of specific performance with respect to any breach or threatened breach of such covenant, as may be available from any court of competent jurisdiction. In addition, the Seller and the Purchaser agree that the terms of the covenants in this Section 6.6 are reasonable and properly required for the protection of the Purchaser and the goodwill and other intangible assets being acquired by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement. If, at any time of enforcement of any of the provisions of this Section 6.6, a court of competent jurisdiction holds that any particular provision or portion of this Section 6.6 are invalid and unenforceable, the Parties agree that this Section 6.6 shall be deemed amended to delete therefrom such provision or portion held to be invalid or unenforceable, such amendment to apply only with respect to the operation of this Section 6.6 in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication was made.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

6.7      Non-Solicitation; Non-Interference.  During the Restricted Period, the Seller shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly, (a) attempt to induce any current employee of the Purchaser (or of any Affiliate of the Purchaser as of the date of Closing) who is directly engaged in the Business to terminate his or her employment with Purchaser (or with such Affiliate of Purchaser), or (b) attempt to interfere with the relationship, insofar as it relates to the Restricted Business, between the Purchaser (or any Affiliate of the Purchaser) and any creditor, licensee, customer, prospective customer, employee or other party; provided that such Affiliates are limited to the existing Affiliates of the Purchaser as of the date of this Agreement; provided, further, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (i) a general solicitation to the public of general advertising or similar methods of solicitation by search firms not specifically directed at any such employee; or (ii) the Seller or a firm soliciting or recruiting any employee who has terminated his or her employment with, or otherwise ceased to be employed by, the Purchaser or any such Affiliate.

6.8      Preservation of Books and Records.  Except as provided in Section 6.11 hereof, the parties shall preserve and keep all books and records that they own or control immediately after the Closing relating to the Business, the Transferred Assets or the Assumed Liabilities for a period of five (5) years following the Closing Date or for such longer period as may be required by applicable Law.

6.9      Exclusivity.  During the Pre-Closing Period, the Seller shall not, and shall ensure that no Affiliate of the Seller or any of their respective Representatives shall, directly or indirectly: (i) discuss, solicit, facilitate or encourage the initiation of any inquiry, proposal or offer from any Person (other than the Purchaser) relating to the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of the all or any portion of the Business; (ii) participate in any discussions or negotiations or enter into any agreement with, or provide any non-public information to, any Person (other than the Purchaser) relating to or in connection with any possible acquisition of the all or any portion of the Business; or (iii) encourage or accept any proposal or offer from any Person (other than the Purchaser) relating to any possible acquisition of the all or any portion of the Business. The Seller shall promptly (and in any event within 24 hours of receipt thereof) notify the Purchaser in writing of any inquiry, proposal or offer relating to any possible the acquisition of the all or any portion of the Business (including the identity of the Person making or submitting such inquiry, proposal or offer, and the terms thereof) that is received by the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller. The Seller shall, and shall ensure that each Affiliate of the Seller and any of their respective Representatives, immediately cease any discussions with any Person regarding any possible acquisition whether directly or indirectly, of the all or any portion of the Business, and to the extent possible, the Seller shall seek the return or destruction of all information of the Business shared with any Person in connection with a possible acquisition of the all or any portion of the Business.

6.10    Financial Statements.  Prior to the Closing, the Seller shall prepare and cause PwC to audit (including the delivery of an unqualified opinion) the balance sheet and statement of operations, cash flow and stockholders’ equity of the Business as of and for the twelve (12) month periods ending December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (the “Audited Financial Statements”). Within fifteen (15) days after the Closing, the Seller shall prepare and cause PwC to review financial statements for the Business for the periods between January 1, 2013 to the Closing Date (the “Stub Financial Statements”). In addition, following

the Closing, if required for the preparation of pro-forma financial statements that the Purchaser is required to file with the SEC for any purpose, the Seller shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, provide commercially reasonable assistance to the Purchaser in connection with the Purchaser’s preparation of financial statements for the Business for the applicable period(s) so that the Purchaser may file such pro-forma financial statements as necessary. All such financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and Regulation S-X of the SEC and in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser’s independent auditor. The Purchaser shall bear all costs and expenses with respect to PwC and other audit related third party expenses with respect to the audit and preparation of the Audited Financial Statements. Prior to and after the Closing, the Seller shall request, and take all reasonable steps necessary to cause, PwC to deliver the Audited Financial Statements within the time period specified in this Agreement and to encourage PwC to cooperate with the Purchaser and provide all necessary consents required by the SEC and with its preparation of any other financial statements or other reports required by applicable Law.

6.11      Tax Matters.

(a)      The Purchaser and the Seller agree to furnish or cause to be furnished to the other, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such information and assistance relating to the Transferred Assets, including, without limitation, access to books and records, as is reasonably necessary for the filing of all Tax Returns by the Purchaser or the Seller, the making of any election relating to Taxes, the preparation for any audit by any taxing authority and the prosecution or defense of any claim, suit or proceeding relating to any Tax. Each of the Purchaser and the Seller shall retain all books and records with respect to Taxes pertaining to the Transferred Assets for a period of at least five (5) years following the Closing Date. The Purchaser and the Seller shall cooperate fully with each other in the conduct of any audit, litigation or other proceeding relating to Taxes involving the Transferred Assets or the Purchase Price Allocation.

(b)      To the extent not otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Seller shall be responsible for and shall promptly pay when due all Property Taxes levied with respect to the Transferred Assets attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period, and the Purchaser shall be responsible for and shall promptly pay when due all Property Taxes levied with respect to the Transferred Assets attributable to the Post-Closing Tax Period. All Property Taxes levied with respect to the Transferred Assets for the Straddle Period shall be apportioned between the Purchaser and the Seller based on the number of days of such Straddle Period included in the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the number of days of such Straddle Period included in the Post-Closing Tax Period. The Seller shall be liable for the proportionate amount of such Property Taxes that is attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period, and the Purchaser shall be liable for the proportionate amount of such Property Taxes that is attributable to the Post-Closing Tax Period. Upon receipt of any bill for such Property Taxes, the Purchaser or the Seller, as applicable, shall present a statement to the other setting forth the amount of reimbursement to which each is entitled under this Section 6.11(b) together with such supporting evidence as is reasonably necessary to calculate the proration amount. The proration amount shall be paid by the party owing it to the other within ten (10) days after delivery of such statement. In the event that the Purchaser or the Seller makes any payment for which it is entitled to reimbursement under this Section 6.11(b), the applicable party shall make such reimbursement promptly but in no event

later than ten (10) days after the presentation of a statement setting forth the amount of reimbursement to which the presenting party is entitled along with such supporting evidence as is reasonably necessary to calculate the amount of reimbursement.

(c)      The Seller shall promptly notify the Purchaser in writing upon receipt by the Seller of notice of any pending or threatened Tax audits or assessments relating to the income, properties or operations of the Seller that reasonably may be expected to relate to or give rise to a Lien on the Transferred Assets or the Business. Each of the Purchaser and the Seller shall promptly notify the other in writing upon receipt of notice of any pending or threatened Tax audit or assessment challenging the Purchase Price Allocation.

(d)      The Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide the Purchaser, at the Closing, a clearance certificate or similar document(s) that may be required by any state taxing authority in order to relieve the Purchaser of any obligation to withhold any portion of the Purchase Price.

SECTION 7

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

7.1      Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Parties.  The respective obligations of each of the parties hereto to effect the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction or waiver, at or prior to the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions.

(a)      No Injunctions; Illegality; Proceedings.  At the Closing Date, there shall be no Order or other legal restraint or prohibition of any nature of any court or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction that is in effect that restrains or prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. There shall not be any action taken, or any statute, rule or regulation enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby, by any Governmental Authority which makes the consummation of such transactions illegal. There shall be no Proceeding pending against the Purchaser, the Seller or any of their respective Affiliates by any Governmental Authority (i) seeking to enjoin or make illegal, delay or otherwise restrain or prohibit the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) that would result in the transactions contemplated hereby being rescinded following consummation, (iii) seeking material damages in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby; or (iv) seeking to prohibit or limit the exercise by the Purchaser or its Affiliates of any material right pertaining to its ownership of the Transferred Assets.

(b)      Governmental Consents.  All material Consents, approvals and authorizations of any Governmental Authority required to be made or obtained by the Seller or the Purchaser or any of their respective affiliates to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

7.2      Conditions to Obligations of the Purchaser.  The obligations of the Purchaser to effect the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction (unless waived in writing by the Purchaser), at or prior to the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions.

(a)      Representations and Warranties.  Each of the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in this Agreement that are qualified as to materiality shall be

true and correct in all respects, and those not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, as of the date hereof and (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of any earlier date) as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date.

(b)      Performance of Obligations of the Seller.  The Seller shall have performed or complied, in all material respects, with all of its obligations required to be performed or complied with by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date.

(c)      Assignment and Conveyance Instruments.  The Seller shall have executed and delivered to the Purchaser such bills of sale and asset assignment instruments, in forms mutually agreed by the Seller and the Purchaser, reasonably deemed necessary to sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver the Transferred Assets to the Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, together with such other assignment and conveyance instruments required under Section 2.5 hereof.

(d)      Foundry Services Agreements.  The Purchaser shall have received the Foundry Services Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Seller.

(e)      Transition Services Agreement.  The Purchaser shall have received the Transition Services Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Seller.

(f)      Product License Agreement.  The Purchaser shall have received the Product License Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Seller.

(g)      Seller Material Adverse Effect.  Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have been any Seller Material Adverse Effect.

(h)      Other Consents.  All Consents identified in Schedule 7.1(h) shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

(i)      Audited Financial Statements.  The Purchaser shall have received the Audited Financial Statements at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date and the Purchaser shall be satisfied in its sole discretion with the results set forth in the Audited Financial Statements; provided, however, that if Seller provides to the Purchaser, prior to the date of this Agreement, a preliminary non-audited draft of the Audited Financial Statements, the condition to closing under this Section 7.2(i) shall be deemed to have been met and the Seller shall use its best efforts to cooperate with the Purchaser to ensure that the Audited Financial Statements are delivered no later than June 7, 2013.

(j)          Third-Party Licenses. Purchaser shall have obtained licenses in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser from all third parties necessary to permit it to use the Intellectual Property owned by such third parties incorporated into the Business Products and from all third parties that own development or emulation tools used in connection with the Business Products.

(k)      Side Letters.  The Purchaser shall have received fully executed side letters in the form attached as Exhibit D-1 and Exhibit D-2 and such side letters shall be in full force and effect.

(l)      Other Documents.  The Purchaser shall have received such other documents and instruments as counsel for the Purchaser and the Seller mutually agree to be reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

7.3      Conditions to the Obligations of the Seller.  The obligations of the Seller to effect the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction (unless waived in writing by the Seller), at or prior to the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions.

(a)      Representations and Warranties.  Each of the representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in this Agreement that are qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in all respects, and those not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, as of the date hereof and (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of any earlier date) as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date.

(b)      Performance of Obligations of the Purchaser.  The Purchaser shall have performed or complied, in all material respects, with all of its obligations required to be performed or complied with by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date.

(c)      Closing Payment.  The Seller shall have received the full amount of the Closing Payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

(d)      Assumption Instruments.  The Purchaser shall have executed and delivered to the Purchaser such instruments of assumption, in forms mutually agreed by the Seller and the Purchaser, reasonably deemed necessary to assume the Assumed Liabilities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, together with such other assignment and conveyance instruments required under Section 2.5 hereof.

(e)      Foundry Services Agreements.  The Seller shall have received the Foundry Services Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser.

(f)      Transition Services Agreement.  The Seller shall have received the Transition Services Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser.

(g)      Product License Agreement.  The Seller shall have received the Product License Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser.

(h)      Other Documents.  The Seller shall have received such other documents and instruments as counsel for the Purchaser and the Seller mutually agree to be reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 8

CLOSING

8.1      Closing. Unless this Agreement shall have been terminated and the transactions herein shall have been abandoned pursuant to Section 9 hereof, the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP at 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, CA 94025 (i) on May 31, 2013, if satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 7 hereof shall have occurred prior to such date (other

than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions); (ii) after May 31, 2013, the date no later than three (3) Business Days after satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 7 hereof (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions); or (iii) at such other time or date as agreed to in writing by the parties hereto. The date of the Closing shall be referred to as the “Closing Date”.

SECTION 9

TERMINATION

9.1       Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

(a)      by mutual written consent of the Purchaser and the Seller;

(b)      by either the Seller or the Purchaser, upon written notice to the other party, in the event the transactions contemplated hereby shall not have been consummated before the 31st of December, 2013 (the “Termination Date”); provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the primary cause of, or resulted in, the failure of such consummation to occur on or before the Termination Date;

(c)      by either the Seller or the Purchaser, upon written notice to the other party, if any Governmental Authority shall have issued an Order or taken any other action (which the parties shall have used their respective commercially reasonable efforts to resist, resolve or lift, as applicable, in accordance with Section 6.5 hereof) permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Order shall have become final and non-appealable;

(d)      by the Purchaser, upon written notice to the Seller, if there shall have been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the Seller contained in this Agreement, which breach would, individually or in the aggregate together with all such other than uncured breaches by the Seller, constitute grounds for the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) or (b) not to be satisfied at the Closing Date and such breach is not reasonably capable of being cured (i) prior to the Termination Date or (ii) if such breach is reasonably capable of being cured prior to the Termination Date, such breach shall not have been cured prior to the earlier of (A) thirty (30) days after the Purchaser has provided to the Seller written notice of such breach and (B) three (3) Business Days prior to the Termination Date; or

(e)      by the Seller, upon written notice provided to the Purchaser, if there shall have been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the Purchaser contained in this Agreement which breach would, individually or in the aggregate together with all such other than uncured breaches by the Purchaser, constitute grounds for the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a) or (b) not to be satisfied at the Closing Date and such breach is not reasonably capable of being cured (i) prior to the Termination Date or (ii) if such breach is reasonably capable of being cured prior to the Termination Date, such breach shall not have been cured prior to the earlier of (A) thirty (30) days after the Seller has provided to the

Purchaser written notice of such breach and (B) three (3) Business Days prior to the Termination Date.

9.2      Effect of Termination.  In the event of termination of this Agreement by either the Seller or the Purchaser as provided in Section 9.1 hereof, this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and of no effect without liability of any party (or any of its directors, officers, employees, stockholders, Affiliates, agents, successors or assigns) to the other party except as provided in this Section 9.2, except for Section 6.3, Section 6.4, this Section 9.2 and Section 11 of this Agreement, each of which shall survive termination; provided, however, nothing herein will relieve either Party from liability for (i) breach of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement occurring prior to such termination, including the failure to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii) acts of fraud by a Party occurring prior to such termination.

SECTION 10

INDEMNIFICATION

10.1    Indemnification Obligations of the Seller.  From and after the Closing and during the applicable survival periods, the Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchaser Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties arising out of or resulting from:

(a)      any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of the Seller set forth in this Agreement (without giving effect to any limitations or qualifications as to “materiality” (including the word “material”) or “Material Adverse Effect” set forth therein for purposes of determining whether there is a breach and the amount of Losses resulting from, arising out of or relating to such breach) or any certificate executed by the Seller for the benefit of the Purchaser delivered in connection herewith;

(b)      any breach by the Seller of any covenant, agreement, obligation or undertaking of the Seller set forth in this Agreement; and

(c)      the Excluded Liabilities or the Excluded Assets.

The Losses of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties described in this Section 10.1 as to which the Purchaser Indemnified Parties are entitled to indemnification are collectively referred to as “Purchaser Losses”.

10.2    Indemnification Obligations of the Purchaser.  From and after the Closing, the Purchaser shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Seller Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by the Seller Indemnified Parties arising out of or resulting from:

(a)      any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of the Purchaser set forth in this Agreement or any certificate executed by the Purchaser for the benefit of the Seller delivered in connection herewith;

(b)      any breach by the Purchaser of any covenant, agreement, obligation or undertaking of the Purchaser in this Agreement; and

(c)      the Assumed Liabilities or the Transferred Assets to the extent arising after the Closing.

The Losses of the Seller Indemnified Parties described in this Section 10.2 as to which the Seller Indemnified Parties are entitled to indemnification are collectively referred to as “Seller Losses”.

10.3    Indemnification Procedure.

(a)      Promptly and in any event within twenty (20) days after an Indemnified Party obtains knowledge of any actual or possible complaint, dispute or claim or the commencement of any audit, investigation, action or proceeding by a third party (including any Governmental Authority) with respect to which such Indemnified Party may be entitled to indemnification pursuant hereto (a “Third-Party Claim”), such Indemnified Party shall provide written notice thereof to the party obligated to indemnify under this Section 10 (the “Indemnifying Party”), stating the nature and basis and the estimated dollar amount of such Third-Party Claim, to the extent known and based upon information then possessed by the Indemnified Party; provided, however, that the delay or failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party from liability hereunder with respect to such Third-Party Claim only if, and only to the extent that, such delay or failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party materially prejudices the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right, upon written notice delivered to the Indemnified Party within twenty (20) days after receipt of the written notice from the Indemnified Party, to assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim; provided that the assumption of the defense of any Third-Party Claim shall constitute an admission of responsibility to indemnify the Indemnified Party with respect to all Purchaser Losses or Sellers Losses, as applicable, related to such Third-Party Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) the Indemnifying Party declines or fails to assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim within such twenty (20) day period, (ii) the Indemnifying Party fails to prosecute actively and diligently settle such Third-Party Claim, (iii) the Indemnified Person, based on the advice of counsel, determines in good faith that there is a reasonable probability that such Third-Party Claim may adversely affect the Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates, or that there is a conflict of interest that would prevent the Indemnifying Party from fully and adequately representing the Indemnified Party’s interests with respect to such Third-Party Claim, (iv) the Third-Party Claim involves any violation of criminal Laws, or (v) the Third-Party Claim involves a significant supplier, distributor or customer of the Business, then in each case, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to defend such Third-Party Claim in such manner as the Indemnified Party reasonably deems appropriate and any Purchaser Losses or any Seller Losses, as the case may be, shall include the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Indemnified Party as incurred. In any Third-Party Claim for which indemnification is being sought hereunder, the Indemnified Party or the Indemnifying Party, whichever is not assuming the defense of such Third-Party Claim, shall have the right to participate in such matter and to retain its own counsel at such party’s own expense. The Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall at all times use reasonable efforts to keep the other party reasonably apprised of the status of the defense of

any matter the defense of which it is maintaining and to cooperate in good faith with each other with respect to the defense of any such matter.

(b)      No settlement or compromise of any Third-Party Claim, including the consent to the entry of any judgment, to which the Indemnifying Party has not consented shall act as a waiver or limitation of, or have any other effect on, any defenses, counterclaims, rights, remedies or obligations of the Indemnifying Party as to whether such Indemnifying Party has any obligation to indemnify any Indemnified Party in respect of such Third-Party Claim or as to the amount of any indemnifiable Losses. An Indemnifying Party may not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, settle or compromise any Third-Party Claim or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to which indemnification is being sought hereunder unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party from all Liability arising out of, or related to, such Third-Party Claim, (ii) does not contain any admission or statement suggesting any wrongdoing or Liability on behalf of the Indemnified Party, (iii) could adversely impact the Taxes or Tax position of any Indemnified Party in any Post-Closing Tax Period, and (iv) does not contain any equitable order, judgment or term that in any manner affects, restrains or interferes with the business of the Indemnified Party or any of the Indemnified Party’s affiliates.

(c)      In the event an Indemnified Party has a claim against any Indemnifying Party pursuant to this Section 10 with respect to any matter not involving a Third-Party Claim (a “Direct Claim”), such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of the Direct Claim to the Indemnifying Party (a “Notice of Claim”). Such Notice of Claim shall specify in reasonably detail the legal basis for such Direct Claim and the underlying facts and estimated dollar amount of such Direct Claim based on the information in the possession of the Indemnified Party at the time of such Notice of Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree and understand that any Notice of Claim in respect of a breach of a representation or warranty must be delivered prior to the expiration of the survival period applicable to such representation or warranty under Section 10.4 hereof. If the Indemnifying Party disputes the liability asserted under such Direct Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall send a notice of such dispute (an “Objection Notice”) to the Indemnified Party within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Indemnifying Party of the Notice of Claim. In the event the Indemnifying Party disputes its liability with respect to such Direct Claim as provided above, such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall, as promptly as possible, establish the merits and amount of such Direct Claim by mutual agreement, litigation, arbitration or otherwise, and, within ten (10) Business Days following the final determination of the merits and amount of such Direct Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified Party immediately available funds in an amount equal to such Direct Claim as determined hereunder.

10.4    Survival.  The representations and warranties of the parties contained in this Agreement or any certificate delivered in connection herewith shall survive the Closing and remain in full force and effect until ***; provided, however, that (i) the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in Section 4.9 (Intellectual Property) shall survive the Closing and remain in full force and effect until ***; and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in Section 4.1 (Organization and Standing), Section 4.3 (Authority; Binding Nature of Agreement), Section 4.4 (No Conflicts), Section 4.6 (Assets) and Section 4.13 (Tax

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Matters) (collectively, the “Seller Fundamental Representations”) and the representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in Section 5.1 (Organization and Standing), Section 5.2 (Authority; Binding Nature of Agreement) and Section 5.5 (No Conflicts) shall survive the Closing and remain in full force and effect until ***. All obligations of the parties under the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement or any certificate delivered in connection herewith shall survive (x) until fully performed or fulfilled, unless non-compliance with such covenants, agreements or obligations is waived in writing by the party entitled to such performance, or (y) if not fully performed or fulfilled, until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that, at any time prior to expiration of the applicable survival period, a party delivers to the other a notice of claim pursuant to this Section 10, the claim asserted in such notice shall survive the expiration of the applicable survival period until such time as such claim is fully and finally resolved.

10.5     Limitation of Liability.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any certificate delivered in connection herewith, the Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to:

(a)     indemnification for any claim pursuant to Section 10.1(a) hereof unless the total amount of all Purchaser Losses for which, but for this Section 10.5(a), the Purchaser Indemnified Parties have a right to indemnification pursuant to Section 10.1(a) hereof exceeds *** Dollars (US$***) (the “Threshold”), in the aggregate, and then all Purchaser Losses in excess of the Threshold shall be indemnifiable;

and

(b)      a right to indemnification for Losses pursuant to Section 10.1(a) hereof in excess of *** Dollars (US$***), in the aggregate (the “Indemnification Cap”).

10.6     The representations, warranties and covenants of the Seller, and the rights and remedies that may be exercised by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties, shall not be limited or otherwise affected by or as a result of any information furnished to, or any investigation made by or knowledge of, any of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties or any of their Representatives. For the avoidance of doubt, the Threshold and Indemnification Cap shall not apply to indemnification for any claim pursuant to Section 10.1(b) or Section 10.1(c).

10.7     Exclusive Remedy.  Except in the case of fraud, willful breach or intentional misrepresentation by the Indemnifying Party, from and after the Closing, the indemnification obligations provided in this Section 10 shall constitute the sole and exclusive remedy of any Indemnified Party for damages arising out of, resulting from or incurred in connection with any claims related to this Agreement or any certificate executed pursuant hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit the ability of the parties hereto to seek specific performance or other equitable remedies in the case of a Person’s failure to comply with the covenants made by such Person in this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any certificate executed in connection herewith or therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, the other Transaction Documents are not subject to this Section10 and nothing contained herein shall limit the rights or obligations of the parties pursuant to such other Transaction Documents

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

10.8    Tax Treatment.  All payments made pursuant to Section 6.11 and this Section 10 shall be treated to the extent permitted by applicable Law as adjustments to the Purchase Price for all Tax purposes.

SECTION 11

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1    Enforcement of Agreement.  Each of the parties hereto hereby fully acknowledges and unequivocally agrees that such party would be irreparably damaged if any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed by the other parties in accordance with their specific terms and that any breach of this Agreement by the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, would not be adequately compensated by monetary damages alone. Accordingly, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, (i) in addition to any other right or remedy to which the Seller or the Purchaser may be entitled, at law or in equity (subject to Section 10.7 hereof), the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, shall be entitled to enforce any provision of this Agreement by a decree of specific performance and temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of any of the provisions of this Agreement in any action instituted in a court of competent jurisdiction, without the posting of any bond or other undertaking, and (ii) each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, in any action for specific performance, the defense of adequacy of a remedy at law.

11.2    Further Assurances.  From time to time after the Closing and without further consideration, the parties hereto shall, and shall cause their respective affiliates to, execute, acknowledge and deliver such documents and instruments of conveyance, assignment, assumption, transfer and delivery and take or cause to be taken such other actions as the Purchaser or the Seller, as applicable, may reasonably request in order to carry out the purpose and intention of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, including to consummate effectively the purchase, sale, conveyance, assignment, assumption, transfer and delivery of the Transferred Assets as contemplated by this Agreement, to vest in the Purchaser title to the Transferred Assets, to document and evidence the Seller’s continuing ownership or control of the Excluded Assets, to evidence the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities by the Purchaser or as otherwise appropriate to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

11.3    Fees and Expenses.  Unless otherwise specified herein, each party to this Agreement shall bear and pay all fees, costs and expenses, including legal fees and accounting fees, that have been incurred or that are incurred by such party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

11.4    Waiver; Amendment.  Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any extension or waiver of any provision hereof shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party. A waiver by a party hereto of the performance of any covenant, agreement, obligation, condition, representation or warranty shall not be construed as a waiver of any other covenant, agreement, obligation, condition, representation or warranty. A waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not constitute a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time. This

Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented except by written agreement of all of the parties hereto.

11.5   Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the agreements, documents, certificates and instruments referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto, including the other Transaction Documents, constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and terminate and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral and written, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

11.6   Counterparts; Facsimile Signature.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when all counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that the parties need not sign the same counterpart. Any party may execute this Agreement by facsimile or scanned signature, and the other parties will be entitled to rely on such facsimile or scanned signature as conclusive evidence that this Agreement has been duly executed by such party.

11.7   Governing Law.  This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of State of New York, USA, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, in each case without reference to any conflict of law rules that might lead to the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

11.8   Dispute Resolution.  All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Singapore. The language of the arbitral proceedings shall be English. Judgment upon any award(s) rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator(s) are authorized to include in the award an allocation to any party of such costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, as the arbitrator shall deem reasonable. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either party from seeking provisional measures from any court of competent jurisdiction, and any such request shall not be deemed incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate. The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards in their arbitration, together with all materials in the proceedings created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a party by legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or challenge an award in legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority.

11.9   Assignment and Successors.  No party hereto may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties, except that the Seller may assign any of its rights and delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement to any of its affiliates; provided, however, the Purchaser may assign in writing any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to any Affiliate of the Purchaser without the consent of the Seller provided that (i) the

Purchaser shall provide written notice of such assignment to the Seller at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such assignment and (ii) no such assignment shall relieve the Purchaser from any liability hereunder but the Purchaser shall remain jointly and severally liable with any such assignee with respect to all of the obligations of the Purchaser hereunder.

11.10  No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement (except as expressly set forth in Section 10 hereof), expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any Person other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns, any rights, remedies or Liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

11.11  Notices.  All notices, consents, waivers and other communications required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given to a party (a) on the date of delivery if delivered by hand or sent by facsimile or e-mail with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment, (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by an internationally-recognized next-day courier service, or (c) on the fifth Business Day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case to the following addresses, facsimile numbers or e-mail addresses and marked to the attention of the persons (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address, facsimile number, e-mail address or person as a party may designate by notice to the other parties pursuant to this Section 11.11):

if to the Seller, to:

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

SR3 Bldg.

San #24 Nongseo-Dong, Giheung-Gu

Yongin City, Gyeonggi Do, Korea 449-711

Fax no.:

Attention: Strategic Planning Team of Samsung Electronics System LSI Division

if to the Purchaser, to:

IXYS Intl (Cayman) Limited

c/o IXYS Corporation

1590 Buckeye Drive

Milpitas, CA 95035

Fax no. +1.408.416.0224

Attention: Uzi Sasson

with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):

Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Fax no.: +1.650.463.2600

Attention: Luke Bergstrom

11.12   Construction; Usage.

(a)      Interpretation.  In this Agreement, unless a clear contrary intention appears:

(i)      the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa;

(ii)     reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are not prohibited by this Agreement, and reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such Person in any other capacity or individually;

(iii)    reference to any gender includes each other gender;

(iv)     reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof;

(v)      “hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereto,” and words of similar import shall be deemed references to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other provision hereof;

(vi)    “including” means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;

(vii)    “Dollars” and “US$” shall mean United States dollars; and

(viii)   references to documents, instruments or agreements shall be deemed to refer as well to all addenda, exhibits, schedules or amendments thereto.

(b)      Headings.  The headings contained in this Agreement are for the convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

(c)      Accounting Terms.  All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with the Accounting Principles.

11.13  Severability.  Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability and shall not render invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affect the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

11.14  Mutual Drafting.  The parties hereto have been represented by counsel who have carefully negotiated the provisions hereof. As a consequence, the parties do not intend that the presumptions of any laws or rules relating to the interpretation of contracts against the drafter of any particular clause should be applied to this Agreement and therefore waive their effects. The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a reasonable manner to effect the intent of the parties.

11.15  Schedules and Exhibits.  The Schedules and Exhibits (including the Seller Disclosure Schedule) are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and are hereby made a part hereof as if set out in full herein.

11.16  Parent Guaranty.  Parent is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware, has all corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to conduct its business as currently conducted, and is duly qualified to do business and, to the extent such jurisdiction has a concept of good standing, is in good standing as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction where the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary, except for any jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified would not be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, any material adverse effect on the business, assets, properties, financial condition or operations of Parent. Parent has the corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the execution, delivery and performance by Parent of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Parent. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Seller and the Purchaser, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Parent, enforceable against Parent in accordance with its terms, subject to (a) laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance and transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (b) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies. No consent, approval, or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to Parent in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent. Parent hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Seller, as a guarantor and not merely as a surety, the complete payment in full as and when

due and payable by the Purchaser of any and all amounts payable by the Purchaser under Section 3. In the event of the failure of the Purchaser to pay, when due, any amount under Section 3, Parent shall forthwith pay or cause to be performed the same to the Seller.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, as of the date first above written.

SELLER:
SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD.
By:	/s/ Byunghoon Ben Suh
Name:  Byunghoon Ben Suh
Title: Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Asset Purchase Agreement]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, as of the date first above written.

PURCHASER:
IXYS INTL (CAYMAN) LIMITED
By:	/s/ Arnold P. Agbayani
Name:  Arnold P. Agbayani
Title: Director
PARENT:
IXYS CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Nathan Zommer
Name: Nathan Zommer
Title: Chairman of the Board & Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit A

FORM OF FOUNDRY SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Foundry Services Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into on [                    ], 2013 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., a company duly incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Korea, acting through its System LSI Division, with principal offices located at San #24, Nonseo-Dong, Giheung-Gu, Yongin-City, Gyeonggi-Do, 449-711 Korea (“Samsung” or “Seller”), and IXYS Intl (Cayman) Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, with a principal place of business at the offices of Intertrust Cayman Islands, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005 Cayman Islands (“IXYS” or “Purchaser”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Samsung and IXYS are parties to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated on May 24th, 2013 (the “APA,” Samsung document number SLSI-201304IA001) pursuant to which, among other things, IXYS is purchasing or otherwise acquiring rights relating to the Business (as defined in the APA) pursuant to a series of transactions contemplated in the APA (collectively, the “Transaction”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Transaction, the parties have agreed that, commencing on the Effective Date, Samsung will provide certain manufacturing services for the Business Products (as defined in the APA) to IXYS using Samsung’s *** process ***; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Transaction, IXYS desires Samsung to manufacture and supply Business Products to IXYS as more fully described in an applicable Foundry Project Statement and Samsung desires to provide such manufacturing services to IXYS in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises set forth herein, and for other good and valuable considerations, the parties hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1 Definitions

Unless otherwise defined in this Section 1, any capitalized terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings set forth in the APA and shall apply to both their singular and plural forms, as the context may require.

1.1 “Confidential Information” shall mean all business, financial, contractual, marketing and/or other technical or non-technical information, in whatever form, which is disclosed, or to which access is provided under and/or in furtherance of this Agreement, by a party hereto (“Discloser”) to the other party to this Agreement (“Recipient”), which (a) if in writing, is marked as “confidential”, “proprietary” or other similar marking at the time of disclosure, (b) if provided orally, visually or in any other form (except in writing) such as sample products or test boards, is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

confirmed in writing to Recipient within thirty (30) days of such disclosure, or (c) would reasonably be deemed in the context of its disclosure to be confidential or proprietary.

1.2 “IXYS Background IP” shall mean all Intellectual Property in or to any IXYS Deliverables, owned by IXYS and/or its licensors (excluding Samsung).

1.3 “IXYS Business Products” means all products manufactured under the *** process and/or provided by Samsung to IXYS under this Agreement that are IXYS versions of the Business Products and substantially the same as one of the Business Products.

1.4 “IXYS Deliverables” shall mean any information and materials provided to Samsung by IXYS to be utilized by Samsung in the development and/or fabrication of and/or incorporation into the Product hereunder, including, without limitation, software, schematics, netlists, microcode, GDSII data, designs or techniques, including those identified as such in the applicable SOW.

1.5 “Delivery Date” means the scheduled delivery date of Product set forth in the applicable Purchase Order issued by IXYS and accepted by Samsung under this Agreement.

1.6 “Die” means an individual integrated circuit or components of a Product which when completed create an integrated circuit.

1.7 “Engineering Sample” shall mean sample Product(s) in wafer, Die or Package form provided to IXYS for purposes of promotion, evaluation and verification of a revised mask set.

1.8 “Manufacturing Window” means the period of time prior to the Delivery Date which is equal to the Standard Lead Time.

1.9 “Mask and Prototyping Services” shall mean all engineering services provided under this Agreement by Samsung to IXYS as more fully set forth in Section 2 below and in the applicable SOW.

1.10 “Monthly Wafer Limit” shall mean *** wafers per month from the Effective Date until the date four years thereafter.

1.11 “Package” shall mean a encapsulated casing of a Die providing an electronic connecting path to external circuits from the encapsulated Die, when all assembly processes are complete.

1.12 “Product” shall mean an IXYS Business Product, in wafer, Die or Package form, manufactured under this Agreement as more fully set forth in the Foundry Project Statement. Each Product may contain Samsung Deliverables and/or IXYS Deliverables and have a new product name different from that of the Business Product.

1.13 “Product Specification” shall mean the specifications for the Product or revision target to the Product set forth in Annex A of each Revision Project Statement, which shall be mutually agreed in writing by the parties prior to the signing of each Revision Project

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Statement.

1.14 “Revision Project Statement” shall mean a project statement document executed by both parties specific to a particular Product as set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement that will include a description of Mask and Prototyping Services, Product Specification, SOWs, Mask and Prototyping Fees and/or other provisions, as applicable.

1.15 “Foundry Project Statement” shall mean a project statement document executed by both parties that makes reference to this Agreement and that will include a description of Product, SOWs, Product Price, yield assumption and/or other provisions, as applicable.

1.16 “Project Results” shall mean the results and items set forth in the SOW which arise out of the Mask and Prototyping Services performed by Samsung for IXYS hereunder for delivery to IXYS.

1.17 “Samsung Background IP” shall mean all Intellectual Property in or to any Samsung Deliverables, owned by Samsung and/or its licensors (excluding IXYS), including, without limitation, those contained in processes, libraries, cells, design kits, and the technologies and information disclosed to IXYS under this Agreement.

1.18 “Samsung Deliverables” shall mean any information and materials supplied and/or licensed to IXYS by Samsung, to be utilized by IXYS in the development of or otherwise incorporated into the Product hereunder, including, without limitation, relevant documentations, software, schematics, netlists, microcode, designs, processes, libraries, cells, and/or design kits, including those set forth in SOW.

1.19 “Statement of Work” or “SOW” shall mean the statement of work shown in Annex B of the Revision Project Statement, which sets forth a description of the estimated work to be performed by the parties for Mask and Prototyping Services thereunder.

1.20 “Standard Lead Time” means the lead time mutually agreed upon by the parties and set forth in each Purchase Order.

2 Mask and Prototyping Services

2.1 In the event that IXYS decides to revise the design of a Product and/or replace the mask set of a Product, in whole or in part, due to bug fixes, customer requests or otherwise, Samsung will provide the Samsung Deliverables set forth in the SOW of the applicable Revision Project Statement. IXYS shall redesign certain parts of such Product based on and in accordance with Samsung Deliverables, provide the resulting design data in GDSII form to Samsung, and reasonably assist Samsung with manufacturing Engineering Samples hereunder. Subject to IXYS’ payment of Mask and Prototyping Fees as set forth in Section 6.1, Samsung shall make the revised mask set, and manufacture and provide to IXYS the number of Engineering Samples set forth in the SOW of the applicable Revision Project Statement. Such Mask and Prototyping Services may include, but not be limited to, physical verification, tape-out, wafer fabrication and/or Engineering Sample delivery, as more fully set forth in the applicable SOW. Detailed terms and schedules of the Mask and Prototyping Services for a particular

Product shall be set forth in the applicable Revision Project Statement.

2.2 Upon receipt of the Engineering Sample, IXYS shall have *** days to evaluate whether such Engineering Sample conforms to the Product Specification (“ES Acceptance Period”). If the Engineering Sample conforms to the Product Specifications, as determined by IXYS in its reasonable, good faith judgment, IXYS shall accept such Engineering Sample and notify Samsung in writing thereof. If the Engineering Sample does not conform to the Product Specifications, IXYS shall notify Samsung thereof in writing within the ES Acceptance Period with a detailed description of the non-conformity to be fixed. If such non-conformity is solely attributable to Samsung, Samsung shall, at its cost, fix such non-conformity, and manufacture an additional Engineering Sample, and deliver such Engineering Sample to IXYS. If such non-conformity is not attributable to Samsung, IXYS shall, at its cost, fix such non-conformity, and Samsung shall, within the scope of Samsung’s responsibility defined in the Revision Project Statement, and IXYS’s expense, provide reasonable collaboration to IXYS to fix such non-conformity, manufacture an additional Engineering Sample, and deliver such Engineering Sample to IXYS. For clarity, if IXYS does not provide any notice of non-conformity within the ES Acceptance Period, the applicable Engineering Sample shall be deemed to be accepted by IXYS, and Samsung shall be under no obligation to fix any non-conformity with respect to such Engineering Sample thereafter.

2.3 Samsung shall deliver the Engineering Sample(s) on EXW basis per Incoterms 2010, at an international airport in Korea agreed in writing by the parties. Title to and risk of loss of the Engineering Sample(s) will transfer upon delivery thereof in accordance with the foregoing sentence.

2.4 If the Engineering Sample(s) conforms to the Product Specification pursuant to Section 2.2, the parties shall discuss in good faith on whether the Product is ready to be manufactured in commercial volumes.

3 Commercial Production

3.1 In the event that both parties determine that the Product is ready to be manufactured in commercial volumes, IXYS shall provide Samsung with rolling demand forecasts for the delivery of each Product (“Forecast”). Particularly, IXYS shall provide two types of non-binding Forecasts.

3.1.1 Long Term Forecast. The “Long Term Forecast” is a non-binding, good-faith estimate, at the time such Forecast is made, of IXYS’ demand of each Product described on a monthly basis for the following *** month period. The Long Term Forecast shall be provided by IXYS to Samsung no later than the *** day of every calendar month, and is provided for the purpose of assisting Samsung in its long-range planning for manufacturing capacity and capital needs to meet such Long Term Forecast.

3.1.2 Short Term Forecast. The “Short Term Forecast” is a non-binding (unless accepted by Samsung as detailed in Section 3.1.3) good faith estimate, at the time such Short Term Forecast is made, of IXYS’ demand of each Product described on

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

a weekly basis for the following *** month (n+***) period. IXYS shall provide Samsung with the Short Term Forecast no later than the *** day of each month.

3.1.3 Within *** calendar days of receipt of the Short Term Forecast, Samsung shall respond to IXYS in writing on whether it accepts such Short Term Forecast. Once accepted by Samsung, the Short Term Forecast shall become binding on both parties. Samsung shall accept all Short Term Forecasts that are consistent with the Monthly Wafer Limit. If Samsung fails to respond to a Short Term Forecast within the foregoing ***-calendar day period, then such Short Term Forecast shall be deemed to have been accepted by Samsung.

3.1.4 If the purchase volume ordered by Purchase Order is less than *** of the quantities set forth in the Short Term Forecast, IXYS shall pay to Samsung within *** days of the applicable Purchase Order date an amount equal to *** of the purchase price (set forth in the Foundry Project Statement) for each unit of such purchase shortfall. Any such payment shall be compensation in full for such purchase shortfall.

3.2 IXYS may request to shorten Standard Lead Time of Product. Upon such request of IXYS, Samsung will evaluate the request and use its commercially reasonable effort to accept, at its sole discretion, IXYS’ request within Samsung’s ‘hot-lot’ capability; provided that Samsung may request additional charge for the shortening of Standard Lead Time and the target lead time shall be discussed by parties prior to the acceptance of such request.

3.3 At any time prior to the date that is three (3) business days prior to the scheduled wafer start of any Product set forth in a applicable Purchase Order, IXYS may change, on a lot-by-lot basis, the priority of fab-in sequence of such Product within such Purchase Order, without charge, upon notice to Samsung. Samsung shall provide IXYS with a written acknowledgement of such notice within two (2) business days after Samsung’s receipt of such notice.

3.4 It is agreed and understood that the purchase of Products pursuant to this Agreement shall be accomplished by means of IXYS individual purchase orders (collectively referred to as “Purchase Orders”).

3.4.1 The Purchase Orders shall contain applicable Product quantities, whether the product will be in wafer, Die or Package form, at a price per Product consistent with Section 1 of Annex B of the Foundry Project Statement (“Product Price”) and a mutually agreed Delivery Date. IXYS shall provide Purchase Orders with at least the quantity set forth in the then current Short Term Forecast provided by IXYS and accepted by Samsung. Samsung shall accept all Purchase Orders with quantities no greater than the quantities set forth in such Short Term Forecast, but Samsung shall not be obligated to accept any quantities exceeding those set forth in such Short Term Forecast and, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any quantities of a Product set forth in a Purchase Order in excess of the Monthly Wafer Limit. The parties shall have a good faith discussion on accommodating quantities exceeding those set forth in such Short Term Forecast

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

or such Monthly Wafer Limit.

3.4.2 The Purchase Orders shall contain, at a minimum, a quantity of *** wafers per each Product and multiples of *** wafers.

3.5 Samsung will manufacture the Products in accordance with the Purchase Order accepted by Samsung and will deliver such Products by the Delivery Date. Any delivery or shipment made within fourteen (14) calendar days before or after the Delivery Date(s) specified in the Purchase Orders shall constitute timely delivery or shipment. If, in the case of any Purchase Order, Samsung is unable to ship Products on the scheduled Delivery Date, Samsung shall notify IXYS in writing as soon as reasonably possible thereof and the parties shall discuss to agree upon a mutually acceptable rescheduled Delivery Date. In the event of any such delay is solely attributable to Samsung or its subcontractor’s fault, Samsung will, at its cost, expedite shipping for any late deliveries using shippers reasonably acceptable to IXYS.

3.6 If the cumulative quantity shipped by Samsung of each Product ordered by IXYS is within +/- ten (10) percent of the quantity in the effective Purchase Order, such quantity shall constitute compliance with such Purchase Order. Billing for partial orders shipped as described in this paragraph shall be at the established purchase price per unit times the total quantity of units delivered.

3.7 After second anniversary of the Effective Date, Samsung may discontinue the production of each Product upon six (6) month prior notice if IXYS has not issued Purchase Orders for such Product i) for six (6) months prior to such notice; or ii) amounting to at least *** U.S. Dollars ($***USD) during the previous one (1) year period. Samsung shall, in its sole discretion, provide a Last Time Buy (“LTB”) date and Last Ship Date (“LSD”) in such discontinuation notice. IXYS may issue to Samsung a one-time Purchase Order for such Product as a LTB within *** month after the date of such Samsung discontinuation notice. If there is no response within *** month after such discontinuation notice, then Samsung reserves the right to discontinue the production of such Product and destroy the mask set for such Product.

3.8 Samsung shall deliver Products on EXW basis per Incoterms 2010 to IXYS, at an international airport in Korea agreed in writing by the parties. Title to and risk of loss of the Products will transfer upon delivery thereof in accordance with the foregoing sentence.

3.9 Prior to Samsung’s start of production, IXYS may cancel the Purchase Order at any time without any charge. After Samsung starts production of applicable Products in accordance with a Purchase Order, IXYS may cancel the Purchase Orders for such Products but shall pay Purchase Price for such Products as cancellation charges as follows:

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Cancellation Period	Liability
	Package business	Wafer or Die business
Prior to the initiation of Manufacturing Window	No Liability	No Liability
Initiation of Manufacturing Window ~ Before contact step	*** of Product Price	*** of Product Price
On and after contact photo step ~ Before EDS test step	*** of Product Price	*** of Product Price
On and after EDS test step ~ Before assembly step	*** of Product Price	*** of Product Price
On and after assembly step	*** of Product Price	-

3.10 IXYS may reschedule the Delivery Date set forth in each Purchase Order subject to the following limitations:

a) Within *** days before the Delivery Date - no reschedules permitted.

b) Within *** days but greater than *** days before the Delivery Date – *** of the order may be rescheduled one time only - for no more than *** days

c) Within *** days but greater than *** days before the Delivery Date – *** of the order may be rescheduled one time only - for no more than *** days

d) Reschedule requests are limited to *** per month.

3.11 Samsung reserves the right to make any and all reasonable changes to the process(es) required to manufacture the Products and will notify IXYS of such changes within reasonable time after such changes were made, subject to the Samsung’s internal engineering change notice (ECN) rule.

3.12 Notwithstanding anything contrary to this Agreement, Samsung may, after the Effective Date, deliver to IXYS based on a Purchase Order completed Business Products that were under fabrication on the Effective Date, as if such Business Products were Products covered by this Agreement.

3.13 Samsung shall destroy or recycle and properly dispose of all scrap related to Products supplied to IXYS hereunder in such a way as to prevent any unauthorized sale of any such Products.

3.14 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Samsung shall, after the Effective Date, deliver to IXYS work-in-progress Business Products that were (i) under fabrication to fulfill Samsung customer orders for Business Products accepted by Samsung prior to the Effective Date (“Customer POs”); (ii) under fabrication on the Effective Date; (iii) manufactured under ***; and (iv) identified by parties before the Effective Date (“WIP Products”). Samsung will deliver the WIP products to IXYS hereunder, as if such WIP Products were Products covered by this Agreement, and IXYS shall issue a Purchase Order for all such WIP Products; provided that i) IXYS has no

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

forecasting obligation with respect to the WIP Products pursuant to Section 3.1; ii) the foregoing IXYS Purchase Order shall be a binding Purchaser Order upon Samsung’s receipt and iii) the WIP Products shall be treated as Products after receipt of the Purchase Order. The Customer POs will be transferred and assigned to IXYS after Effective Date pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, and IXYS shall thereafter have all responsibility and liability for fulfilling the Customer POs.

4 Electrical Die Sorting (“EDS”) and Back End Process

4.1 Samsung will deliver the Product without any EDS tests in wafer form; provided that, subject to mutual consent, Samsung may deliver the Product that has been sorted in accordance with Samsung’s EDS criteria.

4.2 After written notice by Samsung, Samsung may engage its affiliates or third parties to perform certain ancillary service to the manufacturing services contemplated in this Agreement such as sorting, assembly, sorting or packaging of Die, In the event that Samsung performs foregoing services, the Packages where all process are complete will delivered to IXYS on EXW basis per Incoterms 2010 by Samsung or its subcontractor; provided that Samsung shall be responsible for the act or omission of any of its subcontractors hereunder. If any such subcontracting involves the disclosure of any Confidential Information of IXYS, Samsung will disclose IXYS’ Confidential Information to such contractors only under a non-disclosure agreement no less strict than this Agreement.

4.3 Upon the written request of IXYS, Samsung will transport and deliver Products on EXW basis per Incoterms 2010 to IXYS’ chosen assembly, test, marking and packaging facilities at an international airport in Korea agreed in writing by the parties. Samsung has no liability for such assembly, test or packaging process performed by IXYS’ subcontractor under this Agreement; provided that Samsung may assist with the foregoing procedure in connection with the Transition Services Agreement.

5 Ownership of Intellectual Property Rights

5.1 IXYS shall own and retain all right, title and interest in and to IXYS Background IP. Samsung may use the IXYS Deliverables, solely to perform the Mask and Prototyping Services hereunder, and/or to manufacture Products solely for IXYS. Samsung shall not use the IXYS Deliverables to design, fabricate, test or otherwise modify Samsung’s own products or other products(s) that are for its customers other than IXYS unless otherwise specifically agreed by parties in writing.

5.2 Samsung shall own and retain all right, title and interest in and to Samsung Background IP. Unless otherwise specifically agreed by the parties in writing, all Intellectual Property in or to all modifications and improvements to, or arising from, Samsung Deliverables are the exclusive property of Samsung and all right, title and interest in and to the same vests solely in Samsung, and IXYS may use Samsung Deliverables solely to perform its rights and obligations hereunder. IXYS shall not use Samsung Deliverables to design, fabricate, test or otherwise modify products(s) that are not fabricated by Samsung or an agent of

Samsung unless otherwise specifically agreed by the parties in writing.

IXYS further agrees that Engineering Samples are provided for testing, evaluation, promotion and verification purposes. For clarity, Engineering Samples are provided “AS IS,” without any warranty of any kind whatsoever. For clarity, Sections 4, 10.2 and 12.1 shall not apply to Engineering Samples.

5.3 Samsung shall retain all right, title and interest in and to masks made by Samsung and/or Samsung’s contractors for use in the fabrication of Products, but shall use such masks solely to manufacture Products for IXYS. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provision shall not be deemed a transfer of any Intellectual Property rights embodied in the masks.

5.4 Unless otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement or agreed in writing between the parties, no license with respect to either party’s Intellectual Property is hereby granted.

6 Payment

6.1 In consideration of Samsung’s Mask and Prototyping Services set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement and the applicable Revision Project Statement, IXYS shall pay to Samsung the sum set forth in Annex C of each applicable Revision Project Statement (“Mask and Prototyping Fees”).

Samsung shall issue an invoice for each milestone Mask and Prototyping Fee upon or after the completion of each milestone under the applicable Mask and Prototyping Services in accordance with the schedule set forth in Annex C of the applicable Revision Project Statement, and IXYS shall pay the invoiced amount to Samsung-designated bank account in US Dollars within *** days after the receipt of such invoice.

6.2 Samsung shall issue an invoice to IXYS with the total amount to be paid for the Products calculated according to Section 1 of Annex B of the applicable Foundry Project Statement on or after the date that the applicable Products are shipped. IXYS shall pay the total amount properly invoiced for the Products ordered and delivered pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement. IXYS shall pay such prices to Samsung-designated bank account in US Dollars within *** days after the receipt of applicable invoice.

6.3 All sums stated under this Agreement (including the prices of Products) do not include tax. IXYS shall remit the full sums and shall bear any and all taxes, including, without limitation, value-added tax and sales tax, incurred from the payment made hereunder.

7 Inspection and Review

IXYS may, upon reasonable advance notice to Samsung, send its employees to visit the applicable Samsung facilities to inspect the fabrication of Products and the performance of any services. Such visit shall be conducted during Samsung’s normal working hours. While visiting Samsung facilities, IXYS employees shall at all times comply with Samsung’s plant rules and regulations, as well as with reasonable instructions that may be issued by Samsung’s employee or personnel.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

8 Business Review Meeting

The parties will hold a review meeting on a quarterly basis in order to discuss any business issues and technical issues relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. The parties will also discuss and negotiate in good faith the availability of an additional year of foundry services provided from Samsung to IXYS.

9 Confidential Information

9.1 Nondisclosure and Nonuse Obligations. Each of the parties, as Recipient, hereby agrees to receive and hold Confidential Information of the Discloser in confidence, and to protect and safeguard such Confidential Information against unauthorized use or disclosure using at least the same degree of care as Recipient accords to its own confidential information of like importance, but in no case less than reasonable care. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each party, as Recipient, further promises and agrees:

(a) except as set forth in subsection (c) below, not to, directly or indirectly, in any way, disclose, make accessible, reveal, report, publish, disseminate or transfer any such Confidential Information to any unauthorized third party, including parent companies, unless otherwise agreed by the parties;

(b) not to use any Confidential Information in any manner whatsoever except in furtherance of the subject matter hereof;

(c) to restrict access to Confidential Information to those of its officers, directors, employees and subcontractors who have a legitimate need-to-know to carry out the purpose of this Agreement and who are obligated to protect such Confidential Information pursuant to terms and conditions no less protective of Discloser than those contained in this Agreement; and

(d) not to reproduce or copy Confidential Information except to the extent necessary to further the purpose of this Agreement.

Furthermore, the existence of any business negotiations, discussions or agreements in progress between the parties shall be kept confidential and shall not be disclosed without written approval of all the parties, except to their officers, directors, and employees who have a legitimate need-to-know to carry out the purpose of this Agreement and who are obligated to protect such Confidential Information pursuant to terms and conditions no less protective of Discloser than those contained in this Agreement.

Recipient’s obligation of confidentiality set forth in this Section 9.1 shall be in force for a period of ten (10) years after the initial disclosure.

9.2 Exclusions from Obligations. The nondisclosure and non-use obligations under this Section 9 shall not apply to, information that the Recipient can evidence: (a) was publicly available at the time of its disclosure to Recipient or became publicly available after its disclosure through no act or default of Recipient; (b) is rightfully or free of any

obligation of confidentiality in the possession of Recipient prior to disclosure to Recipient by Discloser; (c) is received in good faith by Recipient from a third party, free of any obligation of confidentiality; or (d) is independently developed by Recipient without use of Discloser’s Confidential Information.

A disclosure by Recipient of Confidential Information of Discloser (a) in response to a valid order by a competent court or governmental body, (b) in connection with an arbitration hereunder, or (c) as otherwise required by applicable Law shall not be considered to be a breach of this Agreement or a waiver of confidentiality for other purposes; provided, however, (i) with respect to any disclosure in accordance with clause (b) above shall only be made to persons involved in the arbitration or the arbitrator thereof, and (ii) with respect to any disclosure in accordance with clause (a) or (c) above, Recipient shall provide prompt prior written notice thereof to Discloser and permit such Discloser to seek measures to maintain the confidentiality of its Confidential Information.

9.3 Ownership and Return of Confidential Information. Confidential Information disclosed by Discloser shall remain the property of such Discloser, and, except as expressly set forth herein, no license or other rights to such Discloser’s Confidential Information is granted or implied hereby. Recipient shall reproduce the symbols, legends or other proprietary notices affixed to Confidential Information, and shall not, nor permit any third party to, remove, add or modify the same.

Recipient shall, upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, or upon written request of Discloser, whichever is earlier, as soon as possible, but not later than twenty (20) days after any notice thereof by Discloser, return (or destroy at Discloser’s option) all copies of such Discloser’s Confidential Information and certify in writing its compliance with this requirement.

9.4 No Reverse Engineering. No party, as Recipient, shall decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer or attempt to reconstruct, identify or discover any source code, underlying ideas, techniques or algorithms in Confidential Information by any means whatever, except as may be specifically authorized in advance by Discloser in writing.

9.5 This Agreement shall not preclude or limit the independent development by or on behalf of any party of any products or systems involving technology or information of a similar nature to that disclosed hereunder or which compete with products or systems contemplated by such information, provided that any such development is done without use of or reliance upon the other party’s Confidential Information.

10 Indemnity

10.1 IXYS shall, at its expense, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Samsung from all Claims, and/or Losses incurred by Samsung as a result of such Claims or in a settlement that may result from any such Claim, that IXYS Deliverables (unless purchased from Samsung under the APA) actually or allegedly infringe, violate or misappropriate Intellectual Property of a third party, provided that (a) Samsung promptly notifies IXYS in writing of the Claim, (b) Samsung provides IXYS with all reasonable assistance,

information and authority required to perform these duties, and (c) IXYS is permitted to solely direct the defense and all related settlement negotiations related to the Claim. Further, IXYS agrees to pay any judgment in such suit or proceeding by final judgment of a court of last resort, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, but IXYS shall have no liability for settlement or costs incurred without its consent.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, IXYS shall have no indemnity obligation regarding any actual or alleged infringement, violation or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property of any third party to the extent such infringement, violation or misappropriation arises from the Samsung Deliverables, the manufacturing processes used by Samsung hereunder, or products based on designs acquired from Samsung pursuant to the Transaction Documents. IXYS shall not be obligated to indemnify Samsung in accordance with this Section 10.1 if (a) any settlement is made by Samsung without IXYS’s prior written consent, or (b) if IXYS is not permitted by Samsung to assume exclusive control of the settlement of the Claim.

For the purposes of this Section 10 and Section 11, the term “Claim” means any claim, action, suit or proceeding asserted by any third party whether actual or alleged and whether adjudicated by a competent court of law, tribunal or arbitrator, and the term “Losses” means all damages, losses, costs and expenses of whatever nature (including legal costs) whether or not reasonably foreseeable by the parties at any time during the term of this Agreement.

10.2 Samsung shall, at its expense, defend, indemnify and hold harmless IXYS from all Claims, and/or Losses incurred by IXYS as a result of such Claims or in a settlement that may result from any such Claim, that Samsung Deliverables contained in the Products, the manufacturing processes used by Samsung hereunder, actually or allegedly infringe on any Intellectual Property of a third party, provided that Samsung is promptly notified, given the assistance required, and permitted to solely direct the defense. Further, Samsung agrees to pay any judgment in such suit or proceeding by final judgment of a court of last resort, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, but Samsung shall have no liability for settlement or cost incurred without its consent.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Samsung shall have no indemnity obligation pursuant to this Section 10.2 regarding any actual or alleged infringement of any Intellectual Property of any third party to the extent such infringement arises from the IXYS Deliverables (including but not limited to the designs, specifications and/or instructions provided by IXYS and Samsung’s compliance with any industrial standard specification) Samsung shall not be obligated to indemnify in accordance with this Section 10.2 if (a) any settlement is made by IXYS without Samsung’s prior written consent, or (b) if Samsung is not permitted by IXYS to assume exclusive control of the settlement of the Claim.

11 Life Critical Applications

Unless otherwise specifically agreed by the parties in writing, IXYS hereby agrees that Products are not authorized for use as, and IXYS shall not integrate, promote, sell or otherwise transfer any Product to any customer or end user for use as critical components

in any device, application or system where it is reasonably foreseeable that failure of the Product(s) as used in such device, application or system would cause death, bodily injury or catastrophic property damage, such as (a) any medical, life saving or life support device or system, (b) any safety device or system in automotive application and mechanism (including but not limited to automotive brake or airbag systems), (c) any nuclear facilities, (d) any air traffic control device, application or system, or (e) any weapons device, application or system (the “Life Critical Applications”). Notwithstanding anything contrary to the limitation of liability of IXYS as set forth in this Agreement or APA, IXYS shall, at its expense, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Samsung from all Claims arising from using the Products in the Life Critical Applications, and/or Losses incurred or arising out of or in connection with such Claims.

12 Limited Warranty, Limitation of Liability & Disclaimer

12.1 Samsung warrants that the (a) Mask and Prototyping Services and manufacture of the Products hereunder shall be performed in a good, professional and workmanlike manner in accordance with industry standards; (b) Products shall conform to the applicable Product Specification; (c) Products shall be free from material defects arising from the fabrication process. The foregoing warranties shall continue for a period of *** commencing on the date on which applicable Products have been delivered hereunder. For clarity, the foregoing warranties shall not apply to the extent caused by (1) IXYS’s or a third party’s abuse, misuse, negligence, mishandling or improper modification, or (2) IXYS Deliverables and the designs, specifications, or instructions provided by IXYS. For further clarity, the foregoing warranties shall not apply to Engineering Samples or any unauthorized use of Products for Life Critical Applications. In the event of a breach of warranty set forth herein, as IXYS’s sole and exclusive remedy, Samsung shall replace the defective Products or, upon IXYS’ request, discuss in good faith a refund the full Product Prices for such defective Products.

12.2 Except as provided in Section 12.1 above, all Samsung Deliverables, Products, and Project Results provided to IXYS shall be provided “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 12.1 ABOVE, SAMSUNG MAKES NO OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.

12.3 EXCEPT FOR THE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF (A) EITHER PARTY’S WILLFUL BREACH OF SECTIONS 2 OR 3 OR (B) EITHER PARTY’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER OR BREACH OF SECTIONS 5, 9, 10 AND/OR 11, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER DUE TO A BREACH OF CONTRACT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY. EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO (A) EITHER PARTY’S WILLFUL BREACH OF SECTIONS 2 OR 3; AND (B) EITHER PARTY’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER OR BREACH OF SECTIONS 5, 6, 9 AND 11, EACH PARTY’S TOTAL LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED *** PERCENT

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

OF ALL PAYMENTS RECEIVED BY SAMSUNG FROM IXYS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE APPLICABLE PRODUCT(S) DURING THE PREVIOUS *** MONTHS PRIOR TO THE CLAIM BEING BROUGHT AGAINST SUCH LIABLE PARTY.

13 Term and Termination

13.1    This Agreement shall remain in effect from the Effective Date until *** months after the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”), unless terminated earlier in accordance with Section 13.2. At least *** years prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, the parties will discuss and negotiate in good faith the availability of an additional year of foundry services provided from Samsung to IXYS.

13.2    Notwithstanding the above, either party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement (together with all Foundry Project Statements and all Revision Project Statements) immediately if:

(a) the other party files a petition in bankruptcy, undergoes a reorganization pursuant to a petition in bankruptcy, is adjudicated a bankrupt, becomes insolvent, becomes dissolved or liquidated, files a petition for dissolution or liquidation, makes an assignment for benefit of creditors, or has a receiver appointed for its business;

(b) the other party is subject to property attachment or court injunction or court order which has a substantial negative effect on its ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement; or

(c) a competent governmental authority cancels or suspends the business license of the other party or takes similar actions against such other party.

(d) the other party materially breaches its confidentiality obligations in this Agreement and does not cure or agree with the non-breaching party upon a written plan to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of such breach from the non-breaching party.

(e) the other party breaches its payment obligations in this Agreement and does not cure or agree with the non-breaching party upon a written plan to cure such breach within fifteen (15) days after receipt of notice of such breach from the non-breaching party.

13.3 Sections 1, 3 (for outstanding Purchase Orders and Short Term Forecasts only), 5, 6, 9.1 (but only for the period set forth therein), 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 10, 11, 12, 13.3, 14 and 15 (except 15.6) shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

14 Governing Law / Dispute Resolution

14.1 Governing Law. This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the New York of the United States of America,

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

including all matters of construction, validity and performance, in each case without reference to any conflict of law rules that might lead to the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

14.2 Dispute Resolution. All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Singapore. The language of the arbitral proceedings shall be English. Judgment upon any award(s) rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator(s) are authorized to include in the award an allocation to any party of such costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, as the arbitrator shall deem reasonable. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either party from seeking provisional measures from any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce its intellectual property rights, and any such request shall not be deemed incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate. The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards in their arbitration, together with all materials in the proceedings created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a party by legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or challenge an award in legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority.

15 General

15.1 Assignment.    No party may assign its right or delegate its obligations under this Agreement without the written consent from the other party, except that IXYS may assign its rights and obligations without Samsung’s consent to a successor of all or substantially all of the assets of IXYS related to the Business. Any purported assignment or delegation without such consent shall have no force or effect and any attempt to do so without such consent shall be void.

15.2 Independent Contractor.  No party is authorized to act for or on the behalf of the other party under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each party is an independent contractor, and no principal/agent or partnership relationship is created among the parties by this Agreement.

15.3 No Third-Party Beneficiaries.    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any person or entity other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns, any rights, remedies or Liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

15.4 No Waiver.    No failure or delay by any party to enforce or take advantage of any provision or right under this Agreement shall constitute a subsequent waiver of that provision or right, nor shall it be deemed to be a waiver of any other terms and conditions of this Agreement.

15.5 Force Majeure.  Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable for its failure or delay to perform any of its obligations hereunder during any period in which such performance is prevented by any cause beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, act of God, acts of civil or military authority, fires, epidemics, floods, earthquakes, riots, war, and governmental control (each, a “Force Majeure Event”). In the event of any such Force Majeure Event the date of delivery or performance hereunder shall be extended by a period equal to the time lost by reason of such Force Majeure Event, provided that the affected party promptly notifies the other party of the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event and takes all reasonable steps necessary to resume performance of its obligations so interfered with.

15.6 Disaster Recovery Plan.  Samsung agrees to prepare a written disaster recovery plan describing the measures anticipated to be taken by Samsung to ensure the continued supply of Products to IXYS pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement in the event of any Force Majeure Event (“Disaster Recovery Plan”).

15.7 Export.  Each party shall comply with all then-current applicable laws, regulations and other legal requirements in its performance in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, all applicable export control laws, rules and regulations of the United States, the Republic of Korea, and any other relevant countries.

15.8 Notice.  All notices or communications to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered upon hand delivery or acknowledgment of facsimile, by international overnight courier, or by certified, registered or first class mail, addressed to the parties at their addresses set forth above or below. Unless the sending party can reasonably prove by contemporaneous written evidence that it was received earlier (in which case, the applicable notice shall be deemed given as of such earlier date), a notice given under this Agreement is deemed given:

(a) If delivered personally, when left at the address, and addressed, as set forth in this Section;

(b) If sent by overnight courier, two (2) business days after posting;

(c) If sent by domestic post, except airmail, two (2) business days after posting;

(d) If sent by airmail, ten (10) business days after posting; or

(e) If sent by facsimile, when confirmation of its transmission has been recorded by the sender’s facsimile machine.

Any notice to be sent to the parties shall be sent as follows:

(1)    To Samsung     :
	Name:	[                                         ]

	Address:	[                                         ]
	Attention:	[                        ]
	Telephone:	[                                         ]
	Facsimile:	[                                         ]
	e-mail:	[                                         ]
(2)    ToIXYS :
	Name:	IXYS Intl (Cayman) Limited
		c/o IXYS Corporation
	Address:	1590 Buckeye Drive, Milpitas, CA 95035
	Attention:	Uzi Sasson
	Telephone:	+1.408.457.9000
	Facsimile:	+1.408.416.0224
	e-mail:	u.sasson@ixys.net

15.9 Severability.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision. The captions of the sections in this Agreement are intended for convenience only, and shall not be interpretive of the content of the accompanying section.

15.10 Modification.    The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be modified, or amended except in writing indicating a modification thereof, and signed by the authorized representatives of both parties.

15.11 Publicity. Without procuring the other party’s prior written consent, neither party shall issue any public announcement with respect to the subject matter hereof.

15.12 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

15.13 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, including the applicable Foundry Project Statements and the applicable Revision Project Statements (which are incorporated herein by reference), constitutes the entire agreement between the parties as to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes and replaces all prior or contemporaneous agreements, written or oral, regarding such subject matter, and shall take precedence over any additional or conflicting terms which may be contained in either party’s purchase orders or order acknowledgment forms.

Attachments:	Attachment1 – Foundry Project Statement
	Attachment 2 – Revision Project Statement

[Signature Blocks on the Next Page]

In witness hereof, the parties have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized representatives:

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.	IXYS Intl (Cayman) Limited
By:	By:
Name:	Name:
Date:	Date:

Attachment 1 – Foundry Project Statement

Foundry Project Statement for Product [A]

This Foundry Project Statement (“Foundry Project Statement”) is entered into as of [Date] (“Foundry Project Statement Effective Date”) by and between Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (“Samsung”) and IXYS Intl (Cayman) Limited (“IXYS”).

WHEREAS, the parties have entered into a Foundry Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) with an Effective Date of [Date], and now desire to define Product Prices and other terms and conditions for the Products specified in Annex A. Product List of this Foundry Project Statement, pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the exchange of obligations herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

2. Once executed by the parties, this Foundry Project Statement shall become an integral part of the Agreement and the terms of the Agreement shall be fully incorporated herein, provided that, in the event of a conflict between this Foundry Project Statement and the Agreement, the terms of this Foundry Project Statement shall prevail.

3. The parties agree to incorporate the following into this Foundry Project Statement:

    Annex A. Product List

    Annex B. Financial Terms and Other Special Terms

4. This Foundry Project Statement shall become effective as of the Foundry Project Statement Effective Date and remain in effect for the Initial Term. Upon expiration of this Foundry Project Statement, the parties may discuss extending the term for an additional one year period.

In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Foundry Project Statement by their duly authorized representatives:

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.	IXYS Intl (Cayman) Limited.
By:	By:
Name:	Name:
Date:	Date:

Annex A: Product List

***

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  Annex B. Financial Terms and Other Special Terms

  1. Product Price

  The Product Price (***) as of the Foundry Project Statement Effective Date will be as follows;

Calendar Year	Year 1	Year 2	Year 3	Year 4 and onwards
Product Price (***)	***	***	***	***

*** Price:

	(KRW/second)
***	***

  * for the year of 2013

*** Price:	(KRW/CHIP)
***	***

  * for the year of 2013

Assembly Price				(KRW/CHIP)
PKG Type			Price	Note
***	***	***	***
		***	***
		***	***
		***	***	***
			***	***
		***	***
		***	***
***	***	***	***
		***	***
		***	***
	***	***	***	***
		***	***
		***	***
		***	***
		***	***
	***	***	***
	***	***	***
		***	***
***	***	***	***
		***	***
		***	***

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

		***	***
		***	***
		***	***
		***	***
***	***	***	***
* for the year of 2013

Final Test Price:				(KRW/CHIP)
PKG TYPE			Price	Note
***	***	***	***
		***	***
		***	***
		***	***	***
			***	***
		***	***
		***	***
***	***	***	***
		***	***
		***	***
	***	***	***	***
		***	***
		***	***
		***	***
		***	***
	***	***	***
	***	***	***
		***	***
***	***	***	***
		***	***
		***	***
		***	***
		***	***
		***	***
		***	***
***	***	***	***
* for the year of 2013

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Note: The above prices are to be reference prices.

Both parties shall mutually agree to the Product Price in each Purchase Order, considering various factors collectively such as die size of Product, fabrication process technology, volume projection, the status of market pricing conditions, and other Samsung’s services, etc.

2. Volume Production Commencing Date

Volume Production Commencing Date shall be effective as of the [            ]

Attachment 2 – Revision Project Statement

Revision Project Statement for Product [Product Name]

This Revision Project Statement (“Revision Project Statement”) is entered into as of [Date] (“Revision Project Statement Effective Date”) by and between Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (“Samsung”) and IXYS Intl (Cayman) Limited (“IXYS”).

WHEREAS, the parties have entered into a Foundry Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) with an Effective Date of [Date], and now desire to define details of Mask and Prototyping Services and other terms and conditions, if any, for a Product specified in Annex A. Product and Revision Specification of this Revision Project Statement, pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the exchange of obligations herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

2. Once executed by the parties, this Revision Project Statement shall become an integral part of the Agreement and the terms of the Agreement shall be fully incorporated herein, provided that, in the event of a conflict between this Revision Project Statement and the Agreement, the terms of this Revision Project Statement shall prevail.

3. The parties agree to incorporate the following into this Revision Project Statement:

    Annex A. Product and Revision Specification

    Annex B. SOW

    Annex C. Financial Terms and Other Special Terms

4. This Revision Project Statement shall become effective as of the Revision Project Statement Effective Date and remain in effect for the Initial Term. Upon expiration of this Revision Project Statement, the parties may discuss extending the term for an additional one year period.

In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Revision Project Statement by their duly authorized representatives:

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.	IXYS Intl (Cayman) Limited.
By:	By:
Name:	Name:
Date:	Date:

Annex A: Product and Revision Specification

Product :

Process :

Revision Specification or Description.

Annex B: SOW

1. IXYS Deliverables include the following:

[XX]

2. Samsung Deliverables include the following:

[XX]

3. Project Schedule/Project Results

  Product     Work     Project Results  

Annex C. Financial Terms and Other Special Terms

1. Mask and Prototyping Fees

IXYS shall pay to Samsung the following Mask and Prototyping Fees for Mask and Prototyping Services performed under the Revision Project Statement and in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement:

Milestone	Mask and Prototyping Fee
Milestone 1. ***	*** of the total Mask and Prototyping Fees
Milestone 2. ***	*** of the total Mask and Prototyping Fees
Milestone 3. ***	*** of the total Mask and Prototyping Fees
Total Mask and Prototyping Fees

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exhibit B

FORM OF TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

This TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [                        ] 2013 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea (the “Seller”), and IXYS Intl (Cayman) Limited, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Purchaser”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Purchaser and the Seller have entered into that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 24th, 2013 (the “Purchase Agreement”, Seller document number SLSI-201304IA001), pursuant to which the Seller has sold and transferred certain assets related to the Business to the Purchaser and, in connection therewith, the Seller and the Purchaser entered into (i) that certain Foundry Services Agreement, dated as of [                    ] 2013 (the “Foundry Services Agreement”), and (ii) that certain Product License Agreement, dated as of [                        ] 2013 (the “Product License Agreement”);

WHEREAS, in further consideration of the Purchase Agreement, the Purchaser will require the Seller’s assistance with respect to certain operations of the Business following the Closing Date, as more fully set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties, and of good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS.    The defined terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 1 or in the text of the Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in the Agreement have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement or the Product License Agreement, as applicable.

1.1      “Pass-Through Expenses” shall mean the reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by the Seller or its Affiliates in performing the Services under this Agreement, provided that such category of out-of-pocket expenses has been specified in the Services Exhibit as chargeable to such Services. “Pass-Through Expenses” shall not include any overhead costs, Seller profits or other mark-ups.

1.2      “Seller Expense Table” shall mean the Seller’s payroll, cost, expense or travel cost for the performance of the Services.

1.3      “Services” shall mean the set of tasks that the Seller will perform for the Purchaser as specified in the Services Exhibit.

1.4      “Services Exhibit” shall mean Exhibit A attached hereto, as it may be amended from time to time by mutual written agreement of the parties.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.5      “Service Period” shall mean the duration of a Service as set forth in the Services Exhibit.

2. TRANSITION SERVICES.

2.1      Services.    During the Term of this Agreement, and except for the manufacturing services provided pursuant to the Foundry Agreement, the Seller shall provide, and as necessary shall cause its Affiliates to provide, to the Purchaser the Services specified in the Services Exhibit, for the periods set forth therein. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement (including in the Services Exhibit), the Seller will be responsible for providing the equipment, Seller Personnel (as defined below), and other resources required for the Seller’s performance of the Services. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Services Exhibit and this Agreement, the terms of the Services Exhibit shall prevail.

2.2      Modification of Services.    Without limiting the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that the scope or characteristics of the Services may change during the term of this Agreement as the Purchaser completes its transition from dependence on the Seller’s Services. If the Purchaser reasonably believes that it is necessary to supplement, modify, substitute, reduce or otherwise alter the Services specified in the Services Exhibit, including without limitation changes that may affect the content, scope, or service levels (“Changes”), it shall make a written request for such Changes to the Seller, and the parties will discuss in good faith the implementation of any such Changes and any changes to the terms of the Services Exhibit to effect such Change. The Seller may not make Changes until the parties have mutually agreed upon such Changes in writing.

2.3      Additional Services.    From time to time after the Closing Date, the parties may identify additional services to be provided to the Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (the “Additional Services”). The parties will discuss in good faith any Additional Services, and if the Parties agree to such Additional Services, the parties shall amend the Services Exhibit to add each Additional Service setting forth a description of the Additional Service, the time period during which the Additional Service will be provided, the applicable service levels, the charge, if any, for the Additional Service and any other terms applicable thereto.

2.4      Service Levels; Standards of Performance.    The Seller will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Services in accordance with the specifications or other standards set forth in the Services Exhibit, and otherwise in the same or substantially similar manner as the equivalent services were provided by Seller or its Affiliates with respect to the Business immediately prior to the Closing. The Seller will comply with all laws and regulations applicable to Seller with respect to its performance of the Services, and will obtain all necessary permits and licenses applicable to Seller with respect to its performance of the Services. The Seller shall cause all Seller Personnel (as defined below) to comply with the standards set forth in this Section 2.4.

2.5      Expenses.    Except as may be expressly set forth in the Services Exhibit or otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party will bear its own expenses in connection with its obligations under this Agreement.

2.6      Subcontractors.    The Services may be provided in whole or in part by Affiliates of the Seller or by third-party subcontractors selected by the Seller, subject to the prior written approval of the Purchaser, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any such delegation or appointment shall not release the Seller from any of its obligations under this Agreement. The Seller shall be responsible for the work and activities of each of its Affiliates and subcontractors, including compliance with the terms of this Agreement. The Seller shall be responsible for all payments to its subcontractors, unless the Services Exhibit provides otherwise or the Purchaser agrees in writing to pay the subcontractor directly for the applicable Service.

2.7      Service Provider Contracts.    To the extent that at the end of the Term of this Agreement the Purchaser will also require an agreement with any third-party service provider used by the Seller in connection with the Services as of the Closing Date, the Seller agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Purchaser to obtain terms and conditions, including pricing terms, substantially similar to those received from such service providers by the Seller prior to the Closing Date.

3. MANAGEMENT.

3.1      Each party will have day-to-day management control over its provision and/or receipt of the Services. To administer its provision and/or receipt and use of the Services, each party will retain a Services Coordinator who shall (i) have overall responsibility during the term of this Agreement for managing and coordinating the delivery of the Services; (ii) be authorized to act for and on behalf of the appointing party with respect to all matters relating to this Agreement, and (iii) be the primary contact with the other party’s Services Coordinator. The Services Coordinators from each party, or their designees for specific Services, shall meet regularly on a mutually agreed upon schedule, and shall cooperate and consult in relation to the Services in their reasonable judgment. Each party may, at its discretion, and upon written notice to the other party, designate other or additional individuals to serve in these capacities during the term of this Agreement.

4. PERSONNEL.

4.1      Personnel.    The Seller will make available such Seller employees and agents as are required to provide each of the Services (the “Seller Personnel”). The parties may agree in the Services Exhibit on any specific employees that are required to be utilized in providing the applicable Services (the “Key Employees”).

4.2      Right to Designate and Change Seller Personnel.  The Seller shall be entitled to remove or replace any Seller Personnel at any time; provided, however, the Seller will use commercially reasonable efforts to limit the disruption to the Purchaser as a result of such removal or replacement.

4.3      Responsibility for Seller Personnel.    Seller Personnel will be under the direction, control and supervision of the Seller, and the Seller will have the sole right to exercise all authority with respect to the employment, termination, assignment, and compensation of such Seller Personnel under the applicable Law. The Seller (or its Affiliates) will be solely responsible for payment of (i) all income, disability, withholding, and other employment taxes and (ii) all

medical benefit premiums, vacation pay, sick pay, or other fringe benefits for any employees, agents, or contractors of the Seller who perform the Services.

5. FEES AND PAYMENT.

5.1      Service Charges.    Except as otherwise stipulated in the Services Exhibit, the Purchaser shall pay an amount equal to payroll for Service time of Seller Personnel in accordance with this Section 5, pursuant to the Seller Expense Table set forth in the Service Exhibit. All payment under this Agreement (including the Pass-Through Expenses) do not include tax.

5.2      Expenses.    The Purchaser shall pay or reimburse the Seller for Pass-Through Expenses reasonably calculated and invoiced to the Purchaser in accordance with this Section 5.

5.3      Payment; Invoices.    Amounts payable, if any, hereunder will be billed and paid in U.S. dollars. Within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, the Seller will submit one (1) invoice to the Purchaser for any amounts payable by the Purchaser hereunder for the previous month; itemizing the Pass-Through Expenses payable and to which Service each is applicable to. Each invoice will be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is necessary for the Purchaser to verify the Pass-Through Expenses charged during the applicable period, or otherwise as the Purchaser reasonably requests. The Purchaser will pay all amounts due pursuant to this Agreement within forty-five (45) days after the receipt of the applicable invoice from the Seller unless a different period is specified in the Services Exhibit.

5.4      Audit.    The Purchaser shall have the right, upon reasonable written notice to the Seller and at the Purchaser’s cost, to have an independent third party reasonably acceptable to the Seller to audit any Service fees and any Pass-Through Expenses charged by the Seller. Such audit shall be conducted no more than once every calendar half-year and only during normal business hours. If such audit reveals an overcharge by the Seller, then the Seller shall promptly reimburse the Purchaser. If the audit reveals an overcharge of greater than five percent (5%) of the aggregate Service fees and Pass-Through Expenses for any given calendar quarter, then the reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with such audit shall be borne by the Seller.

6. CONFIDENTIALITY.

6.1      The confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 6.4 of the Purchase Agreement shall apply to all proprietary, secret or confidential information disclosed by either party under this Agreement.

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

7.1      Consents.    The Seller represents and warrants that it has obtained all consents, approvals, or agreements from any third party (each, a “Consent”) required for the Seller to provide the Services pursuant to this Agreement (or to use any equipment or software owned by or leased or licensed to the Seller or any of its Affiliates in connection with the provision of such Services)

7.2       Performance.    Without limiting any other provision in this Agreement, the Seller represents and warrants that the Seller will perform the Services in a timely and professional manner and in accordance with industry standards for services of the type performed hereunder.

8. TERM AND TERMINATION.

8.1       Term.    The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Closing Date and, unless extended by written agreement of the parties pursuant to Section 8.2 or terminated earlier pursuant to Section 8.3, shall continue until the termination or expiration of all Services pursuant to the Services Exhibit, no longer than *** months after Closing Date (the “Term”).

8.2       Term Extensions.     This Agreement may be extended in writing by mutual agreement of the parties either in whole or with respect to one or more of the Services.

8.3       Termination.

(a)      The Purchaser may terminate any Service, in whole or in part with respect to such Service: (i) for any reason or no reason, upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Seller of such termination (unless a longer notice period is specified in the Services Exhibit or is required under a third-person agreement pursuant to which such Service is provided); or (ii) at any time, upon prior written notice to the Seller, if the Seller has failed to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Service and such failure is still occurring thirty (30) days after receipt by the Seller of a written notice of such failure from the Purchaser.

(b)      The Seller may terminate any Service, in whole or in part with respect to such Service at any time, upon prior written notice to the Purchaser, if the Purchaser has materially failed to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Service and such failure is still occurring thirty (30) days after receipt by the Purchaser of a written notice of such failure from the Seller or the applicable Affiliate providing Services.

(c)      If either party becomes aware of a change in applicable Law or other circumstance that would result in the continued performance of any Service being a violation of any applicable Law, such party will notify the other party in writing as soon as reasonably practicable, and the parties shall cooperate in good faith to make reasonable modifications to such Service or find reasonable alternative means by which such Service can continue to be provided in compliance with applicable Laws. If the parties are unable to find a mutually acceptable alternative means of providing such Service that complies with applicable Law within thirty (30) days of starting such discussions, either party may terminate such Service immediately upon written notice to the other party.

(d)      Any Service may be terminated at any time upon mutual agreement of the parties.

8.4        Effect of Termination.

(a)      Immediately following the expiration or termination of this Agreement, the Seller shall cease, or cause its Affiliates or subcontractors to cease, providing the Services.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Upon termination of any Service in accordance with this Agreement, (i) the Seller shall have no further obligation to provide such terminated Service, and (ii) the Purchaser shall have no obligation to pay any additional Pass-Through Expenses relating to any such Service that would be incurred after the effective date of such termination; provided, however, that, the Purchaser shall remain obligated to pay to the Seller any Pass-Through Expenses owed and payable with respect to any component of such terminated Service that was provided prior to the effective date of such termination. In connection with the termination of any Service, the provisions of this Agreement not relating solely to such terminated Service shall survive any such termination.

8.5      Upon the termination or expiration of any Service with respect to which a party or an Affiliate thereof holds books, records, files, databases, confidential or proprietary information or computer software or hardware (including, without limitation, current and archived copies of computer files) owned or leased by the other party or an Affiliate thereof and used in connection with the provision of such Service (the “Materials”), subject to the terms of Section 6.1, such party will return, or destroy and certify the destruction of, all such Materials promptly upon the termination or expiration of the applicable Service, but not later than thirty (30) days after such termination or expiration.

8.6      Survival.  Sections 1, 5.3, 6, 8 and 10 of this Agreement shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement.

9.       LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES

9.1      Limitation on Liability.    NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER OR ANY SELLER AFFILIATE BE LIABLE (A) FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS OR BUSINESS OR LOSS OF ANTICIPATED SAVINGS, ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO ANY ACT OR OMISSION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, AND (B) TO PURCHASER OR ITS AFFILIATES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF THE AGGREGATE SERVICE CHARGES PAID BY PURCHASER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

9.2      No Express or Implied Warranties.  Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that, except to the extent expressly set forth in this Agreement, NEITHER SELLER NOR ANY AFFILIATE OF SELLER IS MAKING ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES OR ANY OTHER MATTER RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND SELLER AND EACH AFFILIATE OF SELLER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) IN CONNECTION THEREWITH.

10.      MISCELLANEOUS.

10.1    No Agency.    It is agreed and understood that neither party is the agent, representative or partner of the other, and neither party has any authority or power to bind or contract in the name of or to create any liability against the other in any way or for any purpose pursuant to this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to give

either party the power to direct and control the day-to-day activities of the other, constitute the parties as partners, joint venturers, principal and agent, employer and employee, co-owners, or otherwise as participants in a joint undertaking, or allow either party to create or assume any obligation on behalf of the other party for any purpose whatsoever.

10.2    Amendment; Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.  Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any extension or waiver of any provision hereof shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party. A waiver by a party hereto of the performance of any covenant, agreement, obligation, condition, representation or warranty shall not be construed as a waiver of any other covenant, agreement, obligation, condition, representation or warranty. A waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not constitute a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented except by written agreement of all of the parties hereto. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

10.3    Counterparts; Facsimile Signature.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when all counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that the parties need not sign the same counterpart. Either party may execute this Agreement by facsimile or scanned signature and the other party will be entitled to rely on such facsimile or scanned signature as conclusive evidence that this Agreement has been duly executed by such party.

10.4    Governing Law.  This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York of the United States of America, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, in each case without reference to any conflict of law rules that might lead to the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

10.5    Dispute Resolution.

 (A) In the event there is a dispute between Purchaser and Seller regarding this Agreement, or with respect to the performance by a Seller of its obligations hereunder (whether in respect of a matter which has previously been resolved pursuant to this Section 10.5 or otherwise), prior to any party instituting any action or claim or pursuing any other remedy hereunder, the parties shall attempt in good faith to reach agreement on a resolution of the dispute. If such attempts are unable to resolve the dispute, the parties shall seek to resolve the dispute in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.5.

 (B) The party which is the disputing party (the “Disputing Party”) shall send a written notice describing the dispute or issue (the “Dispute Notice”) to the

other party (the “Notice Receiver”). A) Within fifteen (15) days of the Notice Receiver’s receipt of a Dispute Notice, the Parties shall conduct a meeting, attended by an executive designated by each Party (a “Step One Meeting”). If resolved at the Step One Meeting or at any other time prior to the expiration of such 15-day period, the Disputing Party shall re-send the original Dispute Notice to the other Party with a written and signed acknowledgment that it has been withdrawn. B) The matter shall be considered unresolved if at any time the parties agree in writing that it is unresolved or the original Dispute Notice has not been withdrawn within fifteen (15) days after conclusion of the Step One Meeting

 (C) If the matter remains unresolved after the Step One Meeting, either of the Parties may initiate any claim or pursue or exercise any of its rights or remedies hereunder, at law or in equity pursuant to Section 10.5 (b).

 (D) All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Singapore. The language of the arbitral proceedings shall be English. Judgment upon any award(s) rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator(s) are authorized to include in the award an allocation to any party of such costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, as the arbitrator shall deem reasonable. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either party from seeking provisional measures from any court of competent jurisdiction, and any such request shall not be deemed incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate. The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards in their arbitration, together with all materials in the proceedings created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a party by legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or challenge an award in legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority.

10.6    Binding Effect; Assignment.  This Agreement binds and benefits the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns. No party hereto may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, the Purchaser may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any Affiliate of the Purchaser without the consent of the Seller.

10.7    No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any Person other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns, any rights, remedies or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

10.8    Force Majeure.  The Seller shall not be liable for any interruption of a Service or

delay or failure to perform under this Agreement if such interruption, delay or failure results from strikes (other than in relation to the relevant Seller’s own workforce), riots, fires, floods, storm, earthquakes, power outages, telecommunications or network outages or limitations, acts of God, war, governmental action or any other causes beyond its reasonable control (“Force Majeure”). In any such event, the Purchaser and the Seller’s obligations hereunder in respect of the Service affected by Force Majeure shall be postponed for such time as the performance is suspended or delayed on account of such Force Majeure event and the parties shall seek to identify and implement a commercially reasonable alternative to minimize any interruption in the provision of those Services hereunder. Each of the Purchaser and the Seller will promptly notify the other in writing upon learning of the occurrence of such event of Force Majeure. Upon the cessation of the Force Majeure event, each of the Purchaser and the Seller will use all commercially reasonable effort to resume its performance with the least practicable delay

10.9    Notices.  All notices, consents, waivers and other communications required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given to a party (a) on the date of delivery if delivered by hand or sent by facsimile or e-mail with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment, (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by an internationally-recognized next-day courier service, or (c) on the fifth Business Day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case to the following addresses, facsimile numbers or e-mail addresses and marked to the attention of the persons (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address, facsimile number, e-mail address or person as a party may designate by notice to the other parties pursuant to this Section 10.9):

If to the Seller, to:

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

SR3 Bldg.

San #24 Nongseo-Dong, Giheung-Gu

Yongin City, Gyeonggi Do, Korea 449-711

Fax no.:

Attention:

with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):

[                ]

if to the Purchaser, to:

IXYS Intl (Cayman) Limited

c/o IXYS Corporation

1590 Buckeye Drive

Milpitas, CA 95035

Fax no. +1.408.416.0224

Attention: Uzi Sasson

with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):

Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Fax no.: +1.650.463.2600

Attention: Luke Bergstrom

10.10   Construction; Usage.

(a)      Interpretation. In this Agreement, unless a clear contrary intention appears:

(i)       the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa;

(ii)      reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are not prohibited by this Agreement, and reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such Person in any other capacity or individually;

(iii)     reference to any gender includes each other gender;

(iv)     reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof;

(v)      “hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereto,” and words of similar import shall be deemed references to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other provision hereof;

(vi)     “including” means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;

(vii)    “Dollars” and “US$” shall mean United States dollars; and

(viii)   references to documents, instruments or agreements shall be deemed to refer as well to all addenda, exhibits, schedules or amendments thereto.

(b)      Headings.    The headings contained in this Agreement are for the convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

10.11   Severability.   Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability and shall not render invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affect the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

10.12  Mutual Drafting.  The parties hereto have been represented by counsel who have carefully negotiated the provisions hereof. As a consequence, the parties do not intend that the presumptions of any laws or rules relating to the interpretation of contracts against the drafter of any particular clause should be applied to this Agreement and therefore waive their effects. The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a reasonable manner to effect the intent of the parties.

10.13  Exhibits. The Services Exhibit is hereby incorporated into this Agreement and are hereby made a part hereof as if set out in full herein.

10.14  Entire Agreement.    This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and terminate and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral and written, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the date first written above.

IXYS INTL (CAYMAN) LIMITED	SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD.
By:	By:
Name:	Name:
Title:	Title:

EXHIBIT A

SERVICES EXHIBIT

The Seller agrees to provide the following Services during the applicable periods of time set forth below:

1.       Information Technology (IT) and Finance Services

Service Description:	1.        Finance - Provide data so Purchaser can develop customer invoicing processes. 2.       IT - Provide data to assist with Purchaser’s transition of enabling transactions (wafer orders, etc…) within Purchaser’s Oracle system.
Fees:	Purchaser will pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the Seller Expense Table.
Service Period:	***.
2.       Operational Services.
Service Description:	During the Service Period, Seller will: 1.       Assist Purchaser with introductions to all vendors including those associated with wafer preparation, flash programming, sort, assembly, and final test processes. 2.       If necessary, assist and train Purchaser in the transition of wafer preparation, flash programming, sort, assembly, and final test processes to Purchaser. 3.       Deliver and assign Customer POs (as defined in the Foundry Services Agreement) for WIP Products (as defined in the Foundry Services Agreement) to Purchaser 4.       Notwithstanding anything contrary to this Agreement, the vendors addressed in this provision shall not include vendors that: i) are not related with the Business as of the Closing Date; and ii) are Seller’s raw material or equipment vendors (other than vendors of raw materials or equipment related to the assembly or the

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

	packaging of integrated circuits).
Fees:	Purchaser will pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the Seller Expense Table.
Pass-Through Expenses:	Cost of packaging, freight and insurance and subcontractor fees.
Service Period:	***
3.       Quality and Reliability Services: (a)      Warranty Claims and Returns:
Service Description:	During the Service Period, Seller will perform customer failure analysis of the IXYS Business Products (as defined in Product License Agreement) and provide the results of that analysis to Purchaser. If necessary, Seller will request a solution to the appropriate design or software provider. For avoidance of doubt, Purchaser shall directly manage all matters relating to customer relations, including, but not limited to, taking any claims of, or complaints regarding, any product defects from customers in connection with such IXYS Business Products.
Fees:	Except for subcontractor fees, Seller will provide all services at no charge until one year after the Closing Date. After this period, Purchaser will pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the Seller Expense Table.
Pass-Through Expenses:	For amounts actually paid by Seller, Purchaser will reimburse Seller for third-party fees associated with the Quality and Reliability Services. Purchaser will also pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the cost table.
Service Periods:	***

A-2

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

4.        Development Services.

Service Description:

During the Service Period, Seller will perform the following services (A) complete development of the following *** Products: ***, the development to include: a.    Management of the design subcontractor(s). b.    Report development milestones to the Purchaser (1st F/O, test report, tape out, quality reports, and other reports customarily produced by Seller in the design of similar devices). c.    Enter into development agreements with subcontractors for the development of the *** Product components such as the verification and test programs. (B) Complete transitional development of the following *** Products: ***, the development to include: a.    Management of the design subcontractor (if applicable). b.    Report development milestones to Purchaser (1st F/O, test report, tape out, quality reports, and other reports customarily produced by Seller in the design of similar devices). c.    Enter into development agreements with subcontractors for the development of the *** product components such as the verification and test programs. (C) Provide development training: a.    Technical workshops regarding: product designs, design techniques, development process, product transition, and documents, and usage of the licensed In House Design Tools, b.    Modification or creation of new documentation with respect to the Business Products, and c.    The Parties shall discuss and agree on the detailed development schedule for the development training.

Fees:

Fees relating to Section 4(i): Purchaser will pay any amounts, including

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-4

	incentive fee payments, owed to vendors under the Transferred Contracts relating to the development work described in Section 4(i). Purchaser shall be responsible for all other development fees set forth in the Transferred Contracts relating to the *** Products. Fees relating to Section 4(ii): Purchaser will pay a development fee of USD $***. This fee includes subcontracting fees, the costs of mask sets, and verification fees. The payment of USD $*** will be made within thirty days after receipt of Seller’s invoice which shall be issued by Seller after the Closing Date. Purchaser will also pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the Seller Expense Table.
Service Period:	***, or, for the products described in Sections 4(i) and 4(ii), *** months from the mass production date of the last of such products to enter mass production, whichever is later.
5.       Sales Support Services.
Service Description:	During the Service Period, Seller will (i) arrange major customer meetings, and (ii) provide personal introductions to Solution Partners, key customer, Sales Representatives and Distributors relating to the Business, and (iii) provide data and information relating to 4-bit and 8-bit microcontroller sales and marketing; provided that such customer, Solution Partner, key customer, Sales Representative and Distributors will be selected by parties’ consent; provided that key customer means a customer who directly buys Business Products from the Seller.
Fees:	Purchaser will pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the Seller Expense Table.
Service Period:	***.
6.       Design Transition Services.
Service Description:	During the Service Period, Seller shall provide Purchaser with such information, cooperation and assistance to effect a smooth and seamless transition of foundry services to a third party designated

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

	by Purchaser (a “Successor”) (such information, cooperation and assistance, “Transition Assistance”). Transition Assistance shall include: (a) providing know-how, technical information and other appropriate information concerning the transfer and transition of the foundry services to Purchaser; and (b) other services as reasonably requested by Purchaser.
Fees:	Purchaser will pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the Seller Expense Table.
Service Period:	***.

7. Seller Expense Table.

Payroll Table

(USD, per hour)

Position	Korea	China	Singapore	US	EU
E3/G3/S3/M3	***	***	***	***	***
E4/G4/S4/M4	***	***	***	***	***
E5/G5/S5/M5/M6	***	***	***	***	***
E6/G6/S6/M7	***	***	***	***	***

Travel Fee: USD $*** per day per person (This amount includes out-of pocket money, meals, ground transfer fee, and accommodations fee. Airfare fee will be paid separately, but now hourly expenses will not be paid while service providers are traveling, including while on the airplane).

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.3

Service Coordinator Contact Information:

For Seller:

Name:

Title:

Phone:

Facsimile:

Email:

For Purchaser:

Name: David Staab

Title: Vice President of R&D and MCU Architecture of Zilog, Inc.

Phone: +1.408.457.9087

Facsimile: +1.408.416.0223

Email:dstaab@zilog.com

Exhibit C

FORM OF PRODUCT LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Product License Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into on the [                               ] 2013 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., a company duly incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Korea, acting through its System LSI Division, with principal offices located at San #24, Nongseo-Dong, Giheung-Gu, Yongin-City, Gyeonggi-Do, 449-711 Korea (“Samsung”), and IXYS Intl (Cayman) Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, with a principal place of business at 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005 Cayman Islands (“IXYS”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Samsung and IXYS are parties to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated on May 24^th, 2013 (the “APA”, Samsung document number SLSI-201304IA001), pursuant to which, among other things, IXYS is purchasing or otherwise acquiring rights relating to the Business (as defined in the APA) pursuant to a series of transactions contemplated in the APA (collectively, the “Transaction”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Transaction, IXYS desires to obtain, and Samsung desires to grant, certain licenses under and with respect to certain Intellectual Property and Technology related to the Business, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Samsung desires to obtain, and IXYS desires to grant, certain licenses back under and with respect to the Transferred IP (as defined in the APA), on the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the APA, the parties have agreed to enter into this Agreement as of the Closing Date (as defined in the APA);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement and the APA, the parties hereby agree as follows:

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

AGREEMENT

I. DEFINITIONS.

Unless otherwise defined in this Article I, any capitalized terms used in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the APA and shall apply to both their singular and plural forms, as the context may require.

1.1      “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to a party, a corporation or any other legal entity which is Controlled by such party, provided that such entity shall be considered an Affiliate only for the time during which such Control exists. “Control,” as used in this Section 1.1, means direct or indirect ownership of more than 50% of the voting rights of such entity.

1.2      “Authorized Design House” means any developer, designer, design house, contractor, or other Person that on or after the Effective Date is authorized by IXYS to develop, design, modify, improve, or create derivative works of the Licensed Products.

1.3      “Authorized Distributor” means any distributor, VAR (Value Added Reseller), OEM, systems integrator or other Person that on or after the Effective Date is authorized by IXYS to import, offer to sell and sell the Licensed Products.

1.4      “Authorized Manufacturer” means any manufacturer, contractor, supplier, vendor or other Person that on or after the Effective Date provides services to IXYS in connection with the manufacture or supply of the Licensed Products, other than Samsung.

1.5      “Business Field of Use” means the design, development, manufacturing, marketing, sales and support of 4 bit and 8 bit Micro Controller Units (including Business Products) and the provision of services related to 4 bit and 8 bit Micro Controller Units; provided that with respect to Samsung, the Business Field of Use means the field of Standalone Micro Controller Business.

1.6      “Business Products” has the meaning set forth in the APA.

1.7      “Confidential Information” means any and all technical and non-technical information which is identified as confidential information at the time of disclosure and disclosed by one party (the “Disclosing Party”) to the other party (the “Receiving Party”) under this Agreement,

whether in written, oral, graphic or electronic form. Written Confidential Information will be clearly marked “CONFIDENTIAL,” “PROPRIETARY” or other similar marking. Oral or visual disclosures of the Confidential Information or disclosure of intangible Confidential Information should be identified as confidential at the time of such disclosure and confirmed, in writing or email, by the Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party within thirty (30) days of such disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” includes any information disclosed by the Disclosing Party that would reasonably be deemed in the context of its disclosure to be confidential or proprietary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the nondisclosure obligations set forth in Article VIII shall not apply to information that the Receiving Party can demonstrate: (a) was publicly available at the time of its disclosure to the Receiving Party or became publicly available after its disclosure and through no fault of the Receiving Party; (b) was already in the lawful possession of the Receiving Party without restriction prior to the Receiving Party receiving the Confidential Information from the Disclosing Party; (c) is legitimately obtained by the Receiving Party without restriction from a third party source who had no obligation to the Disclosing Party not to disclose such information to others, other than the Disclosing Party; or (d) is at any time independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of or access to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

1.8      “Deliverables” means the documents, technical assistance, information, script files, design files, Software and other materials relating to the Business Products that are listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

1.9      “Expanded IXYS Business Products” means (a) the IXYS Business Products and (b) Micro Controller Units resulting from porting each IXYS Business Product to a non-Samsung fabrication site.

1.10    “In House EDA Tool” means any software tool made and owned by Samsung for designing or developing Micro Controller Units, including the *** schematic design and capture tool and the Cubic logic design rule check and delay calculating tool.

1.11    “Improvements” means all modifications, derivative works, enhancements, upgrades and improvements to any Technology or Intellectual Property.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.12 “IXYS Business Products” means the IXYS versions of the Business Products that are substantially the same as one of the Business Products.

1.13    “Licensed IXYS Patents” means the Transferred Patents and Patent applications filed by IXYS on or after the Effective Date that are within the same Patent Family as the Transferred Patents, and any Patents issuing therefrom including all Improvements thereto.

1.14    “Licensed IXYS Technology” means the Transferred Other IP.

1.15    “Limited Use Deliverables” means those Deliverables marked as “Only for IXYS Business Product” on Schedule 2.

1.16    “Licensed Samsung Patents” means the Patents owned by Samsung and controlled by the System LSI Division of Samsung, including the Scheduled Samsung Patents, as of the Effective Date, that are infringed by Business Products, but excluding the claims in those patents that principally relate to semiconductor manufacturing.

1.17    “Licensed Samsung Technology” means the Technology owned by Samsung (or which Samsung has a right to license or sublicense to IXYS hereunder without payment of a royalty or other consideration, except solely for royalties due to an employee inventor under applicable law or similar royalty) that is embodied in the Deliverables.

1.18    “Licensed Products” means (a) the IXYS Business Products, (b) subsequent versions of the IXYS Business Products developed by or for IXYS (including any Improvements to the IXYS Business Products) that are Micro Controller Units, (c) new Micro Controller Units created or developed by or for IXYS, (d) application, programming, or development software including software provided with development tools for Micro Controller Units, and (e) development tools, boards and kits for Micro Controller Units.

1.19    “Micro Controller Units” means a single standalone integrated circuit containing a 4-bit or 8-bit processor core where the main functionality is being a micro controller

1.20 “Scheduled Samsung Patents” means the Patents listed on Schedule 1 of this Agreement.

II. LICENSE GRANTS TO IXYS

2.1 Patent License to IXYS.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Samsung hereby grants to IXYS and its Affiliates a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable (except as set forth in Article VI), non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 10.1) license (with the right to sublicense solely as set forth in Section 2.4) under the Scheduled Samsung Patents to make, have made, use, offer for sale, import, export, sell, distribute and/or exploit Licensed Products, and to practice any methods within the Business Field of Use.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Samsung hereby grants to IXYS and its Affiliates a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable (except as set forth in Article VI), non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 10.1) license (with the right to sublicense solely as set forth in Section 2.4) under the Licensed Samsung Patents to make, have made, use, offer for sale, import, export, sell, distribute and/or exploit Expanded IXYS Business Products within the Business Field of Use as they relate to Expanded IXYS Business Products. So long as the license in this subsection (b) is in effect, with respect to claims in Patents, as of the Effective Date, owned by Samsung and controlled by its System LSI Division that principally relate to semiconductor manufacturing, Samsung agrees to pursue to completion all litigation and remedies that are available against IXYS’ manufacturer (and prosecuted such litigation to a final judgment that finds infringement) before pursuing any remedies for patent infringement against IXYS.

2.2 Technology License to IXYS.    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the license restriction in Section 2.3 and confidential obligation as set forth in Article IX, Samsung hereby grants to IXYS and its Affiliates a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable (except as set forth in Article VI), non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 10.1) license (with the right to sublicense solely as set forth in Section 2.4) to use, reproduce, modify, create, prepare and have prepared derivative works of, perform, display, transmit and distribute (through multiple tiers and by all means known or later

developed) the Licensed Samsung Technology solely for the purpose of developing, having developed, making, having made, using, offering for sale, importing, exporting, selling, distributing and/or exploiting Licensed Products. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no rights are granted under this Agreement under any Trademarks of Samsung or its Affiliates, and neither IXYS nor its Affiliates shall have the right to offer for sale, sell or otherwise distribute any Licensed Products bearing any such Trademarks, or any Licensed Products with components bearing any such Trademarks, except in accordance with Section 2.9 below. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge and agree that part numbers do not constitute Trademarks. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary as stated herein, except for application software, any software provided in source code form under this Agreement may not be distributed except in object code form as incorporated in the Licensed Products. 2.3 Restrictions on Use of Certain Deliverables. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights granted to IXYS and its Affiliates hereunder with respect to the Limited Use Deliverables shall be limited solely to use for the purpose of (a) maintenance of IXYS Business Products, (b) porting the IXYS Business Products to a non-Samsung fabrication site, and (c) redesign of the IXYS Business Products. Neither IXYS nor its Affiliates or sublicensees may make any use of the Limited Use Deliverables for the development or maintenance of any products other than the IXYS Business Products.

2.4 Sublicense Rights.    IXYS and its Affiliates may grant sublicenses under the licenses granted in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 in connection with the development, design, manufacture and support of Licensed Products on behalf of IXYS and its Affiliates, provided that each such sublicense is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and provided further that each such sublicensee is bound in writing to confidentiality obligations at least as restrictive as the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement. In addition, with respect to any Software proprietary to Samsung and included in the Licensed Samsung Technology that is necessary for use of a Licensed Product, IXYS and its Affiliates may grant sublicenses under the license granted in Section 2.2 to its Authorized Design Houses, Authorized Manufacturers and Authorized Distributors, as well as to end users and customers of any Licensed Products solely for use with such products. IXYS shall be responsible for its and its Affiliates’ sublicensees hereunder. Any act or omission of any IXYS Affiliate or IXYS sublicensee that, if performed or was omitted to be performed by IXYS hereunder would be a breach by IXYS of this Agreement, shall be deemed a breach by IXYS of

this Agreement, and IXYS shall be liable for any such acts or omissions pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

2.5 Reservation of Rights by Samsung.    All rights not expressly granted by Samsung in this Article II are reserved by Samsung or its licensors.

2.6 Deliverables. Samsung will provide the Deliverables, or copies thereof, in the electronic format such Deliverables are stored or used by Samsung to IXYS within ten (10) business days of the Effective Date (except to the extent any later delivery date is identified for any applicable Deliverable on Schedule 2), or on such other schedule as is agreed by the parties.

2.7 In House EDA Tool License.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Samsung hereby grants to IXYS a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty free, fully paid-up, non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 10.1) license (with the right to sublicense solely as set forth in Section 2.7(b)) to use the In House EDA Tool for a period of four (4) years after Effective Date solely for (i) maintenance of and customer support for the IXYS Business Product, (ii) porting the IXYS Business Product to a non-Samsung fabrication site, and (iii) redesign of the IXYS Business Product for manufacture non-Samsung fabrication sites.

(b) IXYS and its Affiliates may grant sublicenses under the license granted in Section 2.7(a) to contractors in connection with the design, development IXYS Business Product on behalf of IXYS, provided that each such sublicense is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and provided further that each such sublicensee is bound in writing to (i) confidentiality obligations at least as restrictive as the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, and (ii) license restrictions at least as restrictive as Sections 2.7(a), 2.7(c) and 2.7(d) of this Agreement. IXYS shall be responsible for its and its Affiliates’ sublicensees hereunder. Any act or omission of any IXYS sublicensee that, if performed or was omitted to be performed by IXYS hereunder would be a breach by IXYS of this Agreement, shall be deemed a breach by IXYS of this Agreement, and IXYS shall be liable for any such acts or omissions pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(c) IXYS acknowledges and agrees that IXYS shall have no right to and shall not, without the written consent of Samsung (i) remove or alter any legal notices from any portion of the In

House EDA Tool or any relating documents; (ii) reverse engineer, translate, disassemble, de-compile or otherwise manipulate the In House EDA Tool; (iii) create derivative works of the In House EDA Tool, or any portion thereof; (iv) allow the use of the In House EDA Tool by any third party, including without limitation, in a timeshare or service bureau arrangement (except as provided in Section 2.7(b)); (v) transfer the In House EDA Tool to any third parties (except as provided in Section 2.7(b)); or (vi) exceed the scope of the license expressly granted in Section 2.7(a).

(d) IXYS further acknowledges and agrees that Samsung shall have no obligation to provide any support or maintenance for the In House EDA Tool, and that the In House EDA Tool is provided AS IS, without any warranty of any kind.

2.8 Third Party Rights. IXYS acknowledges and agrees that third-party rights may be needed to develop and manufacture the Licensed Products under this Agreement, and that it is IXYS responsibility to enter into appropriate license agreements with any such third parties to acquire any such third-party rights needed by IXYS.

2.9 Trademarks. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Samsung agrees and acknowledges that IXYS and its Affiliates shall have the right to assemble, use, support, market, offer for sale, import, export, sell, or distribute (through multiple layers of distribution) any and all of the units of Inventory transferred to IXYS under the APA or the units sold to IXYS under the Foundry Services Agreement, notwithstanding that such Inventory, units or components thereof may bear one or more Trademarks of Seller of its Affiliates.

2.10 Further Assurances.    The parties acknowledge that, as part of the delivery of the Samsung Licensed Technology, Samsung may inadvertently fail to deliver copies of Technology that should have been delivered to IXYS as part of the contemplated transfers and licenses under terms of the APA or this Agreement, or IXYS may inadvertently receive copies of Technology that should not have been delivered as part of the activities contemplated under the APA or this Agreement. Each party agrees, for at least twelve (12) months following the Effective Date, to engage in good faith discussions with the other regarding the delivery, return or destruction, as applicable, of any such copies of Technology, at the reasonable request of the appropriate owner of the copies of such Technology as contemplated by the APA or this Agreement, and deliver,

return or destroy the applicable copies of Technology in accordance with the parties’ mutual and good faith determination as to whether such copies should or should not have been delivered to IXYS in accordance with the terms of the APA or this Agreement.

III. LICENSE GRANTS TO SAMSUNG

3.1 Patent License to Samsung.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the APA, IXYS hereby grants to Samsung and its Affiliates a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable (except as set forth in Article VI), non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 10.1) license (with the right to sublicense solely as set forth in Section 3.3) under the Licensed IXYS Patents and its Improvements to make, have made, use, offer for sale, import, export, sell, distribute and/or exploit any product or service outside the Business Field of Use.

3.2 Technology License to Samsung.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the APA, IXYS hereby grants to Samsung and its Affiliates a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable (except as set forth in Article VI), non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 10.1) license (with the right to sublicense solely as set forth in Section 3.3) to use, reproduce, modify, create, prepare and have prepared derivative works of, perform, display, transmit and distribute (through multiple tiers and by all means known or later developed) the Licensed IXYS Technology solely for the purpose of developing, having developed, making, having made, using, offering for sale, importing, exporting, selling, distributing and/or exploiting products or services of Samsung and its Affiliates outside the Business Field of Use.

3.3 Sublicense Rights.    Samsung and its Affiliates may grant sublicenses under the licenses granted in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 in connection with the development of any products or services of Samsung and its Affiliates, provided that each such sublicense is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and provided further that each such sublicensee is bound in writing to confidentiality obligations at least as restrictive as the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement. In addition, with respect to any Software proprietary to IXYS and included in the Licensed IXYS Technology that is necessary for use of a product or service of Samsung or its Affiliates outside the Business Field of Use, Samsung and its Affiliates may grant sublicenses

under the license granted in Section 3.2 to end users and customers of any such products or services of Samsung or its Affiliates. Samsung shall be responsible for its Affiliates and sublicensees hereunder. Any act or omission of any Samsung Affiliate or Samsung sublicensee that, if performed or was omitted to be performed by Samsung hereunder would be a breach by Samsung of this Agreement, shall be deemed a breach by Samsung of this Agreement, and Samsung shall be liable for any such acts or omissions pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

3.4 Reservation of Rights by IXYS.  All rights not expressly granted by IXYS in this Article III are reserved by IXYS.

3.5 Business Field of Use. Notwithstanding any contrary to this Agreement, all licenses granted under this Agreement to Samsung may be applied by Samsung within the Business Field of Use solely to perform customer services for Business Products sold by Samsung prior to the Effective Date.

IV. OWNERSHIP

4.1 Ownership by Samsung.  As between the parties, subject to the licenses granted by Samsung to IXYS under Article II above, Samsung shall own and retain all right, title and interest in and to the Licensed Samsung Patents, Licensed Samsung Technology (including all Intellectual Property therein) and the In House EDA Tool. As between the parties, subject to the licenses granted by Samsung to IXYS under Article II above, Samsung will retain all right, title and interest, including all Intellectual Property, in and to any Improvements to any of the Licensed IXYS Technology made by or on behalf of Samsung or its Affiliates in the exercise of the license granted to Samsung and its Affiliates hereunder, subject only to IXYS’ ownership of the Licensed IXYS Technology (including all Intellectual Property therein).

4.2 Ownership by IXYS.  As between the parties, subject to the licenses granted by IXYS to Samsung under Article III above, IXYS shall own and retain all right, title and interest in and to the Licensed IXYS Patents and Licensed IXYS Technology (including all Intellectual Property therein). As between the parties, subject to the licenses granted by IXYS to Samsung under Article III above, IXYS will retain all right, title and interest, including all Intellectual Property, in and to any Improvements to any of the Licensed Samsung Technology made by or on behalf

of IXYS or its Affiliates in the exercise of the license granted to IXYS and its Affiliates hereunder, subject only to Samsung’s ownership of the Licensed Samsung Technology (including all Intellectual Property therein).

4.3 No Limitations.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Article IV shall be construed as limiting the right of either party hereto to license, develop, improve upon or otherwise exploit any Intellectual Property or Technology that is owned by such party and licensed hereunder to the other party.

4.4 No Joint Development. The parties do not intend to engage in any joint development under this Agreement and will not develop any joint inventions hereunder. If the parties desire to engage in joint development in the future relating to the IXYS Licensed Products, the parties agree to negotiate in good faith an agreement setting forth the ownership and license of any joint inventions, and other rights and obligations of the parties relating to such joint inventions. Such agreement will be in writing and signed by each party.

4.5 Non-Removal of Marks and Notices.    Neither IXYS nor its Affiliates may remove any Samsung intellectual property right markings or notices from any Deliverables, or copies thereof; provided however, that IXYS may remove any or all of Samsung’s intellectual property right markings or notices from marketing collateral, promotional materials, data sheets or other specifications for the purpose of replacing those markings with IXYS intellectual property right markings with respect to IXYS Business Products.

4.6 No Obligation to Maintain Intellectual Property.    Each party acknowledges and agrees that the other party shall have no obligation under this Agreement after the Effective Date to maintain, prosecute or file for any Patents or other Intellectual Property pertaining to the Patents or Technology licensed by such party hereunder.

V. COVENANT NOT TO CHALLENGE

IXYS covenants and agrees, and shall cause its Affiliates to covenant and agree, not to initiate any legal proceedings to challenge the validity or enforceability, or Samsung’s ownership, of any Licensed Samsung Patents, Licensed Samsung Technology or In House EDA Tool.

VI. TERM

6.1 Term.    This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and continue in perpetuity, unless earlier terminated as provided in this Article VI. Failure by IXYS to make any of the Deferred Payments by the due dates set forth in the APA shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement.

6.2 Termination for Breach.  This Agreement may be terminated by either party in the event that the other party materially breaches this Agreement and does not cure or agree with the non-breaching party upon a written plan to cure within sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice of breach from the non-breaching party. By way of example, and without limitation, a material breach of the Agreement includes material or willful disclosure of the other party’s Confidential Information to unauthorized recipients in violation of this Agreement, and a material or willful breach of the scope of the license granted herein. A mutually agreed plan to remediate, to the extent practical under the circumstances, a breach of a confidentiality provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a cure under this Agreement, so long as such plan is fulfilled by the breaching party.

6.3 Termination for Bankruptcy or Insolvency.      In addition, this Agreement may be terminated by either party if the other party becomes the subject of a voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy or any proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation, or composition for the benefit of creditors if such petition or proceeding is not dismissed with prejudice within sixty (60) days after filing.

6.4 Effect of Termination by Samsung.    In the event of termination of this Agreement by Samsung: (a) neither IXYS nor its Affiliates will have the right to use the Licensed Samsung Technology or the Licensed Samsung Patents in any subsequent new product design; (b) IXYS and its Affiliates shall retain rights to manufacture, have manufactured, offer, sell or otherwise distribute Licensed Products (as set forth in Article II) that are taped-out before termination, so long as such products have been identified by IXYS to Samsung no later than thirty (30) days after such termination of this Agreement; (c) IXYS and its Affiliates shall retain rights to use and sublicense Software with respect to the Licensed Products that are authorized under Section 6.4(b); and (d) neither IXYS nor its Affiliates shall have any further right to use the In House

EDA Tool.

6.5 Effect of Termination by IXYS.    In the event of termination of this Agreement by IXYS: (a) neither Samsung nor its Affiliates will have the right to use the Licensed IXYS Technology or the Licensed IXYS Patents in any subsequent new product design; (b) Samsung and its Affiliates shall retain rights to manufacture, have manufactured, offer, sell or otherwise distribute any Samsung products that are taped-out before termination, and associated services, so long as such products and services have been identified by Samsung to IXYS no later than thirty (30) days after such termination of this Agreement; and (c) Samsung and its Affiliates shall retain rights to use and sublicense Software with respect to the Samsung products and services that are authorized under Section 6.5(b).

6.6 Survival.    The provisions of Article I, IV, VI, VII, VIII, IX and X of this Agreement will survive any termination of this Agreement for any reason

VII. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

7.1 Mutual Representations and Warranties. Each party warrants and represents that it has the right and authority to grant the licenses and rights granted by it in this Agreement and enter into this Agreement.

7.2 Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 7.1 ABOVE AND EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE APA, (a) THE TECHNOLOGY AND PATENTS GRANTED HEREIN ARE LICENSED “AS IS” AND NEITHER SAMSUNG NOR IXYS MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, ENFORCEABILITY, VALIDITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDING THE LICENSED SAMSUNG PATENTS, THE LICENSED SAMSUNG TECHNOLOGY, THE IN HOUSE EDA TOOL, THE DELIVERABLES, THE LICENSED IXYS PATENTS AND THE LICENSED IXYS TECHNOLOGY, (b) EACH PARTY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY

OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE LICENSED SAMSUNG PATENTS, THE LICENSED SAMSUNG TECHNOLOGY, THE IN HOUSE EDA TOOL, THE DELIVERABLES, THE LICENSED IXYS PATENTS AND THE LICENSED IXYS TECHNOLOGY.

VIII. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

8.1 Consequential Damages Waiver. EXCEPT (A) IN CASES OF GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, (B) WITH RESPECT TO BREACHES OF ANY CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS (C) FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT TO THE OTHER PARTY, ITS AFFILIATES OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY CLAIMING THROUGH OR UNDER SUCH PARTY, FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF DATA, EQUIPMENT DOWNTIME OR FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT EVEN IF THAT PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

8.2 Liability Cap.    EXCEPT (A) IN CASES OF GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, (B) WITH RESPECT TO BREACHES OF ANY CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS (C) FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND (D) WITH RESPECT TO BREACH OF ANY LICENSE SCOPE AS SET FORTH IN ARTICLE II OR III, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES HEREUNDER MUST BE MADE WITHIN THREE (3) YEARS OF THE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND EITHER PARTY’S TOTAL LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR DAMAGES WILL BE SUBJECT TO A CAP ON DAMAGES OF ***. EACH PARTY WILL BE ENTITLED TO CREDIT AGAINST SUCH CAP ANY AMOUNTS PAID AS DAMAGES PURSUANT TO SECTION 10 OF THE APA.

IX. CONFIDENTIALITY

9.1 Confidentiality.    Each Receiving Party will treat as confidential all Confidential Information

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

of the Disclosing Party, will not use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information except as reasonably necessary to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement and, except as expressly permitted herein, will not disclose such Confidential Information to any third party without the Disclosing Party’s prior written approval. Any disclosure to any customers, suppliers, distributors, contractors, resellers, business partners or other third parties in connection with the foregoing shall be made subject to the recipient being bound by written confidentiality obligations that are no less protective of Confidential Information than this Article IX. For clarification, Affiliates of each Party shall not be considered third parties for the purpose of this Article IX. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the parties will use at least the same degree of care that it uses to prevent the disclosure of its own confidential information of like importance, but in no event less than reasonable care, to prevent the disclosure of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

9.2 Terms of this Agreement.   Each party hereby agrees that it will not release any publicity or information relating to this Agreement to any third party without the other party’s prior written consent, unless otherwise permitted herein. Except as set forth in Section 2.9, nothing in this Agreement confers any rights to the other party to use in advertising, publicity, or otherwise, any trademark, trade name or names, or any contraction, abbreviation, or simulation thereof of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the existence and terms of this Agreement may be disclosed to the extent required by law or regulation (so long as the party required to disclose the information provides the other party with timely prior notice of such requirement, unless prohibited by law); except neither party needs to provide any prior notice with regard to periodic governmental regulatory filings, such as filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as required by law.

9.3 Return or Destruction of Records.   Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Receiving Party will immediately deliver to the Disclosing Party all materials (in any medium whatsoever), records, notes, data, memorandum, models and equipment of any nature that are in the possession or under the control of the Receiving Party and its employees and that are the property of the Disclosing Party upon Disclosing Party’ written request, except as needed to continue shipping, manufacturing or supporting products or services as allowed under Sections 6.4 and 6.5. Alternatively, the Receiving Party may elect to destroy some or all of such property

of the Disclosing Party and certify the destruction of such property to the Disclosing Party within thirty (30) days after the termination.

9.4 Remedies.    The parties agree that the breach of its obligations under this Article IX may result in irreparable harm and injury to the other party, for which monetary damages alone would be an inadequate remedy, and which damages are difficult to accurately measure. Accordingly, the Receiving Party agrees that the Disclosing Party will have the right, in addition to any other remedies available, to obtain immediate injunctive relief as well as other equitable relief allowed by the federal and state courts in the event that the Receiving Party breaches the obligation set forth in this Article IX without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The foregoing remedy of injunctive relief is agreed to be without prejudice to the Disclosing Party exercising any other rights and remedies it may have, including without limitation, the right to seek damages or other legal or equitable relief.

9.5 Confidentiality Period. The Receiving Party’s obligations set forth in this Article IX shall be effective for ten (10) years from initial disclosure of Confidential Information.

X. MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Assignment.

(a) Assignment by Samsung.    Samsung may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of IXYS only (i) to any Affiliates of Samsung or (ii) in connection with a merger, acquisition, consolidation, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of System LSI Division of Samsung (whether by operation of law or otherwise), in the case of each of (i) and (ii), with written notice of such assignment to IXYS within thirty (30) days after the effective date of such assignment. Samsung may not otherwise assign this Agreement (or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement) without the prior written consent of IXYS, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(b) Assignment by IXYS.  IXYS may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of Samsung only (i) to any Affiliate of IXYS, (ii) in connection with a merger, acquisition, consolidation, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of IXYS (whether by operation of law or otherwise), or (iii) to a successor of all or substantially all of IXYS’ assets

related to the Business, in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii), with written notice of such assignment to Samsung within thirty (30) days after the effective date of such assignment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that an assignment subject to (iii) above occurs within three (3) years after the date of this Agreement and involves any Samsung competitor listed in Schedule 3, Samsung’s prior written consent shall be required. IXYS may not otherwise assign or transfer this Agreement (or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement) without the prior written consent of Samsung which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Upon any such assignment under subsections (ii) or (iii) above, the license rights granted to IXYS and its Affiliates hereunder shall not apply to any products or services of the assignee party or its affiliates existing prior to the date of such assignment.

10.2 Restrictions.  The parties agree and acknowledge that the licenses granted hereunder are not intended to cover, and do not cover, contract manufacturing activities that either party or its Affiliates may undertake on behalf of third parties for the primary purpose of obtaining rights under the other party’s licensed Patents (i.e. Patent laundering), or to otherwise enable third parties to avoid licensing Intellectual Property from either party hereunder or its Affiliates.

10.3 Export Control.  The parties agree to comply with all applicable laws and regulations promulgated by local and governmental organizations relating to export control with regard to all goods and information provided subject to this Agreement.

10.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

10.5 Governing Law. This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York of the United States of America, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, in each case without reference to any conflict of law rules that might lead to the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

10.6 Dispute Resolution.  All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall

be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Singapore. The language of the arbitral proceedings shall be English. Judgment upon any award(s) rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator(s) are authorized to include in the award an allocation to any party of such costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, as the arbitrator shall deem reasonable. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either party from seeking provisional measures from any court of competent jurisdiction, and any such request shall not be deemed incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate. The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards in their arbitration, together with all materials in the proceedings created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a party by legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or challenge an award in legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority.

10.7 Amendment. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any extension or waiver of any provision hereof shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party. A waiver by a party hereto of the performance of any covenant, agreement, obligation, condition, representation or warranty shall not be construed as a waiver of any other covenant, agreement, obligation, condition, representation or warranty. A waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not constitute a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented except by written agreement of all of the parties hereto

10.8 Waiver.  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by both parties hereto. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach, and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege under this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges under this Agreement or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by applicable law.

10.9 Entire Agreement.    This Agreement (including all Exhibits hereto), together with the Purchase Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

10.10 No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any person or entity other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns, any rights, remedies or Liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

10.11 Independent Contractor; No Authority to Bind Other Party.  Each party hereto is acting as, and shall be considered, an independent contractor, and no relationship of partnership, joint venture, employment, franchise, agency or similar arrangement is being created pursuant to or by virtue of this Agreement. In no event shall either party have any authority to negotiate or enter into any contract or commitment for or on behalf of, or in the name of, the other party, or otherwise possess any authority to bind such other party in matters of contract, indebtedness or otherwise, without the prior written approval in each instance of such other party. Neither party shall represent itself as having any such authority, express or implied, from the other party.

10.12 Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability and shall not render invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affect the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

10.13 Interpretation.    The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words

“without limitation,” whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import.

10.14 Counterparts.    This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

10.15 Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect or be utilized in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, as of the date first above written.

SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD.

By:

Name:

Title:

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, as of the date first above written.

IXYS INTL (CAYMAN) LIMITED

By:

Name:

Title:

Schedule 1

Licensed Samsung Patents

Country	Patent Number	Date of Patent
***	***	***

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Schedule 2

Deliverables

Category	Deliverable	Format	Delivery     Date	License Limitation/ Comment
***	***	***	***	***

Note: Installation of the In House EDA Tool, including but not limited to delivery and issuance of the license key, shall be done by IXYS, and Samsung will assist with such procedure as set forth in the Transition Services Agreement between the parties.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Schedule 3

***

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

AMENDMENT 1 TO

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT 1 TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (“Amendment 1”) is entered into as of 27^th June, 2013 (“Amendment 1 Effective Date”), by and among Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea (the “Seller”), IXYS Intl Limited, a Cayman Islands corporation (the “Purchaser”) and, solely for purposes of Section 11.16 of the APA (as hereinafter defined), IXYS Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware of the United States of America (“Parent”).

WHEREAS, this Amendment 1 (defined above) refers to and amends the terms and conditions of the ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated 25^th May 2013, with Seller document number SLSI-201304IA00 (the “APA); and

WHEREAS, the parties now wish to amend the APA.

Now therefore for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1. That all definitions contained in the APA shall have the same meanings and apply to this Amendment 1.

2. The APA is hereby amended to replace the EDS equipment Table of Schedule 2.1 (b) with the following:

***

3. The APA is hereby amended to add the following under Note 3 of Schedule 2.1 (d):

***

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

4. The APA is hereby amended to add the following contracts to Schedule 2.1 (g):

***

5. The APA is hereby amended to add the following to the Seller Disclosure Schedule.

***

6. The APA is hereby amended to add the following contracts to Schedule 7.1 (h):

***

7. The material within quotation marks in this Amendment 1 is hereby fully incorporated into the APA, wherever applicable. Except as set forth above, the remaining terms and conditions of the APA remain unchanged and apply with equal force and effect.

8. If there is any conflict between the terms of the APA and the terms of this Amendment 1, the terms of this Amendment 1 shall prevail.

9. This Amendment 1 shall be governed by New York law without reference to conflict of laws rules.

10. This Amendment 1 may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, as of the date first above written.

SELLER:
SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD.
By:	/s/ Byunghoon Suh

Name:        Byunghoon Suh

Title:          Senior Vice President

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, as of the date first above written.

PURCHASER:

IXYS INTL LIMITED

By: /s/  Uzi Sasson

Name: Uzi Sasson

Title: Director

PARENT:

IXYS CORPORATION

By: /s/  Nathan Zommer

Name: Nathan Zommer

Title: Chief Executive Officer

EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

SLSI-201304IA001-1

FOUNDRY SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Foundry Services Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into on 27^th June, 2013 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., a company duly incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Korea, acting through its System LSI Division, with principal offices located at San #24, Nonseo-Dong, Giheung-Gu, Yongin-City, Gyeonggi-Do, 449-711 Korea (“Samsung” or “Seller”), and IXYS Intl Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, with a principal place of business at the offices of Intertrust Cayman Islands, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005 Cayman Islands (“IXYS” or “Purchaser”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Samsung and IXYS are parties to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated on May 25th, 2013 (the “APA,” Samsung document number SLSI-201304IA001) pursuant to which, among other things, IXYS is purchasing or otherwise acquiring rights relating to the Business (as defined in the APA) pursuant to a series of transactions contemplated in the APA (collectively, the “Transaction”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Transaction, the parties have agreed that, commencing on the Effective Date, Samsung will provide certain manufacturing services for the Business Products (as defined in the APA) to IXYS using Samsung’s *** process ***; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Transaction, IXYS desires Samsung to manufacture and supply Business Products to IXYS as more fully described in an applicable Foundry Project Statement and Samsung desires to provide such manufacturing services to IXYS in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises set forth herein, and for other good and valuable considerations, the parties hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1 Definitions

Unless otherwise defined in this Section 1, any capitalized terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings set forth in the APA and shall apply to both their singular and plural forms, as the context may require.

1.1 “Confidential Information” shall mean all business, financial, contractual, marketing and/or other technical or non-technical information, in whatever form, which is disclosed, or to which access is provided under and/or in furtherance of this Agreement, by a party hereto (“Discloser”) to the other party to this Agreement (“Recipient”), which (a) if in writing, is marked as “confidential”, “proprietary” or other similar marking at the time of disclosure, (b) if provided orally, visually or in any other form (except in writing) such as sample products or test boards, is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and confirmed in writing to Recipient within thirty (30) days of such disclosure, or (c) would reasonably be deemed in the context of its disclosure to be confidential or proprietary.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 1 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

1.2 “IXYS Background IP” shall mean all Intellectual Property in or to any IXYS Deliverables, owned by IXYS and/or its licensors (excluding Samsung)

1.3 “IXYS Business Products” means all products manufactured under the *** process and/or provided by Samsung to IXYS under this Agreement that are IXYS versions of the Business Products and substantially the same as one of the Business Products.

1.4 “IXYS Deliverables” shall mean any information and materials provided to Samsung by IXYS to be utilized by Samsung in the development and/or fabrication of and/or incorporation into the Product hereunder, including, without limitation, software, schematics, netlists, microcode, GDSII data, designs or techniques, including those identified as such in the applicable SOW.

1.5 “Delivery Date” means the scheduled delivery date of Product set forth in the applicable Purchase Order issued by IXYS and accepted by Samsung under this Agreement.

1.6 “Die” means an individual integrated circuit or components of a Product which when completed create an integrated circuit.

1.7 “Engineering Sample” shall mean sample Product(s) in wafer, Die or Package form provided to IXYS for purposes of promotion, evaluation and verification of a revised mask set.

1.8 “Manufacturing Window” means the period of time prior to the Delivery Date which is equal to the Standard Lead Time.

1.9 “Mask and Prototyping Services” shall mean all engineering services provided under this Agreement by Samsung to IXYS as more fully set forth in Section 2 below and in the applicable SOW.

1.10 “Monthly Wafer Limit” shall mean *** wafers per month from the Effective Date until the date four years thereafter.

1.11 “Package” shall mean a encapsulated casing of a Die providing an electronic connecting path to external circuits from the encapsulated Die, when all assembly processes are complete.

1.12 “Product” shall mean an IXYS Business Product, in wafer, Die or Package form, manufactured under this Agreement as more fully set forth in the Foundry Project Statement. Each Product may contain Samsung Deliverables and/or IXYS Deliverables and have a new product name different from that of the Business Product.

1.13 “Product Specification” shall mean the specifications for the Product or revision target to the Product set forth in Annex A of each Revision Project Statement, which shall be mutually agreed in writing by the parties prior to the signing of each Revision Project Statement.

1.14 “Revision Project Statement” shall mean a project statement document executed by both parties specific to a particular Product as set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement that will include a description of Mask and Prototyping Services, Product Specification, SOWs, Mask and Prototyping Fees and/or other provisions, as applicable.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 2 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

1.15 “Foundry Project Statement” shall mean a project statement document executed by both parties that makes reference to this Agreement and that will include a description of Product, SOWs, Product Price, yield assumption and/or other provisions, as applicable.

1.16 “Project Results” shall mean the results and items set forth in the SOW which arise out of the Mask and Prototyping Services performed by Samsung for IXYS hereunder for delivery to IXYS.

1.17 “Samsung Background IP” shall mean all Intellectual Property in or to any Samsung Deliverables, owned by Samsung and/or its licensors (excluding IXYS), including, without limitation, those contained in processes, libraries, cells, design kits, and the technologies and information disclosed to IXYS under this Agreement.

1.18 “Samsung Deliverables” shall mean any information and materials supplied and/or licensed to IXYS by Samsung, to be utilized by IXYS in the development of or otherwise incorporated into the Product hereunder, including, without limitation, relevant documentations, software, schematics, netlists, microcode, designs, processes, libraries, cells, and/or design kits, including those set forth in SOW.

1.19 “Statement of Work” or “SOW” shall mean the statement of work shown in Annex B of the Revision Project Statement, which sets forth a description of the estimated work to be performed by the parties for Mask and Prototyping Services thereunder.

1.20 “Standard Lead Time” means the lead time mutually agreed upon by the parties and set forth in each Purchase Order.

2 Mask and Prototyping Services

2.1 In the event that IXYS decides to revise the design of a Product and/or replace the mask set of a Product, in whole or in part, due to bug fixes, customer requests or otherwise, Samsung will provide the Samsung Deliverables set forth in the SOW of the applicable Revision Project Statement. IXYS shall redesign certain parts of such Product based on and in accordance with Samsung Deliverables, provide the resulting design data in GDSII form to Samsung, and reasonably assist Samsung with manufacturing Engineering Samples hereunder. Subject to IXYS’ payment of Mask and Prototyping Fees as set forth in Section 6.1, Samsung shall make the revised mask set, and manufacture and provide to IXYS the number of Engineering Samples set forth in the SOW of the applicable Revision Project Statement. Such Mask and Prototyping Services may include, but not be limited to, physical verification, tape-out, wafer fabrication and/or Engineering Sample delivery, as more fully set forth in the applicable SOW. Detailed terms and schedules of the Mask and Prototyping Services for a particular Product shall be set forth in the applicable Revision Project Statement.

2.2 Upon receipt of the Engineering Sample, IXYS shall have *** days to evaluate whether such Engineering Sample conforms to the Product Specification (“ES Acceptance Period”). If the Engineering Sample conforms to the Product Specifications, as determined by IXYS in its reasonable, good faith judgment, IXYS shall accept such Engineering Sample and notify Samsung in writing thereof. If the Engineering Sample does not conform to the Product Specifications, IXYS shall notify Samsung thereof in writing within the ES Acceptance Period with a detailed description of the non-conformity to be fixed. If such non-conformity is solely attributable to Samsung, Samsung shall, at

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 3 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

its cost, fix such non-conformity, and manufacture an additional Engineering Sample, and deliver such Engineering Sample to IXYS. If such non-conformity is not attributable to Samsung, IXYS shall, at its cost, fix such non-conformity, and Samsung shall, within the scope of Samsung’s responsibility defined in the Revision Project Statement, and IXYS’s expense, provide reasonable collaboration to IXYS to fix such non-conformity, manufacture an additional Engineering Sample, and deliver such Engineering Sample to IXYS. For clarity, if IXYS does not provide any notice of non-conformity within the ES Acceptance Period, the applicable Engineering Sample shall be deemed to be accepted by IXYS, and Samsung shall be under no obligation to fix any non-conformity with respect to such Engineering Sample thereafter.

2.3 Samsung shall deliver the Engineering Sample(s) on EXW basis per Incoterms 2010, at an international airport in Korea agreed in writing by the parties. Title to and risk of loss of the Engineering Sample(s) will transfer upon delivery thereof in accordance with the foregoing sentence.

2.4 If the Engineering Sample(s) conforms to the Product Specification pursuant to Section 2.2, the parties shall discuss in good faith on whether the Product is ready to be manufactured in commercial volumes.

3 Commercial Production

3.1 In the event that both parties determine that the Product is ready to be manufactured in commercial volumes, IXYS shall provide Samsung with rolling demand forecasts for the delivery of each Product (“Forecast”). Particularly, IXYS shall provide two types of non-binding Forecasts.

3.1.1 Long Term Forecast. The “Long Term Forecast” is a non-binding, good-faith estimate, at the time such Forecast is made, of IXYS’ demand of each Product described on a monthly basis for the following *** month period. The Long Term Forecast shall be provided by IXYS to Samsung no later than the *** day of every calendar month, and is provided for the purpose of assisting Samsung in its long-range planning for manufacturing capacity and capital needs to meet such Long Term Forecast.

3.1.2 Short Term Forecast. The “Short Term Forecast” is a non-binding (unless accepted by Samsung as detailed in Section 3.1.3) good faith estimate, at the time such Short Term Forecast is made, of IXYS’ demand of each Product described on a weekly basis for the following *** month (n+***) period. IXYS shall provide Samsung with the Short Term Forecast no later than the *** day of each month.

3.1.3 Within *** calendar days of receipt of the Short Term Forecast, Samsung shall respond to IXYS in writing on whether it accepts such Short Term Forecast. Once accepted by Samsung, the Short Term Forecast shall become binding on both parties. Samsung shall accept all Short Term Forecasts that are consistent with the Monthly Wafer Limit. If Samsung fails to respond to a Short Term Forecast within the foregoing ***-calendar day period, then such Short Term Forecast shall be deemed to have been accepted by Samsung.

3.1.4 If the purchase volume ordered by Purchase Order is less than *** of the quantities set forth in the Short Term Forecast, IXYS shall pay to Samsung within *** days of the applicable Purchase Order date an amount equal to *** of the purchase price (set forth in the Foundry Project Statement) for each unit of such purchase shortfall. Any such payment shall be compensation in full for such purchase shortfall.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 4 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

3.2 IXYS may request to shorten Standard Lead Time of Product. Upon such request of IXYS, Samsung will evaluate the request and use its commercially reasonable effort to accept, at its sole discretion, IXYS’ request within Samsung’s ‘hot-lot’ capability; provided that Samsung may request additional charge for the shortening of Standard Lead Time and the target lead time shall be discussed by parties prior to the acceptance of such request.

3.3 At any time prior to the date that is three (3) business days prior to the scheduled wafer start of any Product set forth in a applicable Purchase Order, IXYS may change, on a lot-by-lot basis, the priority of fab-in sequence of such Product within such Purchase Order, without charge, upon notice to Samsung. Samsung shall provide IXYS with a written acknowledgement of such notice within two (2) business days after Samsung’s receipt of such notice.

3.4 It is agreed and understood that the purchase of Products pursuant to this Agreement shall be accomplished by means of IXYS individual purchase orders (collectively referred to as “Purchase Orders”).

3.4.1 The Purchase Orders shall contain applicable Product quantities, whether the product will be in wafer, Die or Package form, at a price per Product consistent with Section 1 of Annex B of the Foundry Project Statement (“Product Price”) and a mutually agreed Delivery Date. IXYS shall provide Purchase Orders with at least the quantity set forth in the then current Short Term Forecast provided by IXYS and accepted by Samsung. Samsung shall accept all Purchase Orders with quantities no greater than the quantities set forth in such Short Term Forecast, but Samsung shall not be obligated to accept any quantities exceeding those set forth in such Short Term Forecast and, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any quantities of a Product set forth in a Purchase Order in excess of the Monthly Wafer Limit. The parties shall have a good faith discussion on accommodating quantities exceeding those set forth in such Short Term Forecast or such Monthly Wafer Limit.

3.4.2 The Purchase Orders shall contain, at a minimum, a quantity of *** wafers per each Product and multiples of *** wafers.

3.5 Samsung will manufacture the Products in accordance with the Purchase Order accepted by Samsung and will deliver such Products by the Delivery Date. Any delivery or shipment made within fourteen (14) calendar days before or after the Delivery Date(s) specified in the Purchase Orders shall constitute timely delivery or shipment. If, in the case of any Purchase Order, Samsung is unable to ship Products on the scheduled Delivery Date, Samsung shall notify IXYS in writing as soon as reasonably possible thereof and the parties shall discuss to agree upon a mutually acceptable rescheduled Delivery Date. In the event of any such delay is solely attributable to Samsung or its subcontractor’s fault, Samsung will, at its cost, expedite shipping for any late deliveries using shippers reasonably acceptable to IXYS.

3.6 If the cumulative quantity shipped by Samsung of each Product ordered by IXYS is within +/- ten (10) percent of the quantity in the effective Purchase Order, such quantity shall constitute compliance with such Purchase Order. Billing for partial orders shipped as described in this paragraph shall be at the established purchase price per unit times the total quantity of units delivered.

3.7 After second anniversary of the Effective Date, Samsung may discontinue the production of each Product upon six (6) month prior notice if IXYS has not issued Purchase Orders for such Product i) for

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 5 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

six (6) months prior to such notice; or ii) amounting to at least *** U.S. Dollars ($***USD) during the previous one (1) year period. Samsung shall, in its sole discretion, provide a Last Time Buy (“LTB”) date and Last Ship Date (“LSD”) in such discontinuation notice. IXYS may issue to Samsung a one-time Purchase Order for such Product as a LTB within *** month after the date of such Samsung discontinuation notice. If there is no response within *** month after such discontinuation notice, then Samsung reserves the right to discontinue the production of such Product and destroy the mask set for such Product.

3.8 Samsung shall deliver Products on EXW basis per Incoterms 2010 to IXYS, at an international airport in Korea agreed in writing by the parties. Title to and risk of loss of the Products will transfer upon delivery thereof in accordance with the foregoing sentence.

3.9 Prior to Samsung’s start of production, IXYS may cancel the Purchase Order at any time without any charge. After Samsung starts production of applicable Products in accordance with a Purchase Order, IXYS may cancel the Purchase Orders for such Products but shall pay Purchase Price for such Products as cancellation charges as follows :

Cancellation Period	Liability
	Package business	Wafer or Die  business
Prior to the initiation of Manufacturing Window	No Liability	No Liability
Initiation of Manufacturing Window ~  Before contact step	*** of Product Price	*** of Product Price
On and after contact photo step ~ Before EDS test step	*** of Product Price	*** of Product Price
On and after EDS test step ~ Before assembly step	*** of Product Price	*** of Product Price
On and after assembly step	*** of Product Price	-

3.10 IXYS may reschedule the Delivery Date set forth in each Purchase Order subject to the following limitations:

a) Within *** days before the Delivery Date - no reschedules permitted.

b) Within *** days but greater than *** days before the Delivery Date – *** of the order may be rescheduled one time only - for no more than *** days.

c) Within *** days but greater than *** days before the Delivery Date – *** of the order may be rescheduled one time only - for no more than *** days

d) Reschedule requests are limited to *** per month.

3.11 Samsung reserves the right to make any and all reasonable changes to the process(es) required to manufacture the Products and will notify IXYS of such changes within reasonable time after such changes were made, subject to the Samsung’s internal engineering change notice (ECN) rule.

3.12 Notwithstanding anything contrary to this Agreement, Samsung may, after the Effective Date, deliver to IXYS based on a Purchase Order completed Business Products that were under fabrication on the

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 6 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

Effective Date, as if such Business Products were Products covered by this Agreement.

3.13 Samsung shall destroy or recycle and properly dispose of all scrap related to Products supplied to IXYS hereunder in such a way as to prevent any unauthorized sale of any such Products.

3.14 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Samsung shall, after the Effective Date, deliver to IXYS work-in-progress Business Products that were (i) under fabrication to fulfill Samsung customer orders for Business Products accepted by Samsung prior to the Effective Date (“Customer POs”); (ii) under fabrication on the Effective Date; (iii) manufactured under ***; and (iv) identified by parties before the Effective Date (“WIP Products”). Samsung will deliver the WIP products to IXYS hereunder, as if such WIP Products were Products covered by this Agreement, and IXYS shall issue a Purchase Order for all such WIP Products; provided that i) IXYS has no forecasting obligation with respect to the WIP Products pursuant to Section 3.1; ii) the foregoing IXYS Purchase Order shall be a binding Purchaser Order upon Samsung’s receipt and iii) the WIP Products shall be treated as Products after receipt of the Purchase Order. The Customer POs will be transferred and assigned to IXYS after Effective Date pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, and IXYS shall thereafter have all responsibility and liability for fulfilling the Customer POs.

4 Electrical Die Sorting (“EDS”) and Back End Process

4.1 Samsung will deliver the Product without any EDS tests in wafer form; provided that, subject to mutual consent, Samsung may deliver the Product that has been sorted in accordance with Samsung’s EDS criteria.

4.2 After written notice by Samsung, Samsung may engage its affiliates or third parties to perform certain ancillary service to the manufacturing services contemplated in this Agreement such as sorting, assembly, sorting or packaging of Die, In the event that Samsung performs foregoing services, the Packages where all process are complete will delivered to IXYS on EXW basis per Incoterms 2010 by Samsung or its subcontractor; provided that Samsung shall be responsible for the act or omission of any of its subcontractors hereunder. If any such subcontracting involves the disclosure of any Confidential Information of IXYS, Samsung will disclose IXYS’ Confidential Information to such contractors only under a non-disclosure agreement no less strict than this Agreement.

4.3 Upon the written request of IXYS, Samsung will transport and deliver Products on EXW basis per Incoterms 2010 to IXYS’ chosen assembly, test, marking and packaging facilities at an international airport in Korea agreed in writing by the parties. Samsung has no liability for such assembly, test or packaging process performed by IXYS’ subcontractor under this Agreement; provided that Samsung may assist with the foregoing procedure in connection with the Transition Services Agreement.

5 Ownership of Intellectual Property Rights

5.1 IXYS shall own and retain all right, title and interest in and to IXYS Background IP. Samsung may use the IXYS Deliverables, solely to perform the Mask and Prototyping Services hereunder, and/or to manufacture Products solely for IXYS. Samsung shall not use the IXYS Deliverables to design, fabricate, test or otherwise modify Samsung’s own products or other products(s) that are for its customers other than IXYS unless otherwise specifically agreed by parties in writing.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 7 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

5.2 Samsung shall own and retain all right, title and interest in and to Samsung Background IP. Unless otherwise specifically agreed by the parties in writing, all Intellectual Property in or to all modifications and improvements to, or arising from, Samsung Deliverables are the exclusive property of Samsung and all right, title and interest in and to the same vests solely in Samsung, and IXYS may use Samsung Deliverables solely to perform its rights and obligations hereunder. IXYS shall not use Samsung Deliverables to design, fabricate, test or otherwise modify products(s) that are not fabricated by Samsung or an agent of Samsung unless otherwise specifically agreed by the parties in writing.

IXYS further agrees that Engineering Samples are provided for testing, evaluation, promotion and verification purposes. For clarity, Engineering Samples are provided “AS IS,” without any warranty of any kind whatsoever. For clarity, Sections 4, 10.2 and 12.1 shall not apply to Engineering Samples.

5.3 Samsung shall retain all right, title and interest in and to masks made by Samsung and/or Samsung’s contractors for use in the fabrication of Products, but shall use such masks solely to manufacture Products for IXYS. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provision shall not be deemed a transfer of any Intellectual Property rights embodied in the masks.

5.4 Unless otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement or agreed in writing between the parties, no license with respect to either party’s Intellectual Property is hereby granted.

6 Payment

6.1 In consideration of Samsung’s Mask and Prototyping Services set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement and the applicable Revision Project Statement, IXYS shall pay to Samsung the sum set forth in Annex C of each applicable Revision Project Statement (“Mask and Prototyping Fees”).

Samsung shall issue an invoice for each milestone Mask and Prototyping Fee upon or after the completion of each milestone under the applicable Mask and Prototyping Services in accordance with the schedule set forth in Annex C of the applicable Revision Project Statement, and IXYS shall pay the invoiced amount to Samsung-designated bank account in US Dollars within *** days after the receipt of such invoice.

6.2 Samsung shall issue an invoice to IXYS with the total amount to be paid for the Products calculated according to Section 1 of Annex B of the applicable Foundry Project Statement on or after the date that the applicable Products are shipped. IXYS shall pay the total amount properly invoiced for the Products ordered and delivered pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement. IXYS shall pay such prices to Samsung-designated bank account in US Dollars within *** days after the receipt of applicable invoice.

6.3 All sums stated under this Agreement (including the prices of Products) do not include tax. IXYS shall remit the full sums and shall bear any and all taxes, including, without limitation, value-added tax and sales tax, incurred from the payment made hereunder.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 8 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

7 Inspection and Review

IXYS may, upon reasonable advance notice to Samsung, send its employees to visit the applicable Samsung facilities to inspect the fabrication of Products and the performance of any services. Such visit shall be conducted during Samsung’s normal working hours. While visiting Samsung facilities, IXYS employees shall at all times comply with Samsung’s plant rules and regulations, as well as with reasonable instructions that may be issued by Samsung’s employee or personnel.

8 Business Review Meeting

The parties will hold a review meeting on a quarterly basis in order to discuss any business issues and technical issues relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. The parties will also discuss and negotiate in good faith the availability of an additional year of foundry services provided from Samsung to IXYS.

9 Confidential Information

9.1 Nondisclosure and Nonuse Obligations. Each of the parties, as Recipient, hereby agrees to receive and hold Confidential Information of the Discloser in confidence, and to protect and safeguard such Confidential Information against unauthorized use or disclosure using at least the same degree of care as Recipient accords to its own confidential information of like importance, but in no case less than reasonable care. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each party, as Recipient, further promises and agrees:

(a) except as set forth in subsection (c) below, not to, directly or indirectly, in any way, disclose, make accessible, reveal, report, publish, disseminate or transfer any such Confidential Information to any unauthorized third party, including parent companies, unless otherwise agreed by the parties;

(b) not to use any Confidential Information in any manner whatsoever except in furtherance of the subject matter hereof;

(c) to restrict access to Confidential Information to those of its officers, directors, employees and subcontractors who have a legitimate need-to-know to carry out the purpose of this Agreement and who are obligated to protect such Confidential Information pursuant to terms and conditions no less protective of Discloser than those contained in this Agreement; and

(d) not to reproduce or copy Confidential Information except to the extent necessary to further the purpose of this Agreement.

Furthermore, the existence of any business negotiations, discussions or agreements in progress between the parties shall be kept confidential and shall not be disclosed without written approval of all the parties, except to their officers, directors, and employees who have a legitimate need-to-know to carry out the purpose of this Agreement and who are obligated to protect such Confidential Information pursuant to terms and conditions no less protective of Discloser than those contained in this Agreement.

Recipient’s obligation of confidentiality set forth in this Section 9.1 shall be in force for a period of ten (10) years after the initial disclosure.

9.2 Exclusions from Obligations. The nondisclosure and non-use obligations under this Section 9 shall not

Page 9 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

apply to, information that the Recipient can evidence: (a) was publicly available at the time of its disclosure to Recipient or became publicly available after its disclosure through no act or default of Recipient; (b) is rightfully or free of any obligation of confidentiality in the possession of Recipient prior to disclosure to Recipient by Discloser; (c) is received in good faith by Recipient from a third party, free of any obligation of confidentiality; or (d) is independently developed by Recipient without use of Discloser’s Confidential Information.

A disclosure by Recipient of Confidential Information of Discloser (a) in response to a valid order by a competent court or governmental body, (b) in connection with an arbitration hereunder, or (c) as otherwise required by applicable Law shall not be considered to be a breach of this Agreement or a waiver of confidentiality for other purposes; provided, however, (i) with respect to any disclosure in accordance with clause (b) above shall only be made to persons involved in the arbitration or the arbitrator thereof, and (ii) with respect to any disclosure in accordance with clause (a) or (c) above, Recipient shall provide prompt prior written notice thereof to Discloser and permit such Discloser to seek measures to maintain the confidentiality of its Confidential Information.

9.3 Ownership and Return of Confidential Information. Confidential Information disclosed by Discloser shall remain the property of such Discloser, and, except as expressly set forth herein, no license or other rights to such Discloser’s Confidential Information is granted or implied hereby. Recipient shall reproduce the symbols, legends or other proprietary notices affixed to Confidential Information, and shall not, nor permit any third party to, remove, add or modify the same.

Recipient shall, upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, or upon written request of Discloser, whichever is earlier, as soon as possible, but not later than twenty (20) days after any notice thereof by Discloser, return (or destroy at Discloser’s option) all copies of such Discloser’s Confidential Information and certify in writing its compliance with this requirement.

9.4 No Reverse Engineering. No party, as Recipient, shall decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer or attempt to reconstruct, identify or discover any source code, underlying ideas, techniques or algorithms in Confidential Information by any means whatever, except as may be specifically authorized in advance by Discloser in writing.

9.5 This Agreement shall not preclude or limit the independent development by or on behalf of any party of any products or systems involving technology or information of a similar nature to that disclosed hereunder or which compete with products or systems contemplated by such information, provided that any such development is done without use of or reliance upon the other party’s Confidential Information.

10 Indemnity

10.1 IXYS shall, at its expense, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Samsung from all Claims, and/or Losses incurred by Samsung as a result of such Claims or in a settlement that may result from any such Claim, that IXYS Deliverables (unless purchased from Samsung under the APA) actually or allegedly infringe, violate or misappropriate Intellectual Property of a third party, provided that (a) Samsung promptly notifies IXYS in writing of the Claim, (b) Samsung provides IXYS with all reasonable assistance, information and authority required to perform these duties, and (c) IXYS is permitted to solely direct the defense and all related settlement negotiations related to the Claim. Further, IXYS agrees to pay any judgment in such suit or proceeding by final judgment of a court of last resort, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, but IXYS shall have no liability for settlement or costs incurred

Page 10 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

without its consent.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, IXYS shall have no indemnity obligation regarding any actual or alleged infringement, violation or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property of any third party to the extent such infringement, violation or misappropriation arises from the Samsung Deliverables, the manufacturing processes used by Samsung hereunder, or products based on designs acquired from Samsung pursuant to the Transaction Documents. IXYS shall not be obligated to indemnify Samsung in accordance with this Section 10.1 if (a) any settlement is made by Samsung without IXYS’s prior written consent, or (b) if IXYS is not permitted by Samsung to assume exclusive control of the settlement of the Claim.

For the purposes of this Section 10 and Section 11, the term “Claim” means any claim, action, suit or proceeding asserted by any third party whether actual or alleged and whether adjudicated by a competent court of law, tribunal or arbitrator, and the term “Losses” means all damages, losses, costs and expenses of whatever nature (including legal costs) whether or not reasonably foreseeable by the parties at any time during the term of this Agreement.

10.2 Samsung shall, at its expense, defend, indemnify and hold harmless IXYS from all Claims, and/or Losses incurred by IXYS as a result of such Claims or in a settlement that may result from any such Claim, that Samsung Deliverables contained in the Products, the manufacturing processes used by Samsung hereunder, actually or allegedly infringe on any Intellectual Property of a third party, provided that Samsung is promptly notified, given the assistance required, and permitted to solely direct the defense. Further, Samsung agrees to pay any judgment in such suit or proceeding by final judgment of a court of last resort, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, but Samsung shall have no liability for settlement or cost incurred without its consent.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Samsung shall have no indemnity obligation pursuant to this Section 10.2 regarding any actual or alleged infringement of any Intellectual Property of any third party to the extent such infringement arises from the IXYS Deliverables (including but not limited to the designs, specifications and/or instructions provided by IXYS and Samsung’s compliance with any industrial standard specification) Samsung shall not be obligated to indemnify in accordance with this Section 10.2 if (a) any settlement is made by IXYS without Samsung’s prior written consent, or (b) if Samsung is not permitted by IXYS to assume exclusive control of the settlement of the Claim.

11 Life Critical Applications

Unless otherwise specifically agreed by the parties in writing, IXYS hereby agrees that Products are not authorized for use as, and IXYS shall not integrate, promote, sell or otherwise transfer any Product to any customer or end user for use as critical components in any device, application or system where it is reasonably foreseeable that failure of the Product(s) as used in such device, application or system would cause death, bodily injury or catastrophic property damage, such as (a) any medical, life saving or life support device or system, (b) any safety device or system in automotive application and mechanism (including but not limited to automotive brake or airbag systems), (c) any nuclear facilities, (d) any air traffic control device, application or system, or (e) any weapons device, application or system (the “Life Critical Applications”). Notwithstanding anything contrary to the limitation of liability of IXYS as set forth in this Agreement or APA, IXYS shall, at its expense, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Samsung from all Claims arising from using the Products in the Life Critical Applications, and/or Losses incurred or arising out of or in connection with such Claims.

Page 11 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

12 Limited Warranty, Limitation of Liability & Disclaimer

12.1 Samsung warrants that the (a) Mask and Prototyping Services and manufacture of the Products hereunder shall be performed in a good, professional and workmanlike manner in accordance with industry standards; (b) Products shall conform to the applicable Product Specification; (c) Products shall be free from material defects arising from the fabrication process. The foregoing warranties shall continue for a period of *** commencing on the date on which applicable Products have been delivered hereunder. For clarity, the foregoing warranties shall not apply to the extent caused by (1) IXYS’s or a third party’s abuse, misuse, negligence, mishandling or improper modification, or (2) IXYS Deliverables and the designs, specifications, or instructions provided by IXYS. For further clarity, the foregoing warranties shall not apply to Engineering Samples or any unauthorized use of Products for Life Critical Applications. In the event of a breach of warranty set forth herein, as IXYS’s sole and exclusive remedy, Samsung shall replace the defective Products or, upon IXYS’ request, discuss in good faith a refund the full Product Prices for such defective Products.

12.2 Except as provided in Section 12.1 above, all Samsung Deliverables, Products, and Project Results provided to IXYS shall be provided “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 12.1 ABOVE, SAMSUNG MAKES NO OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.

12.3 EXCEPT FOR THE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF (A) EITHER PARTY’S WILLFUL BREACH OF SECTIONS 2 OR 3 OR (B) EITHER PARTY’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER OR BREACH OF SECTIONS 5, 9, 10 AND/OR 11, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER DUE TO A BREACH OF CONTRACT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY. EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO (A) EITHER PARTY’S WILLFUL BREACH OF SECTIONS 2 OR 3; AND (B) EITHER PARTY’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER OR BREACH OF SECTIONS 5, 6, 9 AND 11, EACH PARTY’S TOTAL LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED *** PERCENT OF ALL PAYMENTS RECEIVED BY SAMSUNG FROM IXYS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE APPLICABLE PRODUCT(S) DURING THE PREVIOUS *** MONTHS PRIOR TO THE CLAIM BEING BROUGHT AGAINST SUCH LIABLE PARTY.

13 Term and Termination

13.1 This Agreement shall remain in effect from the Effective Date until *** months after the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”), unless terminated earlier in accordance with Section 13.2. At least *** years prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, the parties will discuss and negotiate in good faith the availability of an additional year of foundry services provided from Samsung to IXYS.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 12 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

13.2 Notwithstanding the above, either party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement (together with all Foundry Project Statements and all Revision Project Statements) immediately if:

(a) the other party files a petition in bankruptcy, undergoes a reorganization pursuant to a petition in bankruptcy, is adjudicated a bankrupt, becomes insolvent, becomes dissolved or liquidated, files a petition for dissolution or liquidation, makes an assignment for benefit of creditors, or has a receiver appointed for its business;

(b) the other party is subject to property attachment or court injunction or court order which has a substantial negative effect on its ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement; or

(c) a competent governmental authority cancels or suspends the business license of the other party or takes similar actions against such other party.

(d) the other party materially breaches its confidentiality obligations in this Agreement and does not cure or agree with the non-breaching party upon a written plan to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of such breach from the non-breaching party.

(e) the other party breaches its payment obligations in this Agreement and does not cure or agree with the non-breaching party upon a written plan to cure such breach within fifteen (15) days after receipt of notice of such breach from the non-breaching party.

13.3 Sections 1, 3 (for outstanding Purchase Orders and Short Term Forecasts only), 5, 6, 9.1 (but only for the period set forth therein), 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 10, 11, 12, 13.3, 14 and 15 (except 15.6) shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

14 Governing Law / Dispute Resolution

14.1 Governing Law. This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the New York of the United States of America , including all matters of construction, validity and performance, in each case without reference to any conflict of law rules that might lead to the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

14.2 Dispute Resolution. All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Singapore. The language of the arbitral proceedings shall be English. Judgment upon any award(s) rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator(s) are authorized to include in the award an allocation to any party of such costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, as the arbitrator shall deem reasonable. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either party from seeking provisional measures from any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce its intellectual property rights, and any such request shall not be deemed incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate. The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards in their arbitration, together with all materials in the proceedings created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a party by legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or

Page 13 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

challenge an award in legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority.

15 General

15.1 Assignment. No party may assign its right or delegate its obligations under this Agreement without the written consent from the other party, except that IXYS may assign its rights and obligations without Samsung’s consent to a successor of all or substantially all of the assets of IXYS related to the Business. Any purported assignment or delegation without such consent shall have no force or effect and any attempt to do so without such consent shall be void.

15.2 Independent Contractor. No party is authorized to act for or on the behalf of the other party under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each party is an independent contractor, and no principal/agent or partnership relationship is created among the parties by this Agreement.

15.3 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any person or entity other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns, any rights, remedies or Liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

15.4 No Waiver. No failure or delay by any party to enforce or take advantage of any provision or right under this Agreement shall constitute a subsequent waiver of that provision or right, nor shall it be deemed to be a waiver of any other terms and conditions of this Agreement.

15.5 Force Majeure. Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable for its failure or delay to perform any of its obligations hereunder during any period in which such performance is prevented by any cause beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, act of God, acts of civil or military authority, fires, epidemics, floods, earthquakes, riots, war, and governmental control (each, a “Force Majeure Event”). In the event of any such Force Majeure Event the date of delivery or performance hereunder shall be extended by a period equal to the time lost by reason of such Force Majeure Event, provided that the affected party promptly notifies the other party of the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event and takes all reasonable steps necessary to resume performance of its obligations so interfered with.

15.6 Disaster Recovery Plan.  Samsung agrees to prepare a written disaster recovery plan describing the measures anticipated to be taken by Samsung to ensure the continued supply of Products to IXYS pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement in the event of any Force Majeure Event (“Disaster Recovery Plan”).

15.7 Export. Each party shall comply with all then-current applicable laws, regulations and other legal requirements in its performance in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, all applicable export control laws, rules and regulations of the United States, the Republic of Korea, and any other relevant countries.

15.8 Notice. All notices or communications to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered upon hand delivery or acknowledgment of facsimile, by international overnight courier, or by certified, registered or first class mail, addressed to the parties at their addresses set forth above or below. Unless the sending party can reasonably prove by contemporaneous written evidence that it was received earlier (in which case, the applicable notice shall be deemed given as of such earlier

Page 14 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

date), a notice given under this Agreement is deemed given:

(a) If delivered personally, when left at the address, and addressed, as set forth in this Section;

(b) If sent by overnight courier, two (2) business days after posting;

(c) If sent by domestic post, except airmail, two (2) business days after posting;

(d) If sent by airmail, ten (10) business days after posting; or

(e) If sent by facsimile, when confirmation of its transmission has been recorded by the sender’s facsimile machine.

Any notice to be sent to the parties shall be sent as follows:

(1) To Samsung    :

Name:	Samsung Electronics
Address:	San #24, Nonseo-Dong, Giheung-Gu, Yongin-City, Gyeonggi-Do,
	449-711 Korea
Attention:	Kyeyoung Cho, Seungjin Yang
Telephone:	+82-31-209-5071, +82-31-209-8385
Facsimile:
e-mail:	kyeyoung.cho@samsung.com, sj74.yang@samsung.com

(2) To IXYS :

Name:	IXYS Intl Limited
	c/o IXYS Corporation
Address:	1590 Buckeye Drive, Milpitas, CA 95035
Attention:	Uzi Sasson
Telephone:	+1.408.457.9000
Facsimile:	+1.408.416.0224
e-mail:	u.sasson@ixys.net

15.9 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision. The captions of the sections in this Agreement are intended for convenience only, and shall not be interpretive of the content of the accompanying section.

15.10 Modification. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be modified, or amended except in

Page 15 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

writing indicating a modification thereof, and signed by the authorized representatives of both parties.

15.11 Publicity. Without procuring the other party’s prior written consent, neither party shall issue any public announcement with respect to the subject matter hereof.

15.12 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

15.13 Entire Agreement.    This Agreement, including the applicable Foundry Project Statements and the applicable Revision Project Statements (which are incorporated herein by reference), constitutes the entire agreement between the parties as to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes and replaces all prior or contemporaneous agreements, written or oral, regarding such subject matter, and shall take precedence over any additional or conflicting terms which may be contained in either party’s purchase orders or order acknowledgment forms.

Attachments:	Attachment1 – Foundry Project Statement
	Attachment 2 – Revision Project Statement

[Signature Blocks on the Next Page]

Page 16 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

In witness hereof, the parties have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized representatives:

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.		IXYS Intl Limited
By:	/s/ Byunghoon Suh	By:	/s/ Uzi Sasson
Name:	Byunghoon Suh	Name:	Uzi Sasson
Date:	June 27, 2013	Date:	June 27, 2013

Page 17 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

Attachment 1 – Foundry Project Statement

Foundry Project Statement for Product [A]

This Foundry Project Statement (“Foundry Project Statement”) is entered into as of [Date] (“Foundry Project Statement Effective Date”) by and between Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (“Samsung”) and IXYS Intl Limited (“IXYS”).

WHEREAS, the parties have entered into a Foundry Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) with an Effective Date of [Date], and now desire to define Product Prices and other terms and conditions for the Products specified in Annex A. Product List of this Foundry Project Statement, pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the exchange of obligations herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

2. Once executed by the parties, this Foundry Project Statement shall become an integral part of the Agreement and the terms of the Agreement shall be fully incorporated herein, provided that, in the event of a conflict between this Foundry Project Statement and the Agreement, the terms of this Foundry Project Statement shall prevail.

3. The parties agree to incorporate the following into this Foundry Project Statement:

Annex A. Product List

Annex B. Financial Terms and Other Special Terms

4. This Foundry Project Statement shall become effective as of the Foundry Project Statement Effective Date and remain in effect for the Initial Term. Upon expiration of this Foundry Project Statement, the parties may discuss extending the term for an additional one year period.

In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Foundry Project Statement by their duly authorized representatives:

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.	IXYS Intl Limited.
By:	By:
Name:	Name:
Date:	Date:

Page 18 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

Annex A: Product List

***

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 19 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

Annex B. Financial Terms and Other Special Terms

1. Product Price

The Product Price (***) as of the Foundry Project Statement Effective Date will be as follows;

Calendar Year	Year 1	Year 2	Year 3	Year 4 and onwards
Product Price (***)	***	***	***	***

The Product Price per a unit as of the Foundry Project Statement Effective Date will be as follows;

Master Code	Material Code	Package_Test     Cost	Final Chip Price
			Year 1	Year 2	Year 3	Year 4
		Pac. Type
***	***	***	***	***	***	***

ø Above chip price may be varied based on the back-end process costs.

*** Price:
	(KRW/second)
***	***

  * for the year of 2013

*** Price:	(KRW/CHIP)
***	***
* for the year of 2013

Note: The above prices are to be reference prices.

Both parties shall mutually agree to the Product Price in each Purchase Order, considering various factors collectively such as die size of Product, fabrication process technology, volume projection, the status of market pricing conditions, and other Samsung’s services, etc.

2. Volume Production Commencing Date

Volume Production Commencing Date shall be effective as of the [            ]

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 20 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

Attachment 2 – Revision Project Statement

Revision Project Statement for Product [Product Name]

This Revision Project Statement (“Revision Project Statement”) is entered into as of [Date] (“Revision Project Statement Effective Date”) by and between Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (“Samsung”) and IXYS Intl Limited (“IXYS”).

WHEREAS, the parties have entered into a Foundry Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) with an Effective Date of [Date], and now desire to define details of Mask and Prototyping Services and other terms and conditions, if any, for a Product specified in Annex A. Product and Revision Specification of this Revision Project Statement, pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the exchange of obligations herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

2. Once executed by the parties, this Revision Project Statement shall become an integral part of the Agreement and the terms of the Agreement shall be fully incorporated herein, provided that, in the event of a conflict between this Revision Project Statement and the Agreement, the terms of this Revision Project Statement shall prevail.

3. The parties agree to incorporate the following into this Revision Project Statement:

Annex A. Product and Revision Specification

Annex B. SOW

Annex C. Financial Terms and Other Special Terms

4. This Revision Project Statement shall become effective as of the Revision Project Statement Effective Date and remain in effect for the Initial Term. Upon expiration of this Revision Project Statement, the parties may discuss extending the term for an additional one year period.

In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Revision Project Statement by their duly authorized representatives:

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.	IXYS Intl Limited.
By:	By:
Name:	Name:
Date:	Date:

Page 21 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

Annex A: Product and Revision Specification

Product :

Process :

Revision Specification or Description.

Page 22 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

Annex B: SOW

1. IXYS Deliverables include the following:

[XX]

2. Samsung Deliverables include the following:

[XX]

3. Project Schedule/Project Results

Product Work Project Results         

Page 23 / 24

Confidential

SLSI-201304IA001-1

Annex C. Financial Terms and Other Special Terms

1. Mask and Prototyping Fees

IXYS shall pay to Samsung the following Mask and Prototyping Fees for Mask and Prototyping Services performed under the Revision Project Statement and in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement:

Milestone	Mask and Prototyping Fee
Milestone 1. ***	*** of the total Mask and Prototyping Fees
Milestone 2. ***	*** of the total Mask and Prototyping Fees
Milestone 3. ***	*** of the total Mask and Prototyping Fees
Total Mask and Prototyping Fees

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 24 / 24

Confidential

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

SLSI-201304IA001-2

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

This TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of 27^th day of June, 2013 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea (the “Seller”), and IXYS Intl Limited, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Purchaser”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Purchaser and the Seller have entered into that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 25th, 2013 (the “Purchase Agreement”, Seller document number SLSI-201304IA001), pursuant to which the Seller has sold and transferred certain assets related to the Business to the Purchaser and, in connection therewith, the Seller and the Purchaser entered into (i) that certain Foundry Services Agreement, dated as of 27^th day of June, 2013 (the “Foundry Services Agreement”), and (ii) that certain Product License Agreement, dated as of 27^th day of June, 2013 (the “Product License Agreement”);

WHEREAS, in further consideration of the Purchase Agreement, the Purchaser will require the Seller’s assistance with respect to certain operations of the Business following the Closing Date, as more fully set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties, and of good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties as follows:

1.        DEFINITIONS.  The defined terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 1 or in the text of the Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in the Agreement have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement or the Product License Agreement, as applicable.

1.1      “Pass-Through Expenses” shall mean the reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by the Seller or its Affiliates in performing the Services under this Agreement, provided that such category of out-of-pocket expenses has been specified in the Services Exhibit as chargeable to such Services. “Pass-Through Expenses” shall not include any overhead costs, Seller profits or other mark-ups.

1.2      “Seller Expense Table” shall mean the Seller’s payroll, cost, expense or travel cost for the performance of the Services.

1.3      “Services” shall mean the set of tasks that the Seller will perform for the Purchaser as specified in the Services Exhibit.

1.4      “Services Exhibit” shall mean Exhibit A attached hereto, as it may be amended from time to time by mutual written agreement of the parties.

1.5      “Service Period” shall mean the duration of a Service as set forth in the Services Exhibit.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

SLSI-201304IA001-2

2. TRANSITION SERVICES.

2.1      Services.  During the Term of this Agreement, and except for the manufacturing services provided pursuant to the Foundry Agreement, the Seller shall provide, and as necessary shall cause its Affiliates to provide, to the Purchaser the Services specified in the Services Exhibit, for the periods set forth therein. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement (including in the Services Exhibit), the Seller will be responsible for providing the equipment, Seller Personnel (as defined below), and other resources required for the Seller’s performance of the Services. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Services Exhibit and this Agreement, the terms of the Services Exhibit shall prevail.

2.2      Modification of Services.  Without limiting the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that the scope or characteristics of the Services may change during the term of this Agreement as the Purchaser completes its transition from dependence on the Seller’s Services. If the Purchaser reasonably believes that it is necessary to supplement, modify, substitute, reduce or otherwise alter the Services specified in the Services Exhibit, including without limitation changes that may affect the content, scope, or service levels (“Changes”), it shall make a written request for such Changes to the Seller, and the parties will discuss in good faith the implementation of any such Changes and any changes to the terms of the Services Exhibit to effect such Change. The Seller may not make Changes until the parties have mutually agreed upon such Changes in writing.

2.3      Additional Services.  From time to time after the Closing Date, the parties may identify additional services to be provided to the Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (the “Additional Services”). The parties will discuss in good faith any Additional Services, and if the Parties agree to such Additional Services, the parties shall amend the Services Exhibit to add each Additional Service setting forth a description of the Additional Service, the time period during which the Additional Service will be provided, the applicable service levels, the charge, if any, for the Additional Service and any other terms applicable thereto.

2.4      Service Levels; Standards of Performance.  The Seller will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Services in accordance with the specifications or other standards set forth in the Services Exhibit, and otherwise in the same or substantially similar manner as the equivalent services were provided by Seller or its Affiliates with respect to the Business immediately prior to the Closing. The Seller will comply with all laws and regulations applicable to Seller with respect to its performance of the Services, and will obtain all necessary permits and licenses applicable to Seller with respect to its performance of the Services. The Seller shall cause all Seller Personnel (as defined below) to comply with the standards set forth in this Section 2.4.

2.5      Expenses.  Except as may be expressly set forth in the Services Exhibit or otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party will bear its own expenses in connection with its obligations under this Agreement.

2.6      Subcontractors.  The Services may be provided in whole or in part by Affiliates of the Seller or by third-party subcontractors selected by the Seller, subject to the prior written

SLSI-201304IA001-2

approval of the Purchaser, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any such delegation or appointment shall not release the Seller from any of its obligations under this Agreement. The Seller shall be responsible for the work and activities of each of its Affiliates and subcontractors, including compliance with the terms of this Agreement. The Seller shall be responsible for all payments to its subcontractors, unless the Services Exhibit provides otherwise or the Purchaser agrees in writing to pay the subcontractor directly for the applicable Service.

2.7      Service Provider Contracts.  To the extent that at the end of the Term of this Agreement the Purchaser will also require an agreement with any third-party service provider used by the Seller in connection with the Services as of the Closing Date, the Seller agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Purchaser to obtain terms and conditions, including pricing terms, substantially similar to those received from such service providers by the Seller prior to the Closing Date.

3. MANAGEMENT.

3.1      Each party will have day-to-day management control over its provision and/or receipt of the Services. To administer its provision and/or receipt and use of the Services, each party will retain a Services Coordinator who shall (i) have overall responsibility during the term of this Agreement for managing and coordinating the delivery of the Services; (ii) be authorized to act for and on behalf of the appointing party with respect to all matters relating to this Agreement, and (iii) be the primary contact with the other party’s Services Coordinator. The Services Coordinators from each party, or their designees for specific Services, shall meet regularly on a mutually agreed upon schedule, and shall cooperate and consult in relation to the Services in their reasonable judgment. Each party may, at its discretion, and upon written notice to the other party, designate other or additional individuals to serve in these capacities during the term of this Agreement.

4. PERSONNEL.

4.1      Personnel.  The Seller will make available such Seller employees and agents as are required to provide each of the Services (the “Seller Personnel”). The parties may agree in the Services Exhibit on any specific employees that are required to be utilized in providing the applicable Services (the “Key Employees”).

4.2      Right to Designate and Change Seller Personnel.  The Seller shall be entitled to remove or replace any Seller Personnel at any time; provided, however, the Seller will use commercially reasonable efforts to limit the disruption to the Purchaser as a result of such removal or replacement.

4.3      Responsibility for Seller Personnel.  Seller Personnel will be under the direction, control and supervision of the Seller, and the Seller will have the sole right to exercise all authority with respect to the employment, termination, assignment, and compensation of such Seller Personnel under the applicable Law. The Seller (or its Affiliates) will be solely responsible for payment of (i) all income, disability, withholding, and other employment taxes and (ii) all medical benefit premiums, vacation pay, sick pay, or other fringe benefits for any employees, agents, or contractors of the Seller who perform the Services.

SLSI-201304IA001-2

5. FEES AND PAYMENT.

5.1      Service Charges.  Except as otherwise stipulated in the Services Exhibit, the Purchaser shall pay an amount equal to payroll for Service time of Seller Personnel in accordance with this Section 5, pursuant to the Seller Expense Table set forth in the Service Exhibit. All payment under this Agreement (including the Pass-Through Expenses) do not include tax.

5.2      Expenses.  The Purchaser shall pay or reimburse the Seller for Pass-Through Expenses reasonably calculated and invoiced to the Purchaser in accordance with this Section 5.

5.3      Payment; Invoices.  Amounts payable, if any, hereunder will be billed and paid in U.S. dollars. Within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, the Seller will submit one (1) invoice to the Purchaser for any amounts payable by the Purchaser hereunder for the previous month; itemizing the Pass-Through Expenses payable and to which Service each is applicable to. Each invoice will be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is necessary for the Purchaser to verify the Pass-Through Expenses charged during the applicable period, or otherwise as the Purchaser reasonably requests. The Purchaser will pay all amounts due pursuant to this Agreement within forty-five (45) days after the receipt of the applicable invoice from the Seller unless a different period is specified in the Services Exhibit.

5.4      Audit.  The Purchaser shall have the right, upon reasonable written notice to the Seller and at the Purchaser’s cost, to have an independent third party reasonably acceptable to the Seller to audit any Service fees and any Pass-Through Expenses charged by the Seller. Such audit shall be conducted no more than once every calendar half-year and only during normal business hours. If such audit reveals an overcharge by the Seller, then the Seller shall promptly reimburse the Purchaser. If the audit reveals an overcharge of greater than five percent (5%) of the aggregate Service fees and Pass-Through Expenses for any given calendar quarter, then the reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with such audit shall be borne by the Seller.

6. CONFIDENTIALITY.

6.1      The confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 6.4 of the Purchase Agreement shall apply to all proprietary, secret or confidential information disclosed by either party under this Agreement.

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

7.1      Consents.  The Seller represents and warrants that it has obtained all consents, approvals, or agreements from any third party (each, a “Consent”) required for the Seller to provide the Services pursuant to this Agreement (or to use any equipment or software owned by or leased or licensed to the Seller or any of its Affiliates in connection with the provision of such Services)

7.2      Performance.  Without limiting any other provision in this Agreement, the Seller represents and warrants that the Seller will perform the Services in a timely and professional manner and in accordance with industry standards for services of the type performed hereunder.

SLSI-201304IA001-2

8. TERM AND TERMINATION.

8.1      Term.  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Closing Date and, unless extended by written agreement of the parties pursuant to Section 8.2 or terminated earlier pursuant to Section 8.3, shall continue until the termination or expiration of all Services pursuant to the Services Exhibit, no longer than *** months after Closing Date (the “Term”).

8.2      Term Extensions.    This Agreement may be extended in writing by mutual agreement of the parties either in whole or with respect to one or more of the Services.

8.3      Termination.

(a)      The Purchaser may terminate any Service, in whole or in part with respect to such Service: (i) for any reason or no reason, upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Seller of such termination (unless a longer notice period is specified in the Services Exhibit or is required under a third-person agreement pursuant to which such Service is provided); or (ii) at any time, upon prior written notice to the Seller, if the Seller has failed to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Service and such failure is still occurring thirty (30) days after receipt by the Seller of a written notice of such failure from the Purchaser.

(b)      The Seller may terminate any Service, in whole or in part with respect to such Service at any time, upon prior written notice to the Purchaser, if the Purchaser has materially failed to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Service and such failure is still occurring thirty (30) days after receipt by the Purchaser of a written notice of such failure from the Seller or the applicable Affiliate providing Services.

(c)      If either party becomes aware of a change in applicable Law or other circumstance that would result in the continued performance of any Service being a violation of any applicable Law, such party will notify the other party in writing as soon as reasonably practicable, and the parties shall cooperate in good faith to make reasonable modifications to such Service or find reasonable alternative means by which such Service can continue to be provided in compliance with applicable Laws. If the parties are unable to find a mutually acceptable alternative means of providing such Service that complies with applicable Law within thirty (30) days of starting such discussions, either party may terminate such Service immediately upon written notice to the other party.

(d)      Any Service may be terminated at any time upon mutual agreement of the parties.

8.4      Effect of Termination.

(a)      Immediately following the expiration or termination of this Agreement, the Seller shall cease, or cause its Affiliates or subcontractors to cease, providing the Services. Upon termination of any Service in accordance with this Agreement, (i) the Seller shall have no further obligation to provide such terminated Service, and (ii) the Purchaser shall have no obligation to pay any additional Pass-Through Expenses relating to any such Service that would be incurred after the effective date of such termination; provided, however, that, the Purchaser

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

SLSI-201304IA001-2

shall remain obligated to pay to the Seller any Pass-Through Expenses owed and payable with respect to any component of such terminated Service that was provided prior to the effective date of such termination. In connection with the termination of any Service, the provisions of this Agreement not relating solely to such terminated Service shall survive any such termination.

8.5      Upon the termination or expiration of any Service with respect to which a party or an Affiliate thereof holds books, records, files, databases, confidential or proprietary information or computer software or hardware (including, without limitation, current and archived copies of computer files) owned or leased by the other party or an Affiliate thereof and used in connection with the provision of such Service (the “Materials”), subject to the terms of Section 6.1, such party will return, or destroy and certify the destruction of, all such Materials promptly upon the termination or expiration of the applicable Service, but not later than thirty (30) days after such termination or expiration.

8.6      Survival.  Sections 1, 5.3, 6, 8 and 10 of this Agreement shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement.

9. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES

9.1      Limitation on Liability.    NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER OR ANY SELLER AFFILIATE BE LIABLE (A) FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS OR BUSINESS OR LOSS OF ANTICIPATED SAVINGS, ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO ANY ACT OR OMISSION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, AND (B) TO PURCHASER OR ITS AFFILIATES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF THE AGGREGATE SERVICE CHARGES PAID BY PURCHASER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

9.2      No Express or Implied Warranties.  Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that, except to the extent expressly set forth in this Agreement, NEITHER SELLER NOR ANY AFFILIATE OF SELLER IS MAKING ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES OR ANY OTHER MATTER RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND SELLER AND EACH AFFILIATE OF SELLER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) IN CONNECTION THEREWITH.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

10.1    No Agency.    It is agreed and understood that neither party is the agent, representative or partner of the other, and neither party has any authority or power to bind or contract in the name of or to create any liability against the other in any way or for any purpose pursuant to this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to give either party the power to direct and control the day-to-day activities of the other, constitute the parties as partners, joint venturers, principal and agent, employer and employee, co-owners, or otherwise as participants in a joint undertaking, or allow either party to create or assume any obligation on behalf of the other party for any purpose whatsoever.

SLSI-201304IA001-2

10.2    Amendment; Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.  Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any extension or waiver of any provision hereof shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party. A waiver by a party hereto of the performance of any covenant, agreement, obligation, condition, representation or warranty shall not be construed as a waiver of any other covenant, agreement, obligation, condition, representation or warranty. A waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not constitute a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented except by written agreement of all of the parties hereto. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

10.3    Counterparts; Facsimile Signature.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when all counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that the parties need not sign the same counterpart. Either party may execute this Agreement by facsimile or scanned signature and the other party will be entitled to rely on such facsimile or scanned signature as conclusive evidence that this Agreement has been duly executed by such party.

10.4    Governing Law. This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York of the United States of America, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, in each case without reference to any conflict of law rules that might lead to the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

10.5    Dispute Resolution. (a) In the event there is a dispute between Purchaser and Seller regarding this Agreement, or with respect to the performance by a Seller of its obligations hereunder (whether in respect of a matter which has previously been resolved pursuant to this Section 10.5 or otherwise), prior to any party instituting any action or claim or pursuing any other remedy hereunder, the parties shall attempt in good faith to reach agreement on a resolution of the dispute. If such attempts are unable to resolve the dispute, the parties shall seek to resolve the dispute in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.5.

i) The party which is the disputing party (the “Disputing Party”) shall send a written notice describing the dispute or issue (the “Dispute Notice”) to the other party (the “Notice Receiver”). A) Within fifteen (15) days of the Notice Receiver’s receipt of a Dispute Notice, the Parties shall conduct a meeting, attended by an executive designated by each Party (a “Step One Meeting”). If resolved at the Step One Meeting or at any other time prior to the expiration of such 15-day period, the Disputing Party shall re-send the original Dispute Notice to the other Party with a written and signed acknowledgment that it has been withdrawn. B) The matter shall be considered unresolved if at any time the parties agree in writing that it is unresolved or the original Dispute Notice has not been withdrawn

SLSI-201304IA001-2

within fifteen (15) days after conclusion of the Step One Meeting

ii) If the matter remains unresolved after the Step One Meeting, either of the Parties may initiate any claim or pursue or exercise any of its rights or remedies hereunder, at law or in equity pursuant to Section 10.5 (b)

(b) All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Singapore. The language of the arbitral proceedings shall be English. Judgment upon any award(s) rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator(s) are authorized to include in the award an allocation to any party of such costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, as the arbitrator shall deem reasonable. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either party from seeking provisional measures from any court of competent jurisdiction, and any such request shall not be deemed incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate. The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards in their arbitration, together with all materials in the proceedings created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a party by legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or challenge an award in legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority.

10.6    Binding Effect; Assignment.  This Agreement binds and benefits the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns. No party hereto may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, the Purchaser may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any Affiliate of the Purchaser without the consent of the Seller.

10.7    No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any Person other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns, any rights, remedies or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

10.8    Force Majeure.  The Seller shall not be liable for any interruption of a Service or delay or failure to perform under this Agreement if such interruption, delay or failure results from strikes (other than in relation to the relevant Seller’s own workforce), riots, fires, floods, storm, earthquakes, power outages, telecommunications or network outages or limitations, acts of God, war, governmental action or any other causes beyond its reasonable control (“Force Majeure”). In any such event, the Purchaser and the Seller’s obligations hereunder in respect of the Service affected by Force Majeure shall be postponed for such time as the performance is suspended or delayed on account of such Force Majeure event and the parties shall seek to identify and implement a commercially reasonable alternative to minimize any interruption in the provision of those Services hereunder. Each of the Purchaser and the Seller will promptly notify

SLSI-201304IA001-2

the other in writing upon learning of the occurrence of such event of Force Majeure. Upon the cessation of the Force Majeure event, each of the Purchaser and the Seller will use all commercially reasonable effort to resume its performance with the least practicable delay

10.9    Notices.  All notices, consents, waivers and other communications required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given to a party (a) on the date of delivery if delivered by hand or sent by facsimile or e-mail with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment, (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by an internationally-recognized next-day courier service, or (c) on the fifth Business Day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case to the following addresses, facsimile numbers or e-mail addresses and marked to the attention of the persons (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address, facsimile number, e-mail address or person as a party may designate by notice to the other parties pursuant to this Section 10.9):

If to the Seller, to:

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

SR3 Bldg.

San #24 Nongseo-Dong, Giheung-Gu

Yongin City, Gyeonggi Do, Korea 449-711

Fax no.:

Attention:

with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):

[              ]

if to the Purchaser, to:

 IXYS Intl Limited

c/o IXYS Corporation

1590 Buckeye Drive

Milpitas, CA 95035

Fax no. +1.408.416.0224

Attention: Uzi Sasson

with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):

 Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Fax no.: +1.650.463.2600

Attention: Luke Bergstrom

10.10  Construction; Usage.

SLSI-201304IA001-2

(a)      Interpretation. In this Agreement, unless a clear contrary intention appears:

(i)       the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa;

(ii)      reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are not prohibited by this Agreement, and reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such Person in any other capacity or individually;

(iii)     reference to any gender includes each other gender;

(iv)     reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or modified and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof;

(v)     “hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereto,” and words of similar import shall be deemed references to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other provision hereof;

(vi)    “including” means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;

(vii)   “Dollars” and “US$” shall mean United States dollars; and

(viii)   references to documents, instruments or agreements shall be deemed to refer as well to all addenda, exhibits, schedules or amendments thereto.

(b)      Headings.    The headings contained in this Agreement are for the convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

10.11  Severability.  Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability and shall not render invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affect the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

10.12  Mutual Drafting.  The parties hereto have been represented by counsel who have carefully negotiated the provisions hereof. As a consequence, the parties do not intend that the presumptions of any laws or rules relating to the interpretation of contracts against the drafter of any particular clause should be applied to this Agreement and therefore waive their effects. The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a reasonable manner to effect the intent of the parties.

SLSI-201304IA001-2

10.13  Exhibits. The Services Exhibit is hereby incorporated into this Agreement and are hereby made a part hereof as if set out in full herein.

10.14  Entire Agreement.    This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and terminate and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral and written, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the date first written above.

IXYS INTL LIMITED		SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD.
By:	/s/ Uzi Sasson	By:	/s/ Byunghoon Suh
Name:  Uzi Sasson		Name:  Byunghoon Suh
Title:   Director		Title:   Senior Vice President

EXHIBIT A

SERVICES EXHIBIT

The Seller agrees to provide the following Services during the applicable periods of time set forth below:

1. Information Technology (IT) and Finance Services

Service Description:		•	Finance - Provide data so Purchaser can develop customer invoicing processes.
		•	IT - Provide data to assist with Purchaser’s transition of enabling transactions (wafer orders, etc…) within Purchaser’s Oracle system.
Fees:	Purchaser will pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the Seller Expense Table.
Service Period:	***.

2. Operational Services.

Service Description:	During the Service Period, Seller will:
		1)	Assist Purchaser with introductions to all vendors including those associated with wafer preparation, flash programming, sort, assembly, and final test processes.
		2)	If necessary, assist and train Purchaser in the transition of wafer preparation, flash programming, sort, assembly, and final test processes to Purchaser.
		3)	Deliver and assign Customer POs (as defined in the Foundry Services Agreement) for WIP Products (as defined in the Foundry Services Agreement) to Purchaser
		4)	Notwithstanding anything contrary to this Agreement, the vendors addressed in this provision shall not include vendors that: i) are not related with the Business as of the Closing Date; and ii) are Seller’s raw material or equipment vendors (other than vendors of raw materials or equipment related to the assembly or the packaging of integrated

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

SLSI-201304IA001-2

		circuits).
Fees:	Purchaser will pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the Seller Expense Table.
Pass-Through Expenses:	Cost of packaging, freight and insurance and subcontractor fees.
Service Period:	***

3. Quality and Reliability Services:

(a)      Warranty Claims and Returns:

Service Description:	During the Service Period, Seller will perform customer failure analysis of the IXYS Business Products (as defined in Product License Agreement) and provide the results of that analysis to Purchaser. If necessary, Seller will request a solution to the appropriate design or software provider. For avoidance of doubt, Purchaser shall directly manage all matters relating to customer relations, including, but not limited to, taking any claims of, or complaints regarding, any product defects from customers in connection with such IXYS Business Products.
Fees:	Except for subcontractor fees, Seller will provide all services at no charge until one year after the Closing Date. After this period, Purchaser will pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the Seller Expense Table.
Pass-Through Expenses:	For amounts actually paid by Seller, Purchaser will reimburse Seller for third-party fees associated with the Quality and Reliability Services. Purchaser will also pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the cost table.
Service Periods:	***

4. Development Services.

Service Description:	During the Service Period, Seller will perform the following services
		(i)	complete development of the following *** Products: ***,

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

SLSI-201304IA001-2

				the development to include:
				a.	Management of the design subcontractor(s).
				b.	Report development milestones to the Purchaser (1st F/O, test report, tape out, quality reports, and other reports customarily produced by Seller in the design of similar devices).
				c.	Enter into development agreements with subcontractors for the development of the *** Product components such as the verification and test programs.
		(ii)	Complete transitional development of the following *** Products: ***, the development to include:
				a.	Management of the design subcontractor (if applicable).
				b.	Report development milestones to Purchaser (1st F/O, test report, tape out, quality reports, and other reports customarily produced by Seller in the design of similar devices).
				c.	Enter into development agreements with subcontractors for the development of the *** product components such as the verification and test programs.
		(iii)	Provide development training:
				a.	Technical workshops regarding: product designs, design techniques, development process, product transition, and documents, and usage of the licensed In House Design Tools,
				b.	Modification or creation of new documentation with respect to the Business Products, and
				c.	The Parties shall discuss and agree on the detailed development schedule for the development training.
Fees:	Fees relating to Section 4(i): Purchaser will pay any amounts, including incentive fee payments, owed to vendors under the Transferred Contracts relating to the development work described

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

SLSI-201304IA001-2

in Section 4(i). Purchaser shall be responsible for all other development fees set forth in the Transferred Contracts relating to the *** Products. Fees relating to Section 4(ii): Purchaser will pay a development fee of USD $***. This fee includes subcontracting fees, the costs of mask sets, and verification fees. The payment of USD $*** will be made within thirty days after receipt of Seller’s invoice which shall be issued by Seller after the Closing Date. Purchaser will also pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the Seller Expense Table.

Service Period:

***, or, for the products described in Sections 4(i) and 4(ii), *** from the mass production date of the last of such products to enter mass production, whichever is later.

5. Sales Support Services.

Service Description:	During the Service Period, Seller will (i) arrange major customer meetings, and (ii) provide personal introductions to Solution Partners, key customer, Sales Representatives and Distributors relating to the Business, and (iii) provide data and information relating to 4-bit and 8-bit microcontroller sales and marketing; provided that such customer, Solution Partner, key customer, Sales Representative and Distributors will be selected by parties’ consent; provided that key customer means a customer who directly buys Business Products from the Seller.
Fees:	Purchaser will pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the Seller Expense Table.
Service Period:	***.

6. Design Transition Services.

Service Description: During the Service Period, Seller shall provide Purchaser with such information, cooperation and assistance to effect a smooth and seamless transition of foundry services to a third party designated by Purchaser (a “Successor”) (such information, cooperation and assistance, “Transition Assistance”). Transition Assistance shall include: (a) providing know-how, technical information and other

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

SLSI-201304IA001-2

	appropriate information concerning the transfer and transition of the foundry services to Purchaser; and (b) other services as reasonably requested by Purchaser.
Fees:	Purchaser will pay Seller’s reasonable expenses and cost of travel as set forth in the Seller Expense Table.
Service Period:	***.

7. Seller Expense Table.

    Payroll Table

(USD, per hour)

Position	Korea	China	Singapore	US	EU
E3/G3/S3/M3	***	***	***	***	***
E4/G4/S4/M4	***	***	***	***	***
E5/G5/S5/M5/M6	***	***	***	***	***
E6/G6/S6/M7	***	***	***	***	***

Travel Fee: USD $*** per day per person (This amount includes out-of pocket money, meals, ground transfer fee, and accommodations fee. Airfare fee will be paid separately, but now hourly expenses will not be paid while service providers are traveling, including while on the airplane).

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

SLSI-201304IA001-2

8. Purchase Order Agency.

Service Description:	During the Service Period and until August 31, 2013, i) Seller may directly provide Business Products in place of Purchaser, without transfer of the purchase orders to Purchaser, that are/were ordered by purchase orders existing at Closing Date or prior to Closing date; and ii) Seller may receive purchase orders of Business Products from customers in place of Purchaser and provide the Business Products to the customer. Profit Share (defined hereafter) shall be monthly paid by Seller to Purchaser. On August 31, 2013 all Customer purchase order will be delivered and assigned to Purchaser. Profit Share (a) ***. (b) ***.
Fees:	Purchaser will pay Seller’s cost of travel as set forth in the Seller Expense Table.
Service Period:	***.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.3

Service Coordinator Contact Information:

For Seller:

Name:

Title:

Phone:

Facsimile:

Email:

For Purchaser:

Name:  David Staab

Title:  Vice President of R&D and MCU Architecture of Zilog, Inc.

Phone:  +1.408.457.9087

Facsimile:  +1.408.416.0223

Email:dstaab@zilog.com

EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

SLSI-201304IA001-3

PRODUCT LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Product License Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into on the 27^th day of June, 2013 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., a company duly incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Korea, acting through its System LSI Division, with principal offices located at San #24, Nongseo-Dong, Giheung-Gu, Yongin-City, Gyeonggi-Do, 449-711 Korea (“Samsung”), and IXYS Intl Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, with a principal place of business at 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005 Cayman Islands (“IXYS”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Samsung and IXYS are parties to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated on May 25^th, 2013 (the “APA”, Samsung document number SLSI-201304IA001), pursuant to which, among other things, IXYS is purchasing or otherwise acquiring rights relating to the Business (as defined in the APA) pursuant to a series of transactions contemplated in the APA (collectively, the “Transaction”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Transaction, IXYS desires to obtain, and Samsung desires to grant, certain licenses under and with respect to certain Intellectual Property and Technology related to the Business, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Samsung desires to obtain, and IXYS desires to grant, certain licenses back under and with respect to the Transferred IP (as defined in the APA), on the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the APA, the parties have agreed to enter into this Agreement as of the Closing Date (as defined in the APA);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement and the APA, the parties hereby agree as follows:

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 1 / 25

SLSI-201304IA001-3

AGREEMENT

I. DEFINITIONS.

Unless otherwise defined in this Article I, any capitalized terms used in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the APA and shall apply to both their singular and plural forms, as the context may require.

1.1 “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to a party, a corporation or any other legal entity which is Controlled by such party, provided that such entity shall be considered an Affiliate only for the time during which such Control exists. “Control,” as used in this Section 1.1, means direct or indirect ownership of more than 50% of the voting rights of such entity.

1.2      “Authorized Design House” means any developer, designer, design house, contractor, or other Person that on or after the Effective Date is authorized by IXYS to develop, design, modify, improve, or create derivative works of the Licensed Products.

1.3      “Authorized Distributor” means any distributor, VAR (Value Added Reseller), OEM, systems integrator or other Person that on or after the Effective Date is authorized by IXYS to import, offer to sell and sell the Licensed Products.

1.4      “Authorized Manufacturer” means any manufacturer, contractor, supplier, vendor or other Person that on or after the Effective Date provides services to IXYS in connection with the manufacture or supply of the Licensed Products, other than Samsung.

1.5      “Business Field of Use” means the design, development, manufacturing, marketing, sales and support of 4 bit and 8 bit Micro Controller Units (including Business Products) and the provision of services related to 4 bit and 8 bit Micro Controller Units; provided that with respect to Samsung, the Business Field of Use means the field of Standalone Micro Controller Business.

1.6      “Business Products” has the meaning set forth in the APA.

1.7      “Confidential Information” means any and all technical and non-technical information which is identified as confidential information at the time of disclosure and disclosed by one party

Page 2 / 25

SLSI-201304IA001-3

(the “Disclosing Party”) to the other party (the “Receiving Party”) under this Agreement, whether in written, oral, graphic or electronic form. Written Confidential Information will be clearly marked “CONFIDENTIAL,” “PROPRIETARY” or other similar marking. Oral or visual disclosures of the Confidential Information or disclosure of intangible Confidential Information should be identified as confidential at the time of such disclosure and confirmed, in writing or email, by the Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party within thirty (30) days of such disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” includes any information disclosed by the Disclosing Party that would reasonably be deemed in the context of its disclosure to be confidential or proprietary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the nondisclosure obligations set forth in Article VIII shall not apply to information that the Receiving Party can demonstrate: (a) was publicly available at the time of its disclosure to the Receiving Party or became publicly available after its disclosure and through no fault of the Receiving Party; (b) was already in the lawful possession of the Receiving Party without restriction prior to the Receiving Party receiving the Confidential Information from the Disclosing Party; (c) is legitimately obtained by the Receiving Party without restriction from a third party source who had no obligation to the Disclosing Party not to disclose such information to others, other than the Disclosing Party; or (d) is at any time independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of or access to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

1.8      “Deliverables” means the documents, technical assistance, information, script files, design files, Software and other materials relating to the Business Products that are listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

1.9      “Expanded IXYS Business Products” means (a) the IXYS Business Products and (b) Micro Controller Units resulting from porting each IXYS Business Product to a non-Samsung fabrication site.

1.10    “In House EDA Tool” means any software tool made and owned by Samsung for designing or developing Micro Controller Units, including the *** schematic design and capture tool and the Cubic logic design rule check and delay calculating tool.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 3 / 25

SLSI-201304IA001-3

1.11    “Improvements” means all modifications, derivative works, enhancements, upgrades and improvements to any Technology or Intellectual Property.

1.12 “IXYS Business Products” means the IXYS versions of the Business Products that are substantially the same as one of the Business Products.

1.13    “Licensed IXYS Patents” means the Transferred Patents and Patent applications filed by IXYS on or after the Effective Date that are within the same Patent Family as the Transferred Patents, and any Patents issuing therefrom including all Improvements thereto.

1.14    “Licensed IXYS Technology” means the Transferred Other IP.

1.15    “Limited Use Deliverables” means those Deliverables marked as “Only for IXYS Business Product” on Schedule 2.

1.16    “Licensed Samsung Patents” means the Patents owned by Samsung and controlled by the System LSI Division of Samsung, including the Scheduled Samsung Patents, as of the Effective Date, that are infringed by Business Products, but excluding the claims in those patents that principally relate to semiconductor manufacturing.

1.17    “Licensed Samsung Technology” means the Technology owned by Samsung (or which Samsung has a right to license or sublicense to IXYS hereunder without payment of a royalty or other consideration, except solely for royalties due to an employee inventor under applicable law or similar royalty) that is embodied in the Deliverables.

1.18    “Licensed Products” means (a) the IXYS Business Products, (b) subsequent versions of the IXYS Business Products developed by or for IXYS (including any Improvements to the IXYS Business Products) that are Micro Controller Units, (c) new Micro Controller Units created or developed by or for IXYS, (d) application, programming, or development software including software provided with development tools for Micro Controller Units, and (e) development tools, boards and kits for Micro Controller Units.

1.19    “Micro Controller Units” means a single standalone integrated circuit containing a 4-bit or 8-bit processor core where the main functionality is being a micro controller

Page 4 / 25

1.20 “Scheduled Samsung Patents” means the Patents listed on Schedule 1 of this Agreement.

II. LICENSE GRANTS TO IXYS

2.1 Patent License to IXYS.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Samsung hereby grants to IXYS and its Affiliates a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable (except as set forth in Article VI), non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 10.1) license (with the right to sublicense solely as set forth in Section 2.4) under the Scheduled Samsung Patents to make, have made, use, offer for sale, import, export, sell, distribute and/or exploit Licensed Products, and to practice any methods within the Business Field of Use.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Samsung hereby grants to IXYS and its Affiliates a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable (except as set forth in Article VI), non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 10.1) license (with the right to sublicense solely as set forth in Section 2.4) under the Licensed Samsung Patents to make, have made, use, offer for sale, import, export, sell, distribute and/or exploit Expanded IXYS Business Products within the Business Field of Use as they relate to Expanded IXYS Business Products. So long as the license in this subsection (b) is in effect, with respect to claims in Patents, as of the Effective Date, owned by Samsung and controlled by its System LSI Division that principally relate to semiconductor manufacturing, Samsung agrees to pursue to completion all litigation and remedies that are available against IXYS’ manufacturer (and prosecuted such litigation to a final judgment that finds infringement) before pursuing any remedies for patent infringement against IXYS.

2.2 Technology License to IXYS.    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the license restriction in Section 2.3 and confidential obligation as set forth in Article IX, Samsung hereby grants to IXYS and its Affiliates a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable (except as set forth in Article VI), non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 10.1) license (with the right to sublicense solely as set forth in Section 2.4) to use, reproduce, modify, create, prepare and have prepared derivative works of, perform, display, transmit and distribute (through multiple tiers and by all means known or later developed) the

Page 5 / 25

Licensed Samsung Technology solely for the purpose of developing, having developed, making, having made, using, offering for sale, importing, exporting, selling, distributing and/or exploiting Licensed Products. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no rights are granted under this Agreement under any Trademarks of Samsung or its Affiliates, and neither IXYS nor its Affiliates shall have the right to offer for sale, sell or otherwise distribute any Licensed Products bearing any such Trademarks, or any Licensed Products with components bearing any such Trademarks, except in accordance with Section 2.9 below. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge and agree that part numbers do not constitute Trademarks. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary as stated herein, except for application software and EDS Test Programs, any software provided in source code form under this Agreement may not be distributed except in object code form as incorporated in the Licensed Products. EDS Test Programs may only be distributed to test houses sub-contracted by IXYS, either in object code form or source code form, to test the Licensed Products under a non-disclosure containing substantially similar terms and conditions to Article IX of this Agreement.

2.3 Restrictions on Use of Certain Deliverables.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights granted to IXYS and its Affiliates hereunder with respect to the Limited Use Deliverables shall be limited solely to use for the purpose of (a) maintenance of IXYS Business Products, (b) porting the IXYS Business Products to a non-Samsung fabrication site, and (c) redesign of the IXYS Business Products. Neither IXYS nor its Affiliates or sublicensees may make any use of the Limited Use Deliverables for the development or maintenance of any products other than the IXYS Business Products.

2.4 Sublicense Rights.    IXYS and its Affiliates may grant sublicenses under the licenses granted in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 in connection with the development, design, manufacture and support of Licensed Products on behalf of IXYS and its Affiliates, provided that each such sublicense is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and provided further that each such sublicensee is bound in writing to confidentiality obligations at least as restrictive as the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement. In addition, with respect to any Software proprietary to Samsung and included in the Licensed Samsung Technology that is necessary for use of a Licensed Product, IXYS and its Affiliates may grant sublicenses under the license granted in Section 2.2 to its Authorized Design Houses, Authorized Manufacturers and Authorized Distributors, as well as to

Page 6 / 25

end users and customers of any Licensed Products solely for use with such products. IXYS shall be responsible for its and its Affiliates’ sublicensees hereunder. Any act or omission of any IXYS Affiliate or IXYS sublicensee that, if performed or was omitted to be performed by IXYS hereunder would be a breach by IXYS of this Agreement, shall be deemed a breach by IXYS of this Agreement, and IXYS shall be liable for any such acts or omissions pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

2.5 Reservation of Rights by Samsung.  All rights not expressly granted by Samsung in this Article II are reserved by Samsung or its licensors.

2.6 Deliverables.  Samsung will provide the Deliverables, or copies thereof, in the electronic format such Deliverables are stored or used by Samsung to IXYS within ten (10) business days of the Effective Date (except to the extent any later delivery date is identified for any applicable Deliverable on Schedule 2), or on such other schedule as is agreed by the parties.

2.7 In House EDA Tool License.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Samsung hereby grants to IXYS a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty free, fully paid-up, non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 10.1) license (with the right to sublicense solely as set forth in Section 2.7(b)) to use the In House EDA Tool for a period of four (4) years after Effective Date solely for (i) maintenance of and customer support for the IXYS Business Product, (ii) porting the IXYS Business Product to a non-Samsung fabrication site, and (iii) redesign of the IXYS Business Product for manufacture non-Samsung fabrication sites.

(b) IXYS and its Affiliates may grant sublicenses under the license granted in Section 2.7(a) to contractors in connection with the design, development IXYS Business Product on behalf of IXYS, provided that each such sublicense is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and provided further that each such sublicensee is bound in writing to (i) confidentiality obligations at least as restrictive as the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, and (ii) license restrictions at least as restrictive as Sections 2.7(a), 2.7(c) and 2.7(d) of this Agreement. IXYS shall be responsible for its and its Affiliates’ sublicensees hereunder. Any act or omission of any IXYS sublicensee that, if performed or was omitted to be performed by IXYS hereunder would be a breach by IXYS of this

Page 7 / 25

Agreement, shall be deemed a breach by IXYS of this Agreement, and IXYS shall be liable for any such acts or omissions pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(c) IXYS acknowledges and agrees that IXYS shall have no right to and shall not, without the written consent of Samsung (i) remove or alter any legal notices from any portion of the In House EDA Tool or any relating documents; (ii) reverse engineer, translate, disassemble, de-compile or otherwise manipulate the In House EDA Tool; (iii) create derivative works of the In House EDA Tool, or any portion thereof; (iv) allow the use of the In House EDA Tool by any third party, including without limitation, in a timeshare or service bureau arrangement (except as provided in Section 2.7(b)); (v) transfer the In House EDA Tool to any third parties (except as provided in Section 2.7(b)); or (vi) exceed the scope of the license expressly granted in Section 2.7(a).

(d) IXYS further acknowledges and agrees that Samsung shall have no obligation to provide any support or maintenance for the In House EDA Tool, and that the In House EDA Tool is provided AS IS, without any warranty of any kind.

2.8 Third Party Rights. IXYS acknowledges and agrees that third-party rights may be needed to develop and manufacture the Licensed Products under this Agreement, and that it is IXYS responsibility to enter into appropriate license agreements with any such third parties to acquire any such third-party rights needed by IXYS.

2.9 Trademarks.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Samsung agrees and acknowledges that IXYS and its Affiliates shall have the right to assemble, use, support, market, offer for sale, import, export, sell, or distribute (through multiple layers of distribution) any and all of the units of Inventory transferred to IXYS under the APA or the units sold to IXYS under the Foundry Services Agreement, notwithstanding that such Inventory, units or components thereof may bear one or more Trademarks of Seller of its Affiliates.

2.10 Further Assurances.  The parties acknowledge that, as part of the delivery of the Samsung Licensed Technology, Samsung may inadvertently fail to deliver copies of Technology that should have been delivered to IXYS as part of the contemplated transfers and licenses under terms of the APA or this Agreement, or IXYS may inadvertently receive copies of Technology that should not have been delivered as part of the activities contemplated under the APA or this Agreement. Each

Page 8 / 25

party agrees, for at least twelve (12) months following the Effective Date, to engage in good faith discussions with the other regarding the delivery, return or destruction, as applicable, of any such copies of Technology, at the reasonable request of the appropriate owner of the copies of such Technology as contemplated by the APA or this Agreement, and deliver, return or destroy the applicable copies of Technology in accordance with the parties’ mutual and good faith determination as to whether such copies should or should not have been delivered to IXYS in accordance with the terms of the APA or this Agreement.

III. LICENSE GRANTS TO SAMSUNG

3.1 Patent License to Samsung.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the APA, IXYS hereby grants to Samsung and its Affiliates a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable (except as set forth in Article VI), non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 10.1) license (with the right to sublicense solely as set forth in Section 3.3) under the Licensed IXYS Patents and its Improvements to make, have made, use, offer for sale, import, export, sell, distribute and/or exploit any product or service outside the Business Field of Use.

3.2 Technology License to Samsung.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the APA, IXYS hereby grants to Samsung and its Affiliates a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable (except as set forth in Article VI), non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 10.1) license (with the right to sublicense solely as set forth in Section 3.3) to use, reproduce, modify, create, prepare and have prepared derivative works of, perform, display, transmit and distribute (through multiple tiers and by all means known or later developed) the Licensed IXYS Technology solely for the purpose of developing, having developed, making, having made, using, offering for sale, importing, exporting, selling, distributing and/or exploiting products or services of Samsung and its Affiliates outside the Business Field of Use.

3.3 Sublicense Rights.   Samsung and its Affiliates may grant sublicenses under the licenses granted in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 in connection with the development of any products or services of Samsung and its Affiliates, provided that each such sublicense is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and provided further that each such sublicensee is bound in writing to confidentiality

Page 9 / 25

obligations at least as restrictive as the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement. In addition, with respect to any Software proprietary to IXYS and included in the Licensed IXYS Technology that is necessary for use of a product or service of Samsung or its Affiliates outside the Business Field of Use, Samsung and its Affiliates may grant sublicenses under the license granted in Section 3.2 to end users and customers of any such products or services of Samsung or its Affiliates. Samsung shall be responsible for its Affiliates and sublicensees hereunder. Any act or omission of any Samsung Affiliate or Samsung sublicensee that, if performed or was omitted to be performed by Samsung hereunder would be a breach by Samsung of this Agreement, shall be deemed a breach by Samsung of this Agreement, and Samsung shall be liable for any such acts or omissions pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

3.4 Reservation of Rights by IXYS.  All rights not expressly granted by IXYS in this Article III are reserved by IXYS.

3.5 Business Field of Use.  Notwithstanding any contrary to this Agreement, all licenses granted under this Agreement to Samsung may be applied by Samsung within the Business Field of Use solely to perform customer services for Business Products sold by Samsung prior to the Effective Date.

IV. OWNERSHIP

4.1 Ownership by Samsung.  As between the parties, subject to the licenses granted by Samsung to IXYS under Article II above, Samsung shall own and retain all right, title and interest in and to the Licensed Samsung Patents, Licensed Samsung Technology (including all Intellectual Property therein) and the In House EDA Tool. As between the parties, subject to the licenses granted by Samsung to IXYS under Article II above, Samsung will retain all right, title and interest, including all Intellectual Property, in and to any Improvements to any of the Licensed IXYS Technology made by or on behalf of Samsung or its Affiliates in the exercise of the license granted to Samsung and its Affiliates hereunder, subject only to IXYS’ ownership of the Licensed IXYS Technology (including all Intellectual Property therein).

4.2 Ownership by IXYS.  As between the parties, subject to the licenses granted by IXYS to Samsung under Article III above, IXYS shall own and retain all right, title and interest in and to the

Page 10 / 25

Licensed IXYS Patents and Licensed IXYS Technology (including all Intellectual Property therein). As between the parties, subject to the licenses granted by IXYS to Samsung under Article III above, IXYS will retain all right, title and interest, including all Intellectual Property, in and to any Improvements to any of the Licensed Samsung Technology made by or on behalf of IXYS or its Affiliates in the exercise of the license granted to IXYS and its Affiliates hereunder, subject only to Samsung’s ownership of the Licensed Samsung Technology (including all Intellectual Property therein).

4.3 No Limitations.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Article IV shall be construed as limiting the right of either party hereto to license, develop, improve upon or otherwise exploit any Intellectual Property or Technology that is owned by such party and licensed hereunder to the other party.

4.4 No Joint Development. The parties do not intend to engage in any joint development under this Agreement and will not develop any joint inventions hereunder. If the parties desire to engage in joint development in the future relating to the IXYS Licensed Products, the parties agree to negotiate in good faith an agreement setting forth the ownership and license of any joint inventions, and other rights and obligations of the parties relating to such joint inventions. Such agreement will be in writing and signed by each party.

4.5 Non-Removal of Marks and Notices.   Neither IXYS nor its Affiliates may remove any Samsung intellectual property right markings or notices from any Deliverables, or copies thereof; provided however, that IXYS may remove any or all of Samsung’s intellectual property right markings or notices from marketing collateral, promotional materials, data sheets or other specifications for the purpose of replacing those markings with IXYS intellectual property right markings with respect to IXYS Business Products.

4.6 No Obligation to Maintain Intellectual Property.  Each party acknowledges and agrees that the other party shall have no obligation under this Agreement after the Effective Date to maintain, prosecute or file for any Patents or other Intellectual Property pertaining to the Patents or Technology licensed by such party hereunder.

V. COVENANT NOT TO CHALLENGE

Page 11 / 25

IXYS covenants and agrees, and shall cause its Affiliates to covenant and agree, not to initiate any legal proceedings to challenge the validity or enforceability, or Samsung’s ownership, of any Licensed Samsung Patents, Licensed Samsung Technology or In House EDA Tool.

VI. TERM

6.1 Term.   This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and continue in perpetuity, unless earlier terminated as provided in this Article VI. Failure by IXYS to make any of the Deferred Payments by the due dates set forth in the APA shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement.

6.2 Termination for Breach.  This Agreement may be terminated by either party in the event that the other party materially breaches this Agreement and does not cure or agree with the non-breaching party upon a written plan to cure within sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice of breach from the non-breaching party. By way of example, and without limitation, a material breach of the Agreement includes material or willful disclosure of the other party’s Confidential Information to unauthorized recipients in violation of this Agreement, and a material or willful breach of the scope of the license granted herein. A mutually agreed plan to remediate, to the extent practical under the circumstances, a breach of a confidentiality provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a cure under this Agreement, so long as such plan is fulfilled by the breaching party.

6.3 Termination for Bankruptcy or Insolvency.  In addition, this Agreement may be terminated by either party if the other party becomes the subject of a voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy or any proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation, or composition for the benefit of creditors if such petition or proceeding is not dismissed with prejudice within sixty (60) days after filing.

6.4 Effect of Termination by Samsung.   In the event of termination of this Agreement by Samsung: (a) neither IXYS nor its Affiliates will have the right to use the Licensed Samsung Technology or the Licensed Samsung Patents in any subsequent new product design; (b) IXYS and its Affiliates shall retain rights to manufacture, have manufactured, offer, sell or otherwise distribute Licensed Products (as set forth in Article II) that are taped-out before termination, so

Page 12 / 25

long as such products have been identified by IXYS to Samsung no later than thirty (30) days after such termination of this Agreement; (c) IXYS and its Affiliates shall retain rights to use and sublicense Software with respect to the Licensed Products that are authorized under Section 6.4(b); and (d) neither IXYS nor its Affiliates shall have any further right to use the In House EDA Tool.

6.5 Effect of Termination by IXYS.  In the event of termination of this Agreement by IXYS: (a) neither Samsung nor its Affiliates will have the right to use the Licensed IXYS Technology or the Licensed IXYS Patents in any subsequent new product design; (b) Samsung and its Affiliates shall retain rights to manufacture, have manufactured, offer, sell or otherwise distribute any Samsung products that are taped-out before termination, and associated services, so long as such products and services have been identified by Samsung to IXYS no later than thirty (30) days after such termination of this Agreement; and (c) Samsung and its Affiliates shall retain rights to use and sublicense Software with respect to the Samsung products and services that are authorized under Section 6.5(b).

6.6 Survival.  The provisions of Article I, IV, VI, VII, VIII, IX and X of this Agreement will survive any termination of this Agreement for any reason

VII. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

7.1 Mutual Representations and Warranties. Each party warrants and represents that it has the right and authority to grant the licenses and rights granted by it in this Agreement and enter into this Agreement.

7.2 Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties.  EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 7.1 ABOVE AND EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE APA, (a) THE TECHNOLOGY AND PATENTS GRANTED HEREIN ARE LICENSED “AS IS” AND NEITHER SAMSUNG NOR IXYS MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, ENFORCEABILITY, VALIDITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDING THE LICENSED SAMSUNG PATENTS,

Page 13 / 25

SLSI-201304IA001-3

THE LICENSED SAMSUNG TECHNOLOGY, THE IN HOUSE EDA TOOL, THE DELIVERABLES, THE LICENSED IXYS PATENTS AND THE LICENSED IXYS TECHNOLOGY, (b) EACH PARTY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE LICENSED SAMSUNG PATENTS, THE LICENSED SAMSUNG TECHNOLOGY, THE IN HOUSE EDA TOOL, THE DELIVERABLES, THE LICENSED IXYS PATENTS AND THE LICENSED IXYS TECHNOLOGY.

VIII. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

8.1 Consequential Damages Waiver. EXCEPT (A) IN CASES OF GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, (B) WITH RESPECT TO BREACHES OF ANY CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS (C) FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT TO THE OTHER PARTY, ITS AFFILIATES OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY CLAIMING THROUGH OR UNDER SUCH PARTY, FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF DATA, EQUIPMENT DOWNTIME OR FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT EVEN IF THAT PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

8.2 Liability Cap.    EXCEPT (A) IN CASES OF GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, (B) WITH RESPECT TO BREACHES OF ANY CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS (C) FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND (D) WITH RESPECT TO BREACH OF ANY LICENSE SCOPE AS SET FORTH IN ARTICLE II OR III, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES HEREUNDER MUST BE MADE WITHIN THREE (3) YEARS OF THE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND EITHER PARTY’S TOTAL LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR DAMAGES WILL BE SUBJECT TO A CAP ON DAMAGES OF ***. EACH PARTY WILL BE ENTITLED TO CREDIT AGAINST

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 14 / 25

SLSI-201304IA001-3

SUCH CAP ANY AMOUNTS PAID AS DAMAGES PURSUANT TO SECTION 10 OF THE APA.

IX. CONFIDENTIALITY

9.1 Confidentiality.  Each Receiving Party will treat as confidential all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, will not use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information except as reasonably necessary to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement and, except as expressly permitted herein, will not disclose such Confidential Information to any third party without the Disclosing Party’s prior written approval. Any disclosure to any customers, suppliers, distributors, contractors, resellers, business partners or other third parties in connection with the foregoing shall be made subject to the recipient being bound by written confidentiality obligations that are no less protective of Confidential Information than this Article IX. For clarification, Affiliates of each Party shall not be considered third parties for the purpose of this Article IX. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the parties will use at least the same degree of care that it uses to prevent the disclosure of its own confidential information of like importance, but in no event less than reasonable care, to prevent the disclosure of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information.

9.2 Terms of this Agreement.  Each party hereby agrees that it will not release any publicity or information relating to this Agreement to any third party without the other party’s prior written consent, unless otherwise permitted herein. Except as set forth in Section 2.9, nothing in this Agreement confers any rights to the other party to use in advertising, publicity, or otherwise, any trademark, trade name or names, or any contraction, abbreviation, or simulation thereof of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the existence and terms of this Agreement may be disclosed to the extent required by law or regulation (so long as the party required to disclose the information provides the other party with timely prior notice of such requirement, unless prohibited by law); except neither party needs to provide any prior notice with regard to periodic governmental regulatory filings, such as filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as required by law.

9.3 Return or Destruction of Records.  Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the

Page 15 / 25

Receiving Party will immediately deliver to the Disclosing Party all materials (in any medium whatsoever), records, notes, data, memorandum, models and equipment of any nature that are in the possession or under the control of the Receiving Party and its employees and that are the property of the Disclosing Party upon Disclosing Party’ written request, except as needed to continue shipping, manufacturing or supporting products or services as allowed under Sections 6.4 and 6.5. Alternatively, the Receiving Party may elect to destroy some or all of such property of the Disclosing Party and certify the destruction of such property to the Disclosing Party within thirty (30) days after the termination.

9.4 Remedies.  The parties agree that the breach of its obligations under this Article IX may result in irreparable harm and injury to the other party, for which monetary damages alone would be an inadequate remedy, and which damages are difficult to accurately measure. Accordingly, the Receiving Party agrees that the Disclosing Party will have the right, in addition to any other remedies available, to obtain immediate injunctive relief as well as other equitable relief allowed by the federal and state courts in the event that the Receiving Party breaches the obligation set forth in this Article IX without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The foregoing remedy of injunctive relief is agreed to be without prejudice to the Disclosing Party exercising any other rights and remedies it may have, including without limitation, the right to seek damages or other legal or equitable relief.

9.5 Confidentiality Period. The Receiving Party’s obligations set forth in this Article IX shall be effective for ten (10) years from initial disclosure of Confidential Information.

X. MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Assignment.

(a) Assignment by Samsung.  Samsung may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of IXYS only (i) to any Affiliates of Samsung or (ii) in connection with a merger, acquisition, consolidation, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of System LSI Division of Samsung (whether by operation of law or otherwise), in the case of each of (i) and (ii), with written notice of such assignment to IXYS within thirty (30) days after the effective date of such assignment. Samsung may not otherwise assign this Agreement (or any of its rights or

Page 16 / 25

obligations under this Agreement) without the prior written consent of IXYS, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(b) Assignment by IXYS.  IXYS may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of Samsung only (i) to any Affiliate of IXYS, (ii) in connection with a merger, acquisition, consolidation, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of IXYS (whether by operation of law or otherwise), or (iii) to a successor of all or substantially all of IXYS’ assets related to the Business, in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii), with written notice of such assignment to Samsung within thirty (30) days after the effective date of such assignment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that an assignment subject to (iii) above occurs within three (3) years after the date of this Agreement and involves any Samsung competitor listed in Schedule 3, Samsung’s prior written consent shall be required. IXYS may not otherwise assign or transfer this Agreement (or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement) without the prior written consent of Samsung which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Upon any such assignment under subsections (ii) or (iii) above, the license rights granted to IXYS and its Affiliates hereunder shall not apply to any products or services of the assignee party or its affiliates existing prior to the date of such assignment.

10.2 Restrictions.  The parties agree and acknowledge that the licenses granted hereunder are not intended to cover, and do not cover, contract manufacturing activities that either party or its Affiliates may undertake on behalf of third parties for the primary purpose of obtaining rights under the other party’s licensed Patents (i.e. Patent laundering), or to otherwise enable third parties to avoid licensing Intellectual Property from either party hereunder or its Affiliates.

10.3 Export Control.  The parties agree to comply with all applicable laws and regulations promulgated by local and governmental organizations relating to export control with regard to all goods and information provided subject to this Agreement.

10.4 Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

10.5 Governing Law. This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein,

Page 17 / 25

whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York of the United States of America, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, in each case without reference to any conflict of law rules that might lead to the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

10.6 Dispute Resolution.  All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Singapore. The language of the arbitral proceedings shall be English. Judgment upon any award(s) rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator(s) are authorized to include in the award an allocation to any party of such costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, as the arbitrator shall deem reasonable. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either party from seeking provisional measures from any court of competent jurisdiction, and any such request shall not be deemed incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or a waiver of the right to arbitrate. The parties undertake to keep confidential all awards in their arbitration, together with all materials in the proceedings created for the purpose of the arbitration and all other documents produced by another party in the proceedings not otherwise in the public domain, save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a party by legal duty, to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or challenge an award in legal proceedings before a court or other judicial authority.

10.7 Amendment. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any extension or waiver of any provision hereof shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party. A waiver by a party hereto of the performance of any covenant, agreement, obligation, condition, representation or warranty shall not be construed as a waiver of any other covenant, agreement, obligation, condition, representation or warranty. A waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not constitute a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented except by written agreement of all of the parties hereto

10.8 Waiver.  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in

Page 18 / 25

writing and signed by both parties hereto. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach, and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege under this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges under this Agreement or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by applicable law.

10.9 Entire Agreement.    This Agreement (including all Exhibits hereto), together with the Purchase Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

10.10 No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any person or entity other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns, any rights, remedies or Liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

10.11 Independent Contractor; No Authority to Bind Other Party.  Each party hereto is acting as, and shall be considered, an independent contractor, and no relationship of partnership, joint venture, employment, franchise, agency or similar arrangement is being created pursuant to or by virtue of this Agreement. In no event shall either party have any authority to negotiate or enter into any contract or commitment for or on behalf of, or in the name of, the other party, or otherwise possess any authority to bind such other party in matters of contract, indebtedness or otherwise, without the prior written approval in each instance of such other party. Neither party shall represent itself as having any such authority, express or implied, from the other party.

10.12 Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability and shall not render invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affect the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be

Page 19 / 25

unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

10.13 Interpretation.  The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import.

10.14 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

10.15 Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect or be utilized in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 20 / 25

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, as of the date first above written.

SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD.
By:	/s/ Byunghoon Suh
Name:        Byunghoon Suh
Title:          Senior Vice President

Page 21 / 25

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, as of the date first above written.

IXYS INTL LIMITED
By:	/s/ Uzi Sasson
Name: Uzi Sasson
Title: Director

Page 22 / 25

Schedule 1

Licensed Samsung Patents

Country	Patent Number	Date of Patent
***	***	***

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 23 / 25

Schedule 2

Deliverables

Category	Deliverable	Format	Delivery Date	License Limitation/ Comment
***	***	***	***	***

Note: Installation of the In House EDA Tool, including but not limited to delivery and issuance of the license key, shall be done by IXYS, and Samsung will assist with such procedure as set forth in the Transition Services Agreement between the parties.

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 24 / 25

Schedule 3

***

***Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked with 3 asterisks (***), has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Page 25 / 25

EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

IXYS CORPORATION

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(Effective May 17, 2013)

IXYS CORPORATION hereby adopts in its entirety the IXYS Corporation 2013 Equity Incentive (“Plan”), as of May 17, 2013 (“Plan Adoption Date”). Unless otherwise defined, terms with initial capital letters are defined in Section 2 below.

SECTION 1

BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE

1.1 Background The Plan permits the grant of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs), Stock Awards, and Restricted Stock Units.

1.2 Purpose of the Plan The Plan is intended to attract, motivate and retain the following individuals: (a) employees of the Company or its Affiliates; (b) consultants who provide significant services to the Company or its Affiliates and (c) directors of the Company or any of its Affiliates who are employees of neither the Company nor any Affiliate. The Plan is also designed to encourage stock ownership by such individuals, thereby aligning their interests with those of the Company’s shareholder.

SECTION 2

DEFINITIONS

The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

2.1 “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Act shall include such section, any valid rules or regulations promulgated under such section, and any comparable provisions of any future legislation, rules or regulations amending, supplementing or superseding any such section, rule or regulation.

2.2 “Administrator” means, collectively the Board, and/or one or more Committees, and/or one or more executive officers of the Company designated by the Board to administer the Plan or specific portions thereof; provided, however, that Awards to Section 16 Persons may only be administered by a committee of Independent Directors (as defined in Section 2.23) or the Board as a whole. The Plan permits coextensive administrative authority; provided, however, that the scope of any such authority is specifically approved by the Board in accordance with the Plan.

2.3 “Affiliate” means any corporation or any other entity (including, but not limited to, Subsidiaries, partnerships and joint ventures) controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company.

2.4 “Applicable Law” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of Options, SARs, Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units and similar incentive plans under any applicable laws, including but not limited to the laws of the United States and any applicable foreign country, including employment, labor, privacy, securities, and tax laws, the Code, and applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the Nasdaq, New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange or the requirements of any other stock exchange or quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted.

2.5 “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, SARs, Stock Awards, and Restricted Stock Units.

2.6 “Award Agreement” means the written agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan, including the Grant Date.

2.7 “Board” or “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.8 “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

2.8.1 Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting capital stock, other than a group of two or more persons not (A) acting in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of such stock or (B) otherwise required to file any form or report with any governmental agency or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company which requires the reporting of any change in control;

2.8.2 The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (whether by stock sale, merger, consolidation or otherwise);

2.8.3 The consummation of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

2.8.4 The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation for the sole purpose of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation or (ii) a consolidation or merger of the Company in which the holders of the voting capital stock of the Company immediately prior to the consolidation or merger (other than Persons who are parties to such consolidation or merger and their respective Affiliates) hold at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting capital stock of the Company or the surviving entity (or its parent entity) immediately after the consolidation or merger.

2.9 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.10 “Committee” means any committee appointed by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan.

2.11 “Company” means IXYS Corporation, or any successor thereto.

2.12 “Consultant” means any consultant, independent contractor or other person who provides significant services to the Company or its Affiliates or any employee or Affiliate of any of the foregoing, but who is neither an Employee nor a Director.

2.13 “Continuous Status” as an Employee, Consultant or Director means that a Participant’s employment or service relationship with the Company or any Affiliate is not interrupted or terminated. “Continuous Status” shall not be considered interrupted in the following cases: (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company and any Subsidiary or successor. A leave of absence approved by the Company shall include sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave approved by an authorized representative of the Company. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no leave of absence may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If such reemployment is approved by the Company but not guaranteed by statute or contract, then such employment will be considered terminated on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave and on such date any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonqualified Stock Option. In the event a Participant’s status changes among the positions of Employee, Director and Consultant, the Participant’s Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant shall be deemed to be continuous and uninterrupted.

2.14 “Director” means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

2.15 “Disability” means a permanent and total disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

2.16 “Employee” means any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company or of an Affiliate.

2.17 “Exercise Price” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to the exercise of an Option, and the price used to determine the amount of cash or number of Shares payable to a Participant upon the exercise of a SAR.

2.18 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, provided the Common Stock is listed on an established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the NASDAQ, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock on the Grant Date of the Award. If no sales were reported on such Grant Date of the Award, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing price for such stock as quoted on the NASDAQ (or the exchange with the greatest volume of trading in the

Common Stock) on the last market trading day with reported sales prior to the date of determination. In the case where the Company is not listed on an established stock exchange or national market system, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board in good faith in accordance with Code Section 409A and the applicable Treasury regulations.

2.19 “Fiscal Year” means a fiscal year of the Company.

2.20 “Full-Value Award Limitation” means an aggregate limit of two hundred and fifty thousand (250,000) Shares, which is the total number of Shares that may be granted to all Participants combined, as “full value awards,” which includes both Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units.

2.21 “Grant Date” means the date the Administrator approves the Award.

2.22 “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option to purchase Shares, which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

2.23 “Independent Director” means a Nonemployee Director who is (i) a “nonemployee director” within the meaning of Section 16b-3 of the 1934 Act and (ii) “independent” as determined under the applicable rules of the NASDAQ, as either of these definitions may be modified or supplemented from time to time.

2.24 “Misconduct” shall include commission of any act in competition with any activity of the Company (or any Affiliate) or any act contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company (or any Affiliate) as determined in good faith by the Administrator and shall include, without limitation: (a) conviction of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty, (b) violation of Company (or any Affiliate) policies, with or acting against the interests of the Company (or any Affiliate), including employing or recruiting any present, former or future employee of the Company (or any Affiliate), (c) misuse of any confidential, secret, privileged or non-public information relating to the Company’s (or any Affiliate’s) business, or (d) participating in a hostile takeover attempt of the Company or an Affiliate. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all acts or omissions that the Company (or any Affiliate) may consider as Misconduct for purposes of the Plan.

2.25 “NASDAQ” means The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC.

2.26 “Nonemployee Director” means a Director who is not employed by the Company or an Affiliate.

2.27 “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an option to purchase Shares that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

2.28 “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

2.29 “Participant” means an Employee, Consultant or Nonemployee Director who has an outstanding Award.

2.30 “Performance Goals” means the goal(s) (or combined goal(s)) determined by the Administrator (in its discretion) to be applicable to a Participant with respect to an Award. As determined by the Administrator, the Performance Goals applicable to an Award may provide for a targeted level or levels of achievement, including without limitation goals tied to individual objectives and/or the Company’s (or a business unit’s) return on assets, return on shareholders’ equity, efficiency ratio, earnings per share, net income, or other financial measures determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), with or without adjustments determined by the Administrator. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all Performance Goals for purposes of this Plan. The Performance Goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from Award to Award.

2.31 “Restricted Stock Units” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan that entitles the Participant to receive a prescribed number of Shares, or the equivalent value in cash, upon achievement of Performance Goals associated with such Award. The Participant’s Award Agreement shall specify whether the Restricted Stock Units will be settled in Shares or cash.

2.32 “Period of Restriction” means the period during which Stock Awards are subject to restrictions that subject the Shares to a substantial risk of forfeiture. As provided in Section 7, such restrictions may be based on the passage of time in which case the restrictions may lapse over the Period of Restriction, the achievement of Performance Goals, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator, in its discretion.

2.33 “Plan” means this IXYS Corporation 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as set forth in this instrument and as hereafter amended from time to time.

2.34 “Rule 16b-3” means the rule so designated promulgated under Section 16 of the 1934 Act, and any future rule or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such rule.

2.35 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission.

2.36 “Section 16 Person” means a person who, with respect to the Shares, is subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act.

2.37 “Shares” means shares of common stock of the Company.

2.38 “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6. Upon exercise, a SAR gives a Participant a right to receive a payment in cash, or the equivalent value in Shares, equal to the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the exercise date and the Exercise Price. Both the number of SARs and the Exercise Price are determined on the Grant Date. For example, assume a Participant is granted 100 SARs at an Exercise Price of $10 and the award agreement specifies that the SARs will be settled in Shares. Also assume that the SARs are exercised when the underlying Shares have a Fair Market Value of $20 per Share. Upon exercise of the SAR, the Participant is entitled to receive 50 Shares [(($20-$10)*100)/$20].

2.39 “Stock Awards” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7. A Stock Award constitutes a transfer of ownership of Shares to a Participant from the Company. Such transfer may be subject to restrictions against transferability, assignment, and hypothecation. Under the terms of the Award, the restrictions against transferability are removed when the Participant has met the specified vesting requirement. Shares granted pursuant to a Stock Award shall vest immediately upon the lapsing of the applicable Period of Restriction (if any). Stock Awards may also be granted without any restrictions or vesting requirements. Vesting may be based on continued employment or service over a stated service period, or on the attainment of specified Performance Goals. If employment or service is terminated prior to vesting, the unvested Shares revert back to the Company.

2.40 “Subsidiary” means any corporation, LLC or partnership (collectively referred to as “Entities”) in an unbroken chain of Entities beginning with the Company if each of the Entities other than the last Entity in the unbroken chain then owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power in one of the other Entities in such chain.

SECTION 3

ADMINISTRATION

3.1 The Administrator. The Administrator, if not the Board of Directors, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Grants of authority in a committee charter shall be deemed appointment.

3.2 Authority of the Administrator. It shall be the duty of the Administrator to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions and in accordance with Applicable Law. The Administrator, if the Board of Directors or a Committee, shall have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the following: (a) which Employees, Consultants and Directors shall be granted Awards; (b) the terms and conditions of the Awards at initial grant and any subsequent revisions or changes to the terms and conditions of Awards, including, but not limited to, changes to, or removal of restrictions on, outstanding Awards relating to vesting, Period of Restriction or exercisability periods, (c) interpretation of the Plan, (d) adoption of rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and (e) interpretation, amendment or revocation of any such rules.

3.3 Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Administrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, and shall be given the maximum deference permitted by Applicable Law.

SECTION 4

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1 Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment, as provided in Section 4.3, the total number of Shares initially available for grant under the Plan shall be two million (2,000,000). Shares granted under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or reacquired Shares bought on the market or otherwise. Awards settled in cash shall not count against the limitation set forth in this Section 4.1.

4.2 Reversion of Shares to the Plan. If any Award made under the Plan expires, or is forfeited or cancelled, the Shares underlying such Awards shall become available for future Awards under the Plan.

4.3 Adjustments in Awards and Authorized Shares. The number of Shares covered by the Plan, each outstanding Award, and the per Share exercise price of each such Award, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of common stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, spin-off, combination, reclassification, the payment of a stock dividend on the common stock or any other increase or decrease in the number of such Shares of common stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issue by the Company of Shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into Shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of common stock subject to an Option.

4.4 Legal Compliance. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the making or exercise of an Award unless the exercise of Options and rights and the issuance and delivery of Shares shall comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the 1934 Act and other Applicable Law, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. Any Award made in violation hereof shall be null and void.

4.5 Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Option or other right, the Company may require the person exercising such Option or right to represent and warrant at the time of exercise that the Shares are being acquired only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

SECTION 5

STOCK OPTIONS

The provisions of this Section 5 are applicable to Options granted to Employees, Consultants and Nonemployee Directors. Such Participants shall also be eligible to receive other types of Awards as set forth in the Plan.

5.1 Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator in its discretion. The Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, or a combination thereof, and the Administrator, in its discretion and subject to Sections 4.1, shall determine the number of Shares subject to each Option.

5.2 Award Agreement. Each Option shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Exercise Price, the expiration date of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, any conditions to exercise the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its discretion, shall determine. The Award Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

5.3 Exercise Price. The Administrator shall determine the Exercise Price for each Option subject to the provisions of this Section 5.3.

5.3.1 Nonqualified Stock Options. In the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date, as determined by the Administrator.

5.3.2 Incentive Stock Options. The grant of Incentive Stock Options shall be subject to the following limitations:

(a) The Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date; provided, however, that if on the Grant Date, the Employee (together with persons whose stock ownership is attributed to the Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Exercise Price shall be not less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date;

(b) Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to persons who are, as of the Grant Date, Employees of the Company or a Subsidiary, and may not be granted to Consultants or Nonemployee Directors.

(c) To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, the Options to acquire Shares in excess of such amount shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3.2(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. For purposes of this limitation, the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted; and

(d) In the event of a Participant’s change of status from Employee to Consultant or Nonemployee Director, an Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonqualified Stock Option three (3) months and one (1) day following such change of status.

5.3.3 Substitute Options. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5.3.1 and 5.3.2, in the event that the Company or an Affiliate consummates a transaction described in Section 424(a) of the Code (e.g., the acquisition of property or stock from an unrelated corporation), persons who become Employees, Directors or Consultants on account of such transaction may be granted Options in substitution for options granted by their former employer, and such Options may be granted with an Exercise Price less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date; provided, however, the grant of such substitute Option shall not constitute a “modification” as defined in Code Section 424(h)(3) and the applicable Treasury regulations.

5.4 Exercise of Options. Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable only with respect to the underlying shares that have become vested and shall be subject to restrictions as set forth in the Award Agreement as the Administrator shall determine in its discretion. Except as set forth in Section 9.1, in all cases involving termination of Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant (including, but not limited to, the reasons described in subsections (c), (d), (e) and (f) of Section 5.5.1), such Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination.

5.5 Expiration of Options

5.5.1 Expiration Dates. Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement, but in any event no later than ten (10) years from the Grant Date, each Option shall terminate no later than the first to occur of the following events:

(a) Date in Award Agreement. The date for termination of the Option set forth in the written Award Agreement;

(b) Termination of Continuous Status as Employee, Director or Consultant. The last day of the three (3)-month period following the date the Participant ceases his/her/its Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant (other than termination for a reason described in subsections (c), (d), (e), or (f) below).

(c) Misconduct. In the event a Participant’s Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant terminates because the Participant has performed an act of Misconduct as determined by the Administrator, all unexercised Options held by such Participant shall expire five (5) business days following Participant’s receipt of written notice from the Company of Participant’s termination due to Misconduct; provided, however, that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, prior to the expiration of the five (5) day period, reinstate the Options by giving written notice of such reinstatement to Participant. In the event of such reinstatement, the Participant may exercise the Option only to such extent, for such time, and upon such terms and conditions as if the Participant had ceased to be employed by or affiliated with the Company or a Subsidiary upon the date of such termination for a reason other than Misconduct, disability or death;

(d) Disability. In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option at any time within twelve (12) months from the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). If, at the date of termination, the Participant is not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan;

(e) Death. In the event of the death of a Participant, the Participant’s Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement),

by the Participant’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. If, at the time of death, the Participant was not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If, after death, the Participant’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan; or

(f) 10 Years from Grant. An Option shall expire no more than ten (10) years from the Grant Date; provided, however, that if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to an Employee who, together with persons whose stock ownership is attributed to the Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code, owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of the stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised after the expiration of five (5) years from the Grant Date.

5.5.2 Administrator Discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing the Administrator may, after an Option is granted, extend the exercise period that an Option is exercisable following a Participant’s termination of Continuous Service (recognizing in some such circumstances the Options would cease to be Incentive Stock Options); provided, however, in no event may any such extension extend beyond the stated expiration date of the Option.

5.6 No “Re-Pricing” Without Shareholder Approval. Except as provided in Section 4.3, in no event may the Administrator directly or indirectly reduce the exercise price of an Option after it has been granted without the approval of a majority of the shareholders eligible to vote.

5.7 Exercise and Payment. Options shall be exercised by the Participant’s delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Secretary of the Company (or its designee), setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the Shares and payment of any additional amount that the Administrator specifies is necessary for the Company to pay any required withholding taxes in accordance with Section 11.

5.7.1 Form of Consideration. Upon the exercise of any Option, the Exercise Price shall be payable to the Company in full in cash or its equivalent. The Administrator, in its discretion, also may permit the exercise of Options and same-day sale of related Shares, or exercise by tendering previously acquired Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Exercise Price, or by any other means which the Administrator, in its discretion, determines to provide legal consideration for the Shares, and to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. The Administrator, in its discretion, may also permit a “net issuance” of any Option, where the term “net issuance” means the issuance of a number of Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares) that is equivalent in value to the difference between the fair market value of the underlying stock on the exercise date, less the exercise price and minimum tax withholding. Such discretion may be exercised by the Administrator either in the Award Agreement or at any other time.

5.7.2 Delivery of Shares. As soon as practicable after receipt of a written notification of exercise and full payment for the Shares purchased and taxes required to be withheld, the Company shall deliver to the Participant (or the Participant’s designated broker), Share certificates (which may be in book entry form) representing such Shares.

SECTION 6

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

6.1 Grant of SARs. Subject to the terms of the Plan, a SAR may be granted to Employees, Consultants and Nonemployee Directors at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Administrator.

6.1.1 Number of Shares. The Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine the number of SARs granted to any Participant.

6.1.2 Exercise Price and Other Terms. The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under the Plan, including whether upon exercise the SARs will be settled in Shares or cash, which must be determined at the time of grant and set forth in the Award Agreement. However, the Exercise Price of a SAR shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date.

6.2 Exercise of SARs. SARs granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions as set forth in the Award Agreement and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its discretion.

6.3 SAR Agreement. Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Exercise Price, the term of the SAR, the conditions of exercise and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

6.4 Expiration of SARs. A SAR granted under the Plan shall expire upon the date determined by the Administrator in its discretion as set forth in the Award Agreement, or otherwise pursuant to the provisions relating to the expiration of Options as set forth in Section 5.5.

6.5 No “Re-Pricing” Without Shareholder Approval. Except as provided in Section 4.3, in no event may the Administrator directly or indirectly reduce the exercise price of a SAR after it has been granted without the approval of a majority of the shareholders eligible to vote.

6.6 Payment of SAR Amount. Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive (whichever is specified in the Award Agreement) from the Company either (a) a cash payment in an amount equal to (x) the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise and the SAR Exercise Price, multiplied by (y) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised, or (b) a number of Shares by dividing such cash amount by the Fair Market Value of a Share on the exercise date. If the Administrator designates in the Award Agreement that the SAR will be settled in cash, upon Participant’s exercise of the SAR the Company shall make a cash payment to Participant as soon as reasonably practicable.

SECTION 7

STOCK AWARDS

7.1 Grant of Stock Awards. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Stock Awards to Employees, Nonemployee Directors and Consultants in such amounts as the Administrator, in its discretion, shall determine. The Administrator shall determine the number of Shares to be granted to each Participant and the purchase price (if any) to be paid by the Participant for such Shares.

7.2 Stock Agreement. Each Stock Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the terms of the grant, including the Period of Restriction that applies to such grant (if any), the conditions that must be satisfied for the Period of Restriction to lapse, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its discretion, shall determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, Shares granted pursuant to Stock Awards shall be held by the Company as escrow agent until the Period of Restriction has lapsed.

7.3 Transferability. Shares granted pursuant to a Stock Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until expiration of the applicable Period of Restriction (if any).

7.4 Restrictions. In its sole and absolute discretion, the Administrator may set restrictions based on a Participant’s Continuous Status as Employee, Nonemployee Director or Consultant or the achievement of specific Performance Goals (Company-wide, business unit, or individual), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

7.5 Legend on Certificates. The Administrator, in its discretion, may place a legend or legends on the Share certificates to give appropriate notice of such restrictions in the case the Shares are not held by the Company in escrow.

7.6 Release of Shares. Shares granted pursuant to Stock Awards shall be released from escrow as soon as practicable after expiration of the Period of Restriction. At such time, the Participant shall be entitled to have any legend or legends under Section 7.5 removed from his or her Share certificate, and the Shares shall be freely transferable by the Participant, subject to Applicable Law.

7.7 Voting Rights. During any Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares granted pursuant this Section 7 may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement.

7.8 Dividends and Other Distributions. During any Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares granted pursuant to this Section 7 shall be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares shall be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares with respect to which they were paid.

7.9 Return of Stock to Company. On the date that any forfeiture event set forth in the Award Agreement occurs, the Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed shall revert to the Company and again shall become available for grant under the Plan.

SECTION 8

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

8.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Units. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Employees, Consultants and Nonemployee Directors at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Administrator in its discretion. However, the award of Restricted Stock Units under this Section 8 is subject to the “Full-Value Award Limitation,” as described in Section 2.20.

8.1.1 Number of Units. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Restricted Stock Units granted to any Participant, subject to the limitations in Sections 4.1.

8.1.2 Value of Restricted Stock Units. Each Performance Unit shall have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share.

8.2 Performance Goals and Other Terms. The Administrator will set Performance Goals or other vesting provisions, including, without limitation, time-based vesting provisions, in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number Restricted Stock Units that are converted into Shares or into the equivalent value of cash that shall be paid to Participants. The time period during which the Performance Goals or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Restricted Stock Units will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set Performance Goals based upon the achievement of Company-wide or Individual Objectives or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

8.3 Earning of Restricted Stock Units. After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Restricted Stock Units will be entitled to receive a payment based on the number of Restricted Stock Units earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding Performance Goals or other vesting provisions have been achieved.

8.4 Form and Timing of Payment of Restricted Stock Units. Each Award Agreement of Restricted Stock Units shall specify the form of payment, which may be in the form of Shares or in cash. Payment with respect to earned Restricted Stock Units shall be made as soon as reasonably practical (and in no event more than two and one-half months) after the expiration of the Performance Period.

8.5 Cancellation of Restricted Stock Units. On the date that any forfeiture event set forth in the Award Agreement occurs, all unearned or unvested Restricted Stock Units will revert to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan. Such reverted Restricted Stock Units shall credit the Full-Value Award Limitation.

SECTION 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Change In Control. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control, unless an Award is assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, then (i) such Awards shall become fully exercisable during the ten (10) day period immediately prior to the Change in Control, whether or not otherwise then exercisable and (ii) all restrictions and conditions on any Award then outstanding shall lapse as of the date of the Change in Control. Unless an Award is assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, such Award shall terminate and shall no longer be exercisable immediately upon the Change in Control, Participant shall be provided written notification of whether Options granted under the Plan will be assumed, substituted or shall become fully exercisable no later than ten (10) days prior to the Change in Control date.

9.2 Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan or in any Award Agreement, the Participant shall have the right to exercise his or her Award for a period of not less than ten (10) days immediately prior to such dissolution or transaction as to all of the Shares covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Award would not otherwise be exercisable.

9.3 No Effect on Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. Unless otherwise provided by written contract, employment or service with the Company or any of its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. Additionally, the Plan shall not confer upon any Director any right with respect to continuation of service as a Director or nomination to serve as a Director, nor shall it interfere in any way with any rights which such Director or the Company may have to terminate his or her directorship at any time.

9.4 Participation. No Employee, Consultant or Nonemployee Director shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.

9.5 Limitations on Awards. No Participant shall be granted an Award or Awards in any Fiscal Year in which the combined number of Shares underlying such Award(s) exceeds four hundred thousand (400,000) Shares; provided, however, that such limitation shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization as described in Section 4.3.

9.6 Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or, otherwise, sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

9.7 Beneficiary Designations. If permitted by the Administrator, a Participant under the Plan may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom any vested but unpaid Award shall be paid in the event of the Participant’s death. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be effective only if given in a form and manner acceptable to the Administrator. In the absence of any such designation, any vested benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death shall be paid to the Participant’s estate and, subject to the terms of the Plan and of the applicable Award Agreement, any unexercised vested Award may be exercised by the administrator or executor of the Participant’s estate.

9.8 Limited Transferability of Awards. No Award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to an Award granted to a Participant shall be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may, in a manner specified by the Administrator, (a) transfer a Nonqualified Stock Option to a Participant’s spouse, former spouse or dependent pursuant to a court-approved domestic relations order which relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property rights and (b) transfer a Nonqualified Stock Option or Stock Awards by bona fide gift and not for any consideration to (i) a member or members of the Participant’s immediate family, (ii) a trust established for the exclusive benefit of the Participant and/or member(s) of the Participant’s immediate family, (iii) a partnership, limited liability company of other entity whose only partners or members are the Participant and/or member(s) of the Participant’s immediate family or (iv) a foundation in which the Participant an/or member(s) of the Participant’s immediate family control the management of the foundation’s assets.

9.9 Restrictions on Share Transferability. The Administrator may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Award as it may deem advisable, including, but not limited to, restrictions related to applicable federal securities laws, the requirements of any national securities exchange or system upon which Shares are then listed or traded or any blue sky or state securities laws.

9.10 Transfers Upon a Change in Control. In the sole and absolute discretion of the Administrator, an Award Agreement may provide that in the event of certain Change in Control events, which may include any or all of the Change in Control events described in Section 2.8, Shares obtained pursuant to this Plan shall be subject to certain rights and obligations, which include but are not limited to the following: (i) the obligation to vote all such Shares in favor of such Change in Control transaction, whether by vote at a meeting of the Company’s shareholders or by written consent of such shareholders; (ii) the obligation to sell or exchange all such Shares and all rights to acquire Shares, under this Plan pursuant to the terms and conditions of such Change in Control transaction; (iii) the right to transfer less than all but not all of such Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions of such Change in Control transaction, and (iv) the obligation to execute all documents and take any other action reasonably requested by the Company to facilitate the consummation of such Change in Control transaction.

9.11 Performance-Based Awards. Each agreement for the grant of Restricted Stock Units or other performance-based awards shall specify the number of Shares or Units underlying the Award, the Performance Period and the Performance Goals (each as defined below), and each agreement for the grant of any other award that the Administrator determines to make subject to

a Performance Goal similarly shall specify the applicable number of shares of Common Stock, the period for measuring performance and the Performance Goal. As used herein, “Performance Goals” means performance goals specified in the agreement for a Performance Unit Award, or for any other Award which the Administrator determines to make subject to Performance Goals, upon which the vesting or settlement of such award is conditioned and “Performance Period” means the period of time specified in an agreement over which Restricted Stock Units, or another Award which the Administrator determines to make subject to a Performance Goal, are to be earned. Each agreement for a performance-based Award shall specify in respect of a Performance Goal the minimum level of performance below which no payment will be made, shall describe the method of determining the amount of any payment to be made if performance is at or above the minimum acceptable level, but falls short of full achievement of the Performance Goal, and shall specify the maximum percentage payout under the agreement.

9.11.1 Performance Goals for Covered Employees. The Performance Goals for Restricted Stock Units and any other performance-based award granted to a Covered Employee, if deemed appropriate by the Administrator, shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, and shall be based upon one or more of the following performance-based business criteria, either on a business unit or Company-specific basis or in comparison with peer group performance: revenue, operating income, operating cash flows, return on net assets, return on assets, return on equity, return on capital, asset turnover, total stockholder return, net income, pre-tax income, gross margin, profit margin, net income margin, cash flow, book value, earnings per share, earnings growth, EBIT, EBITDA. Achievement of any such Performance Goal shall be measured over a period of years not to exceed ten (10) as specified by the Administrator in the agreement for the performance-based Award. No business criterion other than those named above in this Section 9.11.1 may be used in establishing the Performance Goal for an award to a Covered Employee under this Section 9.11. For each such award relating to a Covered Employee, the Administrator shall establish the targeted level or levels of performance for each such business criterion. The Administrator may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a payout otherwise to be made in connection with an award under this Section 9.11, but may not exercise discretion to increase such amount, and the Administrator may consider other performance criteria in exercising such discretion. All determinations by the Administrator as to the achievement of Performance Goals under this Section 9.11 shall be made in writing. The Administrator may not delegate any responsibility under this Section 9.11. As used herein, “Covered Employee” shall mean, with respect to any grant of an award, an executive of the Company or any Subsidiary who is a member of the executive compensation group under the Company’s compensation practices (not necessarily an executive officer) whom the Administrator deems may be or become a covered employee as defined in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code for any year that such award may result in remuneration over $1 million which would not be deductible under Section 162(m) of the Code but for the provisions of the Program and any other “qualified performance-based compensation” plan (as defined under Section 162(m) of the Code) of the Company; provided, however, that the Administrator may determine that a Plan Participant has ceased to be a Covered Employee prior to the settlement of any award.

9.11.2 Mandatory Deferral of Income. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may require that one or more award agreements contain provisions which provide that, in the event Section 162(m) of the Code, or any successor provision relating to excessive employee

remuneration, would operate to disallow a deduction by the Company with respect to all or part of any award under the Program, a Plan Participant’s receipt of the benefit relating to such award that would not be deductible by the Company shall be deferred until the next succeeding year or years in which the Plan Participant’s remuneration does not exceed the limit set forth in such provisions of the Code; provided, however, that such deferral does not violate Code Section 409A.

SECTION 10

AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION, AND TERMINATION

10.1 Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. Except as provided in Section 10.2, the Board, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted to such Participant. No Award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

10.2 No Amendment without Shareholder Approval. The Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any material Plan amendment (including but not limited to any provision to reduce the exercise or purchase price of any outstanding Options or other Awards after the Grant Date (other than for adjustments made pursuant Section 4.3), or to cancel and re-grant Options or other rights at a lower exercise price), to the extent required to comply with the rules of the NASDAQ, the Exchange Act, Section 422 of the Code, or other Applicable Law.

10.3 Plan Effective Date and Duration of Awards . The Plan shall be effective as of the Plan Adoption Date subject to the shareholders of the Company approving the Plan by the required vote), subject to Sections 10.1 and 10.2 (regarding the Board’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), and shall remain in effect thereafter. If the shareholders of the Company do not approve the Plan by the required vote within twelve months of the Plan Adoption Date, all Awards granted under this Plan, and this Plan in its entirety, shall immediately terminate. However, without further shareholder approval, no Award may be granted under the Plan more than ten (10) years after the Plan Adoption Date.

SECTION 11

TAX WITHHOLDING

11.1 Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or the release of Shares from escrow arrangements or removal of legends, the Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

11.2 Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (a) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares or (b) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a

Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement shall be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made; provided, however, in the case Shares are withheld by the Company to satisfy the tax withholding that would otherwise by issued to the Participant, the amount of such tax withholding shall be determined by applying the statutory minimum federal, state or local income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered shall be determined as of the date taxes are required to be withheld.

SECTION 12

LEGAL CONSTRUCTION

12.1 Liability of Company. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful grant or any Award or the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company, its officers, Directors and Employees of any liability in respect of the failure to grant such Award or to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

12.2 Grants Exceeding Allotted Shares. If the Shares covered by an Award exceed, as of the date of grant, the number of Shares, which may be issued under the Plan without additional shareholder approval, such Award shall be void with respect to such excess Shares, unless shareholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of Shares subject to the Plan is timely obtained.

12.3 Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

12.4 Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

12.5 Requirements of Law. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

12.6 Governing Law. The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California.

12.7 Captions. Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and shall not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

IXYS CORPORATION

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT AND AGREEMENT

Name:	Option Number:
Address:	Plan Name:	2013 Equity Incentive Plan
Employee ID:

Effective                     , 20    , (“Grant Date”), you have been granted [a qualified/non-qualified] stock option to purchase                     (                    ) shares of IXYS Corporation common stock at an Exercise Price of $                     per share pursuant to the IXYS Corporation 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Except as otherwise defined herein, terms with initial capital letters shall have the same meanings set forth in the Plan. A copy of the Plan is attached to this Notice and Agreement. The terms and conditions of the Plan are incorporated herein by this reference. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Option shall become “vested” and exercisable over a period of [                    (    )] year[s] beginning on the Grant Date as follows:

[Insert vesting schedule, including acceleration terms (if any)]

By accepting this grant and exercising any portion of the Option, you represent that you: (i) agree to the terms and conditions of this Notice and Agreement and the Plan; (ii) have reviewed the Plan and the Notice and Agreement in their entirety, and have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of legal counsel and/or your tax advisor with respect thereto; (iii) fully understand and accept all provisions hereof; (iv) agree to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all of the Administrator’s decisions regarding, and all interpretations of, the Plan and the Notice and Agreement; and (v) agree to notify the Company upon any change in your home address indicated above.

Please return a signed copy of this Notice of Stock Option Grant and Agreement to [insert contact name and address of the Company], and retain a copy for your records.

IXYS Corporation

By: Dated:    

[Insert Title]

PARTICIPANT

Dated:

[Insert Title]

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Nathan Zommer, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of IXYS Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 9, 2013

/s/ Nathan Zommer

Nathan Zommer

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Uzi Sasson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of IXYS Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 9, 2013

/s/ Uzi Sasson

Uzi Sasson

President and

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, Nathan Zommer, the Chief Executive Officer of IXYS Corporation (the “Company”), and Uzi Sasson, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies that, to his knowledge:

1. The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013, to which this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1 (the “Periodic Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company at the end of the periods covered by the Periodic Report and results of operations of the Company for the periods covered by the Periodic Report.

Dated: August 9, 2013

/s/ Nathan Zommer

Nathan Zommer

Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Uzi Sasson

Uzi Sasson

Chief Financial Officer

XML

Note 10 Restructuring Charges

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Restructuring Charges [Abstract]

Restructuring Charges Disclosure [Text Block]

10. Restructuring Charges

In the quarter ended September 30, 2009, we initiated plans to restructure our European manufacturing and assembly operations to align them to current market conditions. The plans primarily involved the termination of employees and centralization of certain positions. Costs related to termination of employees represented severance payments and benefits.

The costs in connection with the restructuring plans in Europe have been included under “Restructuring charges” in our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations. The restructuring accrual as of June 30, 2013 was included under “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities” on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Restructuring activity as of and for the three months endedJune 30, 2013 was as follows (in thousands):

	Severance and Related Benefits
Balance at March 31, 2013	$	69
Charges		-
Cash payments		-
Currency translation adjustment		1
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	70

We anticipate that the remaining restructuring obligations of $70,000 as of June 30, 2013will be paid by December31, 2013.

XML

Note 9 Borrowing Arrangements (Narratives) (Details)	3 Months Ended				3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013 IKB Deutshe Industriebank Loan Payable [Member] USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2013 IKB Deutshe Industriebank Loan Payable [Member] EUR (€)	Jun. 30, 2013 Minimum [Member] IKB Deutshe Industriebank Loan Payable [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Maximum [Member] IKB Deutshe Industriebank Loan Payable [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Bank of West Original Arrangement November 13 2009 [Member] USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2013 Bank of West Extended Arrangement December 29 2010 [Member] USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2013 Bank of West [Member] USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2013 Bank of West [Member] Minimum [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Bank of West [Member] Maximum [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Initiation Date					Nov. 13, 2009	Dec. 29, 2010	Dec. 29, 2010
Line of Credit Facility, Expiration Date					Oct. 31, 2011	Oct. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2013
Line of Credit Facility, Amount Outstanding							$ 15,000,000
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity					15,000,000	20,000,000	20,000,000
Line of Credit Facility, Basis Spread on Variable Rate								1.50%	3.25%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate at Period End							2.78%
Available Credit Line for Letter of Credit							3,000,000
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Face Amount	12,200,000	10,000,000
Debt Instrument, Issuance Date	Jun. 10, 2005	Jun. 10, 2005
Debt Instrument, Maturity Date	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2020
Debt Instrument, Payment Terms	each fiscal quarter	each fiscal quarter
Debt Instrument, Description of Variable Rate Basis	three month Euribor rate	three month Euribor rate
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate			0.70%	1.25%
Debt Instrument, Periodic Payment, Principal	217,000	167,000
Long-term Debt, Gross	$ 6,100,000	€ 4,700,000
Derivative, Inception Date	Jun. 30, 2010	Jun. 30, 2010
Derivative, Maturity Date	Jun. 30, 2015	Jun. 30, 2015
Derivative, Swaption Interest Rate	1.99%	1.99%

XML

Statement of Financial Position (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013
Current assets:
Accounts receivable allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 2,609	$ 2,656
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	5,000,000	5,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	80,000,000	80,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	37,973,275	37,921,213
Common stock, shares outstanding	31,046,566	30,885,354
Treasury stock, shares	6,926,709	7,035,859

XML

Note 3 Business Combination

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Business Combination Disclosure [Text Block]

3. Business Combination

On June 27, 2013, we completed the acquisition of a 4-bit and 8-bit microcontroller product line of the System LSI Division of Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. The acquired product line includes microcontrollers for various consumer, medical, automotive, telecom and power management applications. The acquisition is intended to bolster our product portfolio and empower customers to utilize products from across our multiple product lines.

The aggregate purchase price for the acquired assets is $50.0 million. The closing payment was $20.0 million and we are obligated to pay $30.0 million in two installment payments of $15.0 million each. The first installment is due on June 27, 2014 and the second installment is due on December 31, 2014, bearing simple interest at a variable annual rate equal to six-month LIBOR plus a 3 percentage point margin. The above deferred payments are included in “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities” and “Other long term liabilities”, respectively, on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

As of June 30, 2013, we have incurred $201,000 in legal and consulting costs related to the acquisition. The costs incurred have been fully expensed and are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations.

The following table summarizes the preliminary values of the assets acquired at the acquisition date.

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired (in thousands):

		Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation
Inventories		$	1,150
Property, plant and equipment			36
Identifiable intangible assets			48,649
	Total identifiable net assets		49,835
Goodwill			165
	Total purchase price	$	50,000

Identifiable intangible assets consisted of developed intellectual property, customer relationships, in process intellectual property, contract backlog and anoncompetition agreement. The valuation of the acquired intangibles was classified as a level 3 measurement under the fair value measurement guidance, because the valuation was based on significant unobservable inputs and involved management judgment and assumptions about market participants and pricing. In determining fair value of the acquired intangible assets, we determined the appropriate unit of measure, the exit market and the highest and best use for the assets. The income approach and cost approach were used to estimate the fair value. The income approach indicates the fair value of an asset based on the value of the cash flows that the asset can be expected to generate in the future through a discounted cash flow method. The income approach was used to determine the fair values of developed and in processintellectual property, noncompetitionagreement, contract backlogand customer relationships. We utilized a weighted average cost of capital rate of 17% to value these intangibles using the income approach. The cost approach was used to determine the fair value of tangible assets and indicates the fair value of an asset based upon expected replacement value.The purchase price allocation table presented above reflects our preliminary determination of the fair values of the assets acquired. We are in the process of obtaining additional information and reviewing fair value calculations and assumptions prior to finalizing the purchase price allocation during the quarter ended March 31, 2014. The goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes.

Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Information:

We completed the acquisition on June 27, 2013. The acquisition did not have any material impact on our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 as there were no material transactions by the acquired business during the quarter. We are in the process of obtaining the required financial information, including the audited financials of the acquired business for the relevant periods, and will disclose the required pro forma financial information in our subsequent Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, filings, when it becomes practicable to do so.

XML

Note 17 Commitments and Contingencies

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Text Block]

17. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

We are currently involved in a variety of legal matters that arise in the normal course of business. Based on information currently available, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Were an unfavorable ruling to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the results of operations of the period in which the ruling occurs.

Bank of the West

On November 13, 2009, we entered into a credit agreement with BOTW. On December 29, 2010, we entered into an amendment with BOTW to increase the line of credit to $20.0 million and to extend the expiration date to October 31, 2013. The credit agreement includes a letter of credit subfacility, under which BOTW agrees to issue letters of credit of up to $3.0 million. However, borrowing under this subfacility is limited to the extent of availability under the $20.0 million revolving line of credit.At June 30,2013, the outstanding principal balance under the credit agreement was $15.0 million. See Note 9, “Borrowing Arrangements” for further information regarding the terms of the credit agreement.

Microcontroller Acquisition Deferred Payments

We are obligated to pay $30.0 million in two installment payments of $15.0 million each. The first installment is due on June 27, 2014 and the second installment is due on December 31, 2014. See Note 3, “Business Combination” for further information regarding the acquisition.

Other Commitments and Contingencies

On occasion, we provide limited indemnification to customers against intellectual property infringement claims related to our products. To date, we have not experienced significant activity or claims related to such indemnifications. We also provide in the normal course of business indemnification to our officers, directors and selected parties. We are unable to estimate any potential future liability, if any. Therefore, no liability for these indemnification agreements has been recorded as of June 30, 2013 and March 31, 2013.

XML

Note 15 Segment and Geographic Information (Narratives) (Details)	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013 N	Jun. 30, 2012 N
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Top Customer Percentage More Than 10% of Total Revenue	12.90%	12.40%
Second Customer Percentage More Than 10% of Total Revenue	11.60%	11.70%
Number of Major Customers	2	2

XML

Note 11 Pension Plans (Narratives) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013 N
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Abstract]
Number of Defined Benefit Plans	3
Defined Benefit Plan, Measurement Date	March 31
Defined Benefit Plan, Estimated Future Employer Contributions in Current Fiscal Year	$ 978,000

XML

Note 11 Pension Plans

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Abstract]

Pension Plans [Text Block]

11. Pension Plans

We maintain three defined benefit pension plans: one for United Kingdom employees, one for German employees, and one for Philippine employees. These plans cover most of the employees in the United Kingdom, Germany and the Philippines. Benefits are based on years of service and the employees' compensation. We deposit funds for these plans, consistent with the requirements of local law, with investment management companies, insurance companies, banks or trustees and/or accrue for the unfunded portion of the obligations. The measurement date for the projected benefit obligations and the plan assets is March 31. The United Kingdom and German plans have been curtailed. As such, the plans are closed to new entrants and no credit is provided for additional periods of service. The German plan was held by a separate legal entity. As of June 30, 2013, the German defined benefit plan was completely unfunded. We expect to contribute approximately $978,000 to the United Kingdom and the Philippines plans in the fiscal year ending March 31, 2014. This contribution is primarily contractual.

The net periodic pension expense includes the following components (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended
	June 30,
	2013		2012
	(unaudited)
Service cost	$	28	$	24
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation		458		471
Expected return on plan assets		(408)		(379)
Recognized actuarial loss		58		42
Net periodic pension expense	$	136	$	158

Information on Plan Assets

We report and measure the plan assets of our defined benefit pension plans at fair value. The table below sets forth the fair value of our plan assets as of June 30, 2013 and March 31, 2013, using the same three-level hierarchy of fair-value inputs described in Note 4, “Fair Value” (in thousands):

	June 30, 2013								March 31, 2013
Description	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3			Total	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3			Total
Cash and cash funds	$	632	$	-	$	-	$	632	$	669	$	-	$	-	$	669
Currency contracts		-		1		-		1		-		(15)		-		(15)
Equity		18,612		-		9		18,621		18,411		3		6		18,420
Fixed interest		1,277		4,315		3		5,595		1,479		4,525		2		6,006
Mortgage backed securities		-		14		-		14		-		11		-		11
Swaps		-		12		-		12		2		37		(1)		38
Total	$	20,521	$	4,342	$	12	$	24,875	$	20,561	$	4,561	$	7	$	25,129

XML

Note 6 Inventories (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013
Inventory Net [Abstract]
Raw Materials	$ 18,100	$ 17,349
Work in Process	41,940	41,036
Finished Goods	26,857	25,444
Inventory Net, Total	$ 86,897	$ 83,829

XML

Note 11 Pension Plans (Net Periodic Pension Expense) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Defined Benefit Plan, Net Periodic Benefit Cost [Abstract]
Service Cost	$ 28	$ 24
Interest Cost on Projected Benefit Obligation	458	471
Expected Return on Plan Assets	(408)	(379)
Recognized Actuarial Loss	58	42
Net Periodic Pension Expense	$ 136	$ 158

XML

Note 11 Pension Plans (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Net Benefit Costs [Table Text Block]

	Three Months Ended
	June 30,
	2013		2012
	(unaudited)
Service cost	$	28	$	24
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation		458		471
Expected return on plan assets		(408)		(379)
Recognized actuarial loss		58		42
Net periodic pension expense	$	136	$	158

Defined Benefit Plan, Plan Assets Fair Value [Table Text Block]

	June 30, 2013								March 31, 2013
Description	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3			Total	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3			Total
Cash and cash funds	$	632	$	-	$	-	$	632	$	669	$	-	$	-	$	669
Currency contracts		-		1		-		1		-		(15)		-		(15)
Equity		18,612		-		9		18,621		18,411		3		6		18,420
Fixed interest		1,277		4,315		3		5,595		1,479		4,525		2		6,006
Mortgage backed securities		-		14		-		14		-		11		-		11
Swaps		-		12		-		12		2		37		(1)		38
Total	$	20,521	$	4,342	$	12	$	24,875	$	20,561	$	4,561	$	7	$	25,129

XML

Pension Plans (Policy)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Abstract]

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, Pensions, Policy [Policy Text Block]

We maintain three defined benefit pension plans: one for United Kingdom employees, one for German employees, and one for Philippine employees. These plans cover most of the employees in the United Kingdom, Germany and the Philippines. Benefits are based on years of service and the employees' compensation. We deposit funds for these plans, consistent with the requirements of local law, with investment management companies, insurance companies, banks or trustees and/or accrue for the unfunded portion of the obligations. The measurement date for the projected benefit obligations and the plan assets is March 31. The United Kingdom and German plans have been curtailed. As such, the plans are closed to new entrants and no credit is provided for additional periods of service. The German plan was held by a separate legal entity.

XML

Fair Value (Policy)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value of Financial Instruments, Policy [Policy Text Block]

We account for certain assets and liabilities at fair value. In determining fair value, we consider its principal or most advantageous market and the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing, such as inherent risk, restrictions on sale and risk of nonperformance. The fair value hierarchy is based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques. Observable inputs (highest level) reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs (lowest level) reflect internally developed market assumptions. The fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy:

Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs or significant value-drivers are observable in active markets.

Level 3 — Model-derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value-drivers are unobservable.

We measure our marketable securities and derivative contracts at fair value. Marketable securities are valued using the quoted market prices and are therefore classified as Level 1 estimates.

From time to time, we use derivative instruments to manage exposures to changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates, and the fair values of these instruments are recorded on the balance sheets. We have elected not to designate these instruments as accounting hedges. The changes in the fair value of these instruments are recorded in the current period's statement of operations and are included in other income (expense), net. All of our derivative instruments are traded on over-the-counter markets where quoted market prices are not readily available. For those derivatives, we measure fair value using prices obtained from the counterparties with whom we have traded. The counterparties price the derivatives based on models that use primarily market observable inputs, such as yield curves and option volatilities. Accordingly, we classify these derivatives as Level 2.

Auction rate preferred securities, or ARPS, are stated at par value based upon observable inputs including historical redemptions received from the ARPS issuers.

Cash and cash equivalents are recognized and measured at fair value in our consolidated financial statements. Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses and other current assets are financial assets with carrying values that approximate fair value.

Our indebtedness for borrowed money and our installment payment obligations approximate fair value, as the interest rates either adjust according to the market rates or the interest rates approximate the market rates.

XML

Note 4 Fair Value (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2013
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Marketable Equity Securities	$ 3,354		$ 4,116
Auction Rate Preferred Securities	350		350
Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Money Market Funds	51,049	[1],[2]	67,959	[1],[2]
Marketable Equity Securities	3,354	[1],[3]	4,116	[1],[3]
Auction Rate Preferred Securities	350	[1],[3]	350	[1],[3]
Derivative Liabilities	(166)	[1],[4]	(198)	[1],[4]
Net Assets Fair Value, Total	54,587	[1]	72,227	[1]
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Money Market Funds	51,049	[1],[2]	67,959	[1],[2]
Marketable Equity Securities	3,354	[1],[3]	4,116	[1],[3]
Net Assets Fair Value, Total	54,403	[1]	72,075	[1]
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Auction Rate Preferred Securities	350	[1],[3]	350	[1],[3]
Derivative Liabilities	(166)	[1],[4]	(198)	[1],[4]
Net Assets Fair Value, Total	$ 184	[1]	$ 152	[1]

[1] We did not have any recurring assets whose fair value was measured using significant unobservable inputs.

[2] Included in "Cash and cash equivalents" on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

[3] Included in "Other assets" on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

[4] Included in "Accrued expenses and other current liabilities" on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

XML

Note 6 Inventories (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Inventory Net [Abstract]

Schedule of Inventory, Current [Table Text Block]

	June 30,		March 31,
	2013		2013
	(unaudited)
Raw materials	$	18,100	$	17,349
Work in process		41,940		41,036
Finished goods		26,857		25,444
Total	$	86,897	$	83,829

XML

Note 13 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax [Abstract]

Schedule of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Table Text Block]

The components and the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, were as follows (in thousands):
		Foreign Currency		Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities (1)		Defined Benefit Pension Plans (2)		Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss)
Balance as of March 31, 2013		$	2,982	$	60	$	(6,135)	$	(3,093)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
	before reclassifications		1,356		(286)		-		1,070
Net losses (gains) reclassified from
	accumulated other comprehensive
	income		-		(57)		-		(57)
Net current period other comprehensive
	income (loss)		1,356		(343)		-		1,013
Balance as of June 30, 2013		$	4,338	$	(283)	$	(6,135)	$	(2,080)
(1) Net of taxes of $(152) at June 30, 2013 and $31 at March 31,2013.
(2) Net of taxes of $(1,941).

Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Table Text Block]

The amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the three months ended June 30, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Components	Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income		Impacted Line Item on Consolidated Income Statements
Net gain on investments:	$	88	Other income (expense), net
		(31)	Provision for income tax
Net of tax	$	57

XML

Note 7 Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities [Abstract]
Uninvoiced Goods and Services	$ 7,690	$ 8,204
Compensation and Benefits	6,369	5,950
Short Term Installment Payment Obligation	15,000	0
Commission, Royalties and Other	2,657	2,838
Accrued Liabilities Current, Total	$ 31,716	$ 16,992

XML

Note 3 Business Combination (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Schedule Of Purchase Price Allocation [Table Text Block]

		Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation
Inventories		$	1,150
Property, plant and equipment			36
Identifiable intangible assets			48,649
	Total identifiable net assets		49,835
Goodwill			165
	Total purchase price	$	50,000

XML

Note 13 Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) (AOCI Reclass) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013
Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Gain (Loss) on Investments Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income	$ 88
Tax Effect on Gain (Loss) on Investments Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income	(31)
Net Gain (Loss) on Investments Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income	$ 57

XML

Note 13 Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) (AOCI Change) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2013
Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income by Component [Line Items]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax	$ (2,080)		$ (3,093)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Available-for-sale Securities, Tax	(152)		31
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Pension, Tax	(1,941)
Foreign Currency [Member]
Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income by Component [Line Items]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax	4,338		2,982
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) before Reclassifications	1,356
Net Current Period Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	1,356
Unrealized (Gains) Losses on Securities [Member]
Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income by Component [Line Items]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax	(283)	[1]	60	[1]
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) before Reclassifications	(286)
Net Losses (Gains) Reclassification from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income	(57)
Net Current Period Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	(343)
Defined Benefit Pension Plans [Member]
Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income by Component [Line Items]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax	(6,135)	[2]	(6,135)	[2]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]
Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income by Component [Line Items]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax	(2,080)		(3,093)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) before Reclassifications	1,070
Net Losses (Gains) Reclassification from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income	(57)
Net Current Period Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	$ 1,013

[1] Net of Taxes of $(152) at June 30, 2013, and $31 at March 31, 2013.

[2] Net of Taxes of $(1,941).

XML

Note 3 Business Combination (Narratives) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013
Business Combinations [Abstract]
Business Acquisition, Name of Acquired Entity	System LSI Division of Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
Business Acquisition, Description of Acquired Entity	The acquired product line includes microcontrollers for various consumer, medical, automotive, telecom and power management applications.
Business Combination, Reason for Business Combination	The acquisition is intended to bolster our product portfolio and empower customers to utilize products from across our multiple product lines.
Business Acquisition, Effective Date of Acquisition	Jun. 27, 2013
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Purchase Price	$ 50,000,000
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Cash Paid at Closing Date	20,000,000
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Deferred Payments, Total	30,000,000
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Deferred Payments, Each Installment	15,000,000	0
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Deferred Payments, Number of Installment Payments	2
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Due Date of First Installment Payment	Jun. 27, 2014
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Due Date of Second Installment Payment	Dec. 31, 2014
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Deferred Payments, Description of Variable Rate Basis	six-month LIBOR
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Deferred Payments, Basis Spread on Variable Rate	3.00%
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Transaction Costs	$ 201,000
Discount Rate Assumed in Applying Income Approach	17.00%

XML

Note 16 Income Taxes (Narratives) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Total Income Tax Provision	$ 926	$ 3,234
Effective Tax Provision Rate	31.90%	35.00%

XML

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Policy)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Basis of Accounting [Policy Text Block]

The accompanying interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of IXYS Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The accounting estimates that require management's most difficult judgments include, but are not limited to, revenue reserves, inventory valuation, accounting for income taxes, allocation of purchase price in business combinations and restructuring costs. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. All adjustments of a normal recurring nature that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods have been made. The condensed balance sheet as of March 31,2013 has been derived from our audited balance sheet as of that date. It is recommended that the interim financial statements be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, or fiscal 2013,contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results expected for later quarters or the full fiscal year.

XML

Statement of Comprehensive Income (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Tax on changes in unrealized gain (loss)	$ (152)	$ 18
Tax on reclassification adjustment for sales of securities included in net income	$ (31)	$ 17

XML

Note 1 Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Basis of Accounting [Text Block]

1. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of IXYS Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The accounting estimates that require management's most difficult judgments include, but are not limited to, revenue reserves, inventory valuation, accounting for income taxes, allocation of purchase price in business combinations and restructuring costs. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. All adjustments of a normal recurring nature that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods have been made. The condensed balance sheet as of March 31,2013 has been derived from our audited balance sheet as of that date. It is recommended that the interim financial statements be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, or fiscal 2013,contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results expected for later quarters or the full fiscal year.

XML

Note 4 Fair Value

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Disclosures [Text Block]

4. Fair Value

We account for certain assets and liabilities at fair value. In determining fair value, we consider its principal or most advantageous market and the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing, such as inherent risk, restrictions on sale and risk of nonperformance. The fair value hierarchy is based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques. Observable inputs (highest level) reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs (lowest level) reflect internally developed market assumptions. The fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy:

Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs or significant value-drivers are observable in active markets.

Level 3 — Model-derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value-drivers are unobservable.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, excluding accrued interest components, consisted of the following types of instruments as of June 30, 2013and March 31,2013 (in thousands):

			June 30, 2013 (1)						March 31, 2013 (1)
					Fair Value Measured at						Fair Value Measured at
					Reporting Date Using						Reporting Date Using
Description			Total		Level 1		Level 2		Total		Level 1		Level 2
			(unaudited)						(unaudited)
Money market funds (2)			$	51,049	$	51,049	$	-	$	67,959	$	67,959	$	-
Marketable equity securities (3)				3,354		3,354		-		4,116		4,116		-
Auction rate preferred securities (3)				350		-		350		350		-		350
Derivative liabilities (4)				(166)		-		(166)		(198)		-		(198)
	Total		$	54,587	$	54,403	$	184	$	72,227	$	72,075	$	152
(1)		We did not have any recurring assets whose fair value was measured using significant unobservable inputs.
(2)		Included in "Cash and cash equivalents" on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.
(3)		Included in "Other assets" on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.
(4)		Included in "Accrued expenses and other current liabilities" on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

We measure our marketable securities and derivative contracts at fair value. Marketable securities are valued using the quoted market prices and are therefore classified as Level 1 estimates.

From time to time, we use derivative instruments to manage exposures to changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates, and the fair values of these instruments are recorded on the balance sheets. We have elected not to designate these instruments as accounting hedges. The changes in the fair value of these instruments are recorded in the current period's statement of operations and are included in other income (expense), net. All of our derivative instruments are traded on over-the-counter markets where quoted market prices are not readily available. For those derivatives, we measure fair value using prices obtained from the counterparties with whom we have traded. The counterparties price the derivatives based on models that use primarily market observable inputs, such as yield curves and option volatilities. Accordingly, we classify these derivatives as Level 2. See Note 9, “Borrowing Arrangements” for further information regarding the terms of the derivative contract.

Auction rate preferred securities, or ARPS, are stated at par value based upon observable inputs including historical redemptions received from the ARPS issuers. All of our ARPS have AAA credit ratings, are 100% collateralized and continue to pay interest in accordance with their contractual terms. Additionally, the collateralized asset value ranges exceed the value of our ARPS by approximately 300 percent. Accordingly, the remaining ARPS balance of $350,000 is categorized as Level 2 for fair value measurement in accordance with the authoritative guidance provided by FASB and was recorded at full par value on the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2013and March 31, 2013. We currently believe that the ARPS values are not impaired and as such, no impairment has been recognized against the investment. If future auctions fail to materialize and the credit rating of the issuers deteriorates, we may be required to record an impairment charge against the value of our ARPS.

Cash and cash equivalents are recognized and measured at fair value in our consolidated financial statements. Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses and other current assets are financial assets with carrying values that approximate fair value. Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities are financial liabilities with carrying values that approximate fair value.

Our indebtedness for borrowed money and our installment payment obligations approximate fair value, as the interest rates either adjust according to the market rates or the interest rates approximate the market rates. The estimated fair value of these items was approximately $51.3 million and $21.4 millionas of June 30, 2013and March 31, 2013, respectively. Our indebtedness for borrowed money, which primarily consists of loans from banks, is categorized as Level 2 for fair value measurement. Our installment payment obligations, which primarily consist of the deferred payments of our business acquisition, are categorized as Level 1 for fair value measurement. See Note 11, “Pension Plans” for a discussion of pension liabilities.

XML

Note 2 Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Accounting Changes

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

New Accounting Pronouncements and Changes in Accounting Principles [Abstract]

Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Accounting Changes [Text Block]

2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Accounting Changes

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011, Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued authoritative guidance on disclosure about offsetting assets and liabilities. The amendments require an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. The guidance is effective for us in the fiscal year that began on April 1, 2013and did not have significant impact on our unaudited consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In July 2012, FASB issued authoritative guidance on testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. Under the amendments in this guidance, an entity has the option to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the intangible asset is impaired. If an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, the entity is not required to take further action. If an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived asset and perform the quantitative impairment test by comparing the fair value with the carrying value. The amendments are effective for us in the fiscal year that began on April 1, 2013and did not have any impact on our unaudited consolidated financial statements and disclosures since we do not have any indefinite-lived intangible assets; however, the amendments may affect us in the future if we acquire indefinite-lived intangible assets.

In February 2013, FASB issued authoritative guidance on reporting of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. In addition to the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements, the amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. The guidance is effective for us in the fiscal year that began on April 1, 2013 and did not have material impact on our unaudited financial statements.

Reclassification

Certain amounts in the prior period have been reclassified to conform to the current period financial statement and footnote presentation, including an immaterial reclassification of stock-based compensation expense between cost of sales and operating expenses in the quarter ended June 30, 2012. These reclassifications did not affect our net income as previously reported.

XML

Note 14 Computation of Earnings Per Share (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Schedule of Earnings Per Share, Basic and Diluted [Table Text Block]

	Three Months Ended
		June 30,
	2013		2012
	(unaudited)
Net income	$	1,979	$	6,007
Weighted average shares - basic		30,948		31,351
Weighted average shares - diluted		31,635		32,378
Net income per share - basic	$	0.06	$	0.19
Net income per share - diluted	$	0.06	$	0.19

XML

Employee Equity Incentive Plans (Policy)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Share-based Compensation, Option and Incentive Plans Policy [Policy Text Block]

Stock Purchase and Stock Option Plans

The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

On May 17, 2013, the Board of Directors of our company approved the adoption of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, under which 2,000,000 shares of our common stock will be reserved for the grant of stock options and other equity incentives. No rights have been granted under this plan to date.

The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan

On September 10, 2009, our stockholders approved the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2009 Plan, under which 900,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for the grant of stock options and other equity incentives. On September 16, 2011, our stockholders approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2011 Plan, under which 600,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for the grant of stock options and other equity incentives. The 2009 Plan and the 2011 Plan are referred to as the Plans.

Stock Options

Under the Plans, nonqualified and incentive stock options may be granted to employees, consultants and non-employee directors. Generally, the per share exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the grant date. The Board of Directors has the full power to determine the provisions of each option issued under the Plans. While we may grant options that become exercisable at different times or within different periods, we have primarily granted options that vest over four years. The options, once granted, expire ten years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock awards may be granted to any employee, director or consultant under the Plans. Pursuant to a restricted stock award, we will issue shares of common stock that will be released from restriction if certain requirements, including continued performance of services, are met.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Awards of stock appreciation rights, or SARs, may be granted to employees, consultants and nonemployee directors pursuant to the Plans. A SAR is payable on the difference between the market price at the time of exercise and the exercise price at the date of grant. In any event, the exercise price of a SAR shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the grant date and shall expire no later than ten years from the grant date. Upon exercise, the holder of a SAR shall be entitled to receive payment either in cash or a number of shares by dividing such cash amount by the fair market value of a share on the exercise date.

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units, denominated performance units in the 2009 Plan, may be granted to employees, consultants and nonemployee directors under the Plans. Each restricted stock unit shall have a value equal to the fair market value of one share. After the applicable performance period has ended, the holder will be entitled to receive a payment, either in cash or in the form of shares, based on the number of restricted stock units earned over the performance period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance goals or other vesting provisions have been achieved.

Zilog 2004 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan

The Zilog 2004 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan, or the Zilog 2004 Plan, was approved by the stockholders of Zilog in 2004, and was amended and approved by the stockholders of Zilog in 2007. In connection with the acquisition of Zilog, our Board of Directors approved assumption of the Zilog 2004 Plan. Employees of Zilog and persons first employed by our company after the closing of the acquisition of Zilog may receive grants under the Zilog 2004 Plan. Under the 2004 Plan, incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, or restricted shares may be granted. At the time of the assumption of the Zilog 2004 Plan by our company, up to 652,963 shares of our common stock were available for grant under the plan.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In May 1999, the Board of Directors approved the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the Purchase Plan, and reserved 500,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the Purchase Plan. Under the Purchase Plan, all eligible employees may purchase our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value at the beginning of the offer period or the semi-annualpurchase date. Stock purchases are limited to 15% of an employee's eligible compensation.

XML

Note 4 Fair Value (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Table Text Block]

			June 30, 2013 (1)						March 31, 2013 (1)
					Fair Value Measured at						Fair Value Measured at
					Reporting Date Using						Reporting Date Using
Description			Total		Level 1		Level 2		Total		Level 1		Level 2
			(unaudited)						(unaudited)
Money market funds (2)			$	51,049	$	51,049	$	-	$	67,959	$	67,959	$	-
Marketable equity securities (3)				3,354		3,354		-		4,116		4,116		-
Auction rate preferred securities (3)				350		-		350		350		-		350
Derivative liabilities (4)				(166)		-		(166)		(198)		-		(198)
	Total		$	54,587	$	54,403	$	184	$	72,227	$	72,075	$	152
(1)		We did not have any recurring assets whose fair value was measured using significant unobservable inputs.
(2)		Included in "Cash and cash equivalents" on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.
(3)		Included in "Other assets" on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.
(4)		Included in "Accrued expenses and other current liabilities" on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.

XML

Note 10 Restructuring Charges (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Restructuring Charges [Abstract]

Schedule of Restructuring Reserve by Type of Cost [Table Text Block]

	Severance and Related Benefits
Balance at March 31, 2013	$	69
Charges		-
Cash payments		-
Currency translation adjustment		1
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	70

XML

Note 17 Commitments and Contingencies (Narratives) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013
Acquisition Deferred Payments [Abstract]
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Deferred Payments, Total	$ 30,000,000
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Deferred Payments, Each Installment	15,000,000	0
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Deferred Payments, Number of Installment Payments	2
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Due Date of First Installment Payment	Jun. 27, 2014
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Due Date of Second Installment Payment	Dec. 31, 2014
Bank of West Original Arrangement November 13 2009 [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Initiation Date	Nov. 13, 2009
Line of Credit Facility, Expiration Date	Oct. 31, 2011
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity	15,000,000
Bank of West Extended Arrangement December 29 2010 [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Initiation Date	Dec. 29, 2010
Line of Credit Facility, Expiration Date	Oct. 31, 2013
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity	20,000,000
Bank of West [Member]
Line of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Initiation Date	Dec. 29, 2010
Line of Credit Facility, Expiration Date	Oct. 31, 2013
Line of Credit Facility, Amount Outstanding	15,000,000
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity	20,000,000
Available Credit Line for Letter of Credit	$ 3,000,000

XML

Note 10 Restructuring Charges (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Reserve Balance, Beginning Balance	$ 69
Charges	0
Cash Payments	0
Currency Translation Adjustment	1
Reserve Balance, Ending Balance	$ 70

XML

Note 8 Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Narratives) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013
Business Acquisition, Contingent Consideration [Line Items]
Business Acquisition, Effective Date of Acquisition	Jun. 27, 2013
Business Acquisition, Purchase Price Allocation, Goodwill Amount	$ 165

XML

Note 4 Fair Value (Narratives) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013
Auction Market Preferred Securities [Abstract]
Collateralized Asset Value Exceeding Value of ARPS Percentage	300.00%
Auction Rate Preferred Securities, Credit Ratings	AAA
Auction Rate Preferred Securities, Percentage Collateralized	100.00%
Debt, Long-term and Short-term, Combined Amount [Abstract]
Debt, Fair Value	$ 51,300,000	$ 21,400,000
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Auction Rate Preferred Securities	$ 350,000	$ 350,000

XML

Statement of Financial Position (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 85,829	$ 107,116
Restricted cash	318	314
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $2,609 at June 30, 2013 and $2,656 at March 31, 2013	40,923	37,752
Inventories	86,897	83,829
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	7,721	7,328
Deferred income taxes	7,205	7,167
Total current assets	228,893	243,506
Property, plant and equipment, net	51,461	51,995
Intangible assets, net	51,273	2,893
Goodwill	165	0
Deferred income taxes	25,040	24,847
Other assets	9,553	10,235
Total assets	366,385	333,476
Current liabilities:
Current portion of capitalized lease obligations	2,522	2,458
Current portion of loans payable	15,964	15,956
Accounts payable	12,804	12,822
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	31,716	16,992
Total current liabilities	63,006	48,228
Capitalized lease obligations, net of current portion	2,377	2,974
Long term loans, net of current portion	5,297	5,459
Other long term liabilities	21,865	6,877
Pension liabilities	16,150	16,330
Total liabilities	108,695	79,868
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value:(Authorized: 5,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding)	0	0
Common stock, $0.01 par value:(Authorized: 80,000,000 shares; 37,973,275 issued and 31,046,566 outstanding at June 30, 2013 and 37,921,213 issued and 30,885,354 outstanding at March 31, 2013)	380	379
Additional paid-in capital	203,741	202,598
Treasury stock, at cost: 6,926,709 common shares at June 30, 2013 and 7,035,859 common shares at March 31, 2013	(61,033)	(61,994)
Retained earnings	116,682	115,718
Accumulated other comprehensive income	(2,080)	(3,093)
Total stockholders' equity	257,690	253,608
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 366,385	$ 333,476

XML

Note 7 Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities [Abstract]

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities [Text Block]

7. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

		June 30,		March 31,
		2013		2013
		(unaudited)
Uninvoiced goods and services		$	7,690	$	8,204
Compensation and benefits			6,369		5,950
Short term installment payment obligation			15,000		-
Commission, royalties and other			2,657		2,838
	Total	$	31,716	$	16,992

XML

Statement of Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income	$ 1,979	$ 6,007
Foreign currency translation adjustments	1,356	(5,100)
Changes in unrealized gain (loss), net of taxes (benefits) of $(152) and $18	(286)	34
Reclassification adjustment for net losses (gains) realized in net income, net of taxes (benefits) of $(31) and $17	(57)	31
Net change in market value of investments	(343)	65
Total comprehensive income	$ 2,992	$ 972

XML

Note 11 Pension Plans (Information on Plan Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	$ 24,875	$ 25,129
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	20,521	20,561
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	4,342	4,561
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	12	7
Cash and Cash Funds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	632	669
Cash and Cash Funds [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	632	669
Currency Contracts [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	1	(15)
Currency Contracts [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	1	(15)
Equity [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	18,621	18,420
Equity [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	18,612	18,411
Equity [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	0	3
Equity [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	9	6
Fixed Interest [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	5,595	6,006
Fixed Interest [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	1,277	1,479
Fixed Interest [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	4,315	4,525
Fixed Interest [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	3	2
Mortgage Backed Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	14	11
Mortgage Backed Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	14	11
Swaps [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	12	38
Swaps [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	0	2
Swaps [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	12	37
Swaps [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 3 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Fair Value of Plan Assets	$ 0	$ (1)

XML

Statement of Earnings (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Income Statement [Abstract]
Net revenues	$ 71,186	$ 80,857
Cost of goods sold	50,049	53,784
Gross profit	21,137	27,073
Operating expenses:
Research, development and engineering	7,687	6,930
Selling, general and administrative	10,043	10,790
Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets	246	640
Total operating expenses	17,976	18,360
Operating income	3,161	8,713
Other income (expense):
Interest income	39	84
Interest expense	(212)	(257)
Other income (expense), net	(83)	701
Income before income tax provision	2,905	9,241
Provision for income tax	(926)	(3,234)
Net income	$ 1,979	$ 6,007
Net income per share:
Basic	$ 0.06	$ 0.19
Diluted	$ 0.06	$ 0.19
Cash dividends per common share	$ 0.03	$ 0
Weighted average shares used in per share calculation:
Basic	30,948	31,351
Diluted	31,635	32,378

XML

Note 8 Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Asset, Fair Value	$ 48,649
Developed Intellectual Property [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Asset, Fair Value	14,256
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Method	Straight-line
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Estimated Useful Life	60 months
Customer Relationships [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Asset, Fair Value	14,703
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Method	Accelerated
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Estimated Useful Life	36 months
In Progress Intellectual Property [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Asset, Fair Value	13,090
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Method	Straight-line
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Estimated Useful Life	60 months
Contract Backlog [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Asset, Fair Value	5,250
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Method	Straight-line
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Estimated Useful Life	12 months
Noncompetition Agreement
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Asset, Fair Value	$ 1,350
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Method	Straight-line
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Estimated Useful Life	120 months

XML

Computation of Earnings Per Share (Policy)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Basic net income available per common share is computed using net income and the weighted average number of common shares outstandingduring the period. Diluted net income per common share is computed using net income and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, assuming dilution, which includes potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive common shares include the assumed exercise of stock options and assumed vesting of restricted stock units using the treasury stock method.

XML

Note 16 Income Taxes

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Tax Disclosure [Text Block]

16. Income Taxes

For the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, we recorded income tax provisions of $926,000 and $3.2 million, reflecting effective tax rates of 31.9% and 35.0%, respectively. For the three months ended June 30, 2013, the effective tax rate reflected estimates of annual income in domestic and foreign jurisdictions, as adjusted by certain tax items. For the three months ended June 30, 2012, the effective tax rate reflected estimates of annual income in domestic and foreign jurisdictions, as adjusted by certain tax items.

XML

Note 3 Business Combination (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013
Business Acquisition, Purchase Price Allocation [Abstract]
Inventories	$ 1,150
Property, Plant and Equipment	36
Identifiable Intangible Assets	48,649
Total Identifiable Net Assets	49,835
Goodwill	165
Total Purchase Price	$ 50,000

XML

Note 10 Restructuring Charges (Narratives) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013
Restructuring Charges [Abstract]
Restructuring and Related Activities, Description	In the quarter ended September 30, 2009, we initiated plans to restructure our European manufacturing and assembly operations to align them to current market conditions. The plans primarily involved the termination of employees and centralization of certain positions. Costs related to termination of employees represented severance payments and benefits.
Restructuring and Related Activities, Completion Date	Dec. 31, 2013
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring Reserve	$ 70	$ 69

XML

Note 14 Computation of Earnings Per Share (Narratives) (Details)	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Weighted Average Number Diluted Shares Outstanding Adjustment	687,000	1,027,000
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share, Amount	2,657,320	1,682,804

XML

Note 12 Employee Equity Incentive Plans (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Schedule of Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Table Text Block]

	Three Months Ended June 30,
Statement of Operations Classifications		2013		2012
	(unaudited)
Cost of goods sold	$	166	$	116
Research, development and engineering		208		281
Selling, general and administrative expenses		297		698
Stock-based compensation effect in income before taxes		671		1,095
Provision for income taxes (1)		208		383
Net stock-based compensation effects in net income	$	463	$	712
________________
(1) Estimated at a statutory income tax rate of 31% in fiscal year 2014 and 35% in fiscal year 2013.

Schedule of Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Fair Value Assumptions and Methodology [Table Text Block]

		Stock Options				Purchase Plan
		Three Months				Three Months
		Ended June 30,				Ended June 30,
		2013 (1)		2012		2013		2012
Weighted average estimated fair
	value of grant per share	$	na	$	5.47	$	2.60	$	3.67
Risk-free interest rate			na		0.9%		0.1%		0.1%
Expected term in years			na		6.34		0.5		0.5
Volatility			na		55.4%		38.5%		46.8%
Dividend yield			na		0%		0%		0%
(1) No stock options were granted during the quarter ended June 30, 2013.

Schedule of Share-based Compensation, Stock Options Activity [Table Text Block]

			Weighted Average
		Number of	Exercise Price			Intrinsic Value (1)
		Shares	Per Share
						(000)
Balance at March 31, 2013		5,327,473	$	10.04
	Options granted	-	$	-
	Options exercised	(109,150)	$	8.04	$	338
	Options cancelled	(10,000)	$	9.02
	Options expired	(2,500)	$	12.13
Balance at June 30, 2013		5,205,823	$	10.08
Exercisable at June 30, 2013		4,108,073	$	9.83
Exercisable at March 31, 2013		4,065,473	$	9.74
(1) Represents the difference between the exercise price and the value of our common stock at the time of exercise.

XML

Note 7 Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities [Abstract]

Schedule of Accrued Liabilities [Table Text Block]

		June 30,		March 31,
		2013		2013
		(unaudited)
Uninvoiced goods and services		$	7,690	$	8,204
Compensation and benefits			6,369		5,950
Short term installment payment obligation			15,000		-
Commission, royalties and other			2,657		2,838
	Total	$	31,716	$	16,992

XML

Note 8 Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets Acquired as Part of Business Combination [Table Text Block]

					Estimated
		Fair Value		Amortization	Useful Life
		(In thousands)		Method	(In months)
Developed intellectual property		$	14,256	Straight-line	60
Customer relationships			14,703	Accelerated	36
In process intellectual property			13,090	Straight-line	60
Contract backlog			5,250	Straight-line	12
Noncompetition agreement			1,350	Straight-line	120
	Total	$	48,649

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Table Text Block]

	Identified intangible assets of our company consisted of the following as of June 30, 2013 (in thousands):
		Gross Intangible Assets		Accumulated Amortization			Net Intangible Assets
Developed intellectual property		$	19,056	$	2,658	$	16,398
Customer relationships			20,803		6,100		14,703
In process intellectual property			13,090		-		13,090
Contract backlog			7,250		2,000		5,250
Other intangible assets			2,537		705		1,832
Total identifiable intangible assets		$	62,736	$	11,463	$	51,273
	Identified intangible assets of our company consisted of the following as of March 31, 2013 (in thousands):
		Gross Intangible Assets		Accumulated Amortization			Net Intangible Assets
Developed intellectual property		$	4,800	$	2,458	$	2,342
Customer relationships			6,100		6,100		-
Contract backlog			2,000		2,000		-
Other intangible assets			1,187		636		551
Total identifiable intangible assets		$	14,087	$	11,194	$	2,893

XML

Note 6 Inventories

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Inventory Net [Abstract]

Inventory Disclosure [Text Block]

6. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 30,		March 31,
	2013		2013
	(unaudited)
Raw materials	$	18,100	$	17,349
Work in process		41,940		41,036
Finished goods		26,857		25,444
Total	$	86,897	$	83,829

XML

Note 12 Employee Equity Incentive Plans (Option Activity) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2013
Options Outstanding Intrinsic Value [Abstract]
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, Exercised	$ 338	[1]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award Options Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share [Abstract]
Options Outstanding	$ 10.08		$ 10.04
Options Granted	$ 0
Options Exercised	$ 8.04
Options Cancelled	$ 9.02
Options Expired	$ 12.13
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Additional Disclosures [Abstract]
Number of Shares, Exercisable	4,108,073		4,065,473
Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share, Exercisable	$ 9.83		$ 9.74
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Number of Shares Outstanding, Beginning Balance	5,327,473
Options Granted	0
Options Exercised	(109,150)
Options Cancelled	(10,000)
Options Expired	(2,500)
Number of Shares Outstanding, Ending Balance	5,205,823

[1] Represents the difference between the exercise price and the value of our common stock at the time of exercise.

XML

Segment and Geographic Information (Policy)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Reporting, Policy [Policy Text Block]

We have a single operating segment. This operating segment is comprised of semiconductor products used primarily in power-related applications. While we have separate legal subsidiaries with discrete financial information, we have one chief operating decision maker with highly integrated businesses.

XML

Note 15 Segment and Geographic Information (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of Revenue from External Customers by Geographic Area [Table Text Block]

		Three Months Ended June 30,
			2013		2012
		(unaudited)
United States		$	21,558	$	24,922
Europe and the Middle East
	France		1,303		1,573
	Germany		7,653		9,157
	Italy		973		1,026
	Sweden		1,380		1,160
	United Kingdom		5,336		7,124
	Other		7,274		8,064
Asia Pacific
	China		14,674		13,384
	Japan		1,705		1,828
	Korea		1,864		2,243
	Malaysia		703		1,303
	Singapore		2,593		2,645
	Other		1,499		2,579
Rest of the World
	India		1,348		1,802
	Other		1,323		2,047
Total		$	71,186	$	80,857

Revenue from External Customers by Products and Services [Table Text Block]

	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2013		2012
		(unaudited)
Power semiconductors	$	51,666	$	59,582
Integrated circuits		13,655		15,599
Systems and RF power semiconductors		5,865		5,676
Total	$	71,186	$	80,857

XML

Note 9 Borrowing Arrangements

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Debt Disclosure [Text Block]

9. Borrowing Arrangements

Bank of the West

On November 13, 2009, we entered into a credit agreement for a revolving line of credit with Bank of the West, or BOTW, under which we could borrow up to $15.0 million and all amounts owed under the credit agreement were due and payable on October 31, 2011. On December 29, 2010, we entered into an amendment with BOTW to increase the line of credit to $20.0 million and to extend the expiration date to October 31, 2013. Borrowings may be repaid and re-borrowed at any time during the term of the credit agreement. The obligations are guaranteed by two of our subsidiaries. At June 30, 2013,the outstanding principal balance under the credit agreement was$15.0 million.

The credit agreement provides different interest rate alternatives under which we may borrow funds. We may elect to borrow based on LIBOR plus a margin, an alternative base rate plus a margin or a floating rate plus a margin. The margin can range from 1.5% to 3.25%, depending on interest rate alternatives and on our leverage of liabilities to effective tangible net worth. The effective interest rate as of June 30, 2013was 2.78%.

The credit agreement is subject to a set of financial covenants, including minimum effective tangible net worth, the ratio of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable to current liabilities, profitability, a ratio of EBITDA to interest expense and a minimum amount of U.S. domestic cash on hand. At June 30, 2013, we complied with all of these financial covenants.

The credit agreement also includes a $3.0 million letter of credit subfacility. See Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies” for further information regarding the terms of the subfacility.

IKB Deutsche Industriebank

On June 10, 2005, IXYS Semiconductor GmbH, our German subsidiary, borrowed €10.0 million, or about $12.2 million at the time, from IKB Deutsche Industriebank. This loan is partially collateralized by a security interest in our facility in Lampertheim, Germany and is expected to be paid in full on June 30, 2020. The outstanding balance at June 30, 2013was €4.7 million, or $6.1 million.

The interest rate on the loan is determined by adding the then effective three month Euribor rate and a margin. The margin can range from 0.7% to 1.25%, depending on the calculation of a ratio of indebtedness to cash flow for our German subsidiary. In June 2010, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement commencing June 30, 2010. The swap agreement has a fixed interest rate of 1.99% and expires on June 30, 2015. It is not designated as a hedge in the financial statements. See Note 4, “Fair Value” for further information regarding the derivative contract.

During each fiscal quarter, a principal payment of €167,000, or about $217,000, and a payment of accrued interest are required.Financial covenants for a ratio of indebtedness to cash flow, a ratio of equity to total assets and a minimum stockholders' equity for the German subsidiary must be satisfied for the loan to remain in good standing. The loan may be prepaid in whole or in part at the end of a fiscal quarter without penalty. At June 30, 2013, we complied with the financial covenants. The loan is partially collateralized by a security interest in the facility owned by our company in Lampertheim, Germany.

XML

Note 5 Other Assets

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Other Assets Noncurrent Disclosure [Abstract]

Other Assets Disclosure [Text Block]

5.Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):

	June 30,		March 31,
	2013		2013
	(unaudited)
Marketable equity securities	$	3,354	$	4,116
Auction rate preferred securities		350		350
Long term equity investments		5,515		5,449
Other items		334		320
Total	$	9,553	$	10,235

XML

Statement of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$ 1,979	$ 6,007
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	2,722	3,277
Provision for receivable allowances	1,672	3,102
Net change in inventory provision	765	(1)
Foreign currency adjustments on intercompany amounts	(110)	(497)
Stock-based compensation	671	1,095
Loss (gain) on investments and disposal of fixed assets	(140)	24
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(4,466)	(893)
Inventories	(2,198)	(1,897)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	(273)	(376)
Other assets	(13)	313
Accounts payable	(80)	1,475
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	(433)	369
Pension liabilities	(336)	(218)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	(240)	11,780
Cash flows from investing activities:
Change in restricted cash	(4)	(48)
Purchase of business, net of deferred payments	(20,000)	0
Purchases of investments	0	(3,919)
Purchases of property and equipment	(1,566)	(1,118)
Proceeds from sale of investments	324	387
Net cash used in investing activities	(21,246)	(4,698)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	(616)	(745)
Repayments of loans and notes payable	(243)	(939)
Proceeds from employee equity plans	1,349	567
Payment of cash dividends to stockholders	(931)	0
Net cash used in financing activities	(441)	(1,117)
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents	640	(1,738)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(21,287)	4,227
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	107,116	98,604
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	85,829	102,831
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities:
Deferred payments of business acquisition	$ 30,000	$ 0

XML

Note 8 Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Finite-Lived Intangible Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Intangible Assets	$ 62,736	$ 14,087
Accumulated Amortization	11,463	11,194
Net Intangible Assets	51,273	2,893
Developed Intellectual Property [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Intangible Assets	19,056	4,800
Accumulated Amortization	2,658	2,458
Net Intangible Assets	16,398	2,342
Customer Relationships [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Intangible Assets	20,803	6,100
Accumulated Amortization	6,100	6,100
Net Intangible Assets	14,703	0
In Progress Intellectual Property [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Intangible Assets	13,090	0
Accumulated Amortization	0	0
Net Intangible Assets	13,090	0
Contract Backlog [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Intangible Assets	7,250	2,000
Accumulated Amortization	2,000	2,000
Net Intangible Assets	5,250	0
Other Intangible Assets [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Intangible Assets	2,537	1,187
Accumulated Amortization	705	636
Net Intangible Assets	$ 1,832	$ 551

XML

Note 5 Other Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013
Other Assets Noncurrent Disclosure [Abstract]
Marketable Equity Securities	$ 3,354	$ 4,116
Auction Rate Preferred Securities	350	350
Long Term Equity Investments	5,515	5,449
Other Items	334	320
Other Assets, Total	$ 9,553	$ 10,235

XML

Note 5 Other Assets (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Other Assets Noncurrent Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Other Assets, Noncurrent [Table Text Block]

	June 30,		March 31,
	2013		2013
	(unaudited)
Marketable equity securities	$	3,354	$	4,116
Auction rate preferred securities		350		350
Long term equity investments		5,515		5,449
Other items		334		320
Total	$	9,553	$	10,235

XML

Note 14 Computation of Earnings Per Share (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Net Income	$ 1,979	$ 6,007
Weighted Average Shares - Basic	30,948	31,351
Weighted Average Shares - Diluted	31,635	32,378
Net Income Per Share - Basic	$ 0.06	$ 0.19
Net Income Per Share - Diluted	$ 0.06	$ 0.19

XML

Note 12 Employee Equity Incentive Plans (Narratives) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013
Plan 2013 Approved on May 17, 2013 [Member]
Employee Equity Incentive Plans [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Authorized	2,000,000
Plan 2009 Approved on September 10, 2009 [Member]
Employee Equity Incentive Plans [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Authorized	900,000
Plan 2011 Approved on September 16, 2011 [Member]
Employee Equity Incentive Plans [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Authorized	600,000
Stock Options of Plans 2009 and 2011 [Member]
Employee Equity Incentive Plans [Line Items]
Per Share Option Exercise Price as a Percentage of Fair Market Value on Grant Date Not Less Than	100.00%
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Award Vesting Period	4 years 0 months 0 days
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Expiration from Award Date	ten years from the date of grant
Stock Appreciation Rights of Plans 2009 and 2011 [Member]
Employee Equity Incentive Plans [Line Items]
Per Share Option Exercise Price as a Percentage of Fair Market Value on Grant Date Not Less Than	100.00%
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Expiration from Award Date	no later than 10 years from the grant date
Zilog 2004 Plan [Member]
Employee Equity Incentive Plans [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award Number of Shares Assumed	652,963
Employee Stock Purchase Plan 1999 Approved in May 1999 [Member]
Employee Equity Incentive Plans [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Authorized	500,000
ESPP Discounted Purchase Price Percentage	85.00%
ESPP Purchase Period	semi-annual
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Maximum Employee Subscription Rate	15.00%
Stock Issued During Period, Shares, Employee Stock Purchase Plans	55,231
Number of Employee Stock Purchase Plan Shares Available for Future Issuance	131,124
Subsequent ESPP Purchase Approval on July 31, 2007 [Member]
Employee Equity Incentive Plans [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Authorized	350,000
Subsequent ESPP Purchase Approval on July 9, 2010 [Member]
Employee Equity Incentive Plans [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Authorized	350,000
Equity Incentive Plans Total [Member]
Employee Equity Incentive Plans [Line Items]
Unrecognized Compensation Cost of Stock Option Granted	$ 5.4
Weighted Average Period of the Unrecognized Compensation Cost to be Recognized	2 years 6 months 0 days

XML

Note 12 Employee Equity Incentive Plans

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Text Block]

12. Employee Equity Incentive Plans

Stock Purchase and Stock Option Plans

The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

On May 17, 2013, the Board of Directors of our company approved the adoption of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, under which 2,000,000 shares of our common stock will be reserved for the grant of stock options and other equity incentives. No rights have been granted under this plan to date.

The 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan

On September 10, 2009, our stockholders approved the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2009 Plan, under which 900,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for the grant of stock options and other equity incentives. On September 16, 2011, our stockholders approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2011 Plan, under which 600,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for the grant of stock options and other equity incentives. The 2009 Plan and the 2011 Plan are referred to as the Plans.

Stock Options

Under the Plans, nonqualified and incentive stock options may be granted to employees, consultants and non-employee directors. Generally, the per share exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the grant date. The Board of Directors has the full power to determine the provisions of each option issued under the Plans. While we may grant options that become exercisable at different times or within different periods, we have primarily granted options that vest over four years. The options, once granted, expire ten years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock awards may be granted to any employee, director or consultant under the Plans. Pursuant to a restricted stock award, we will issue shares of common stock that will be released from restriction if certain requirements, including continued performance of services, are met.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Awards of stock appreciation rights, or SARs, may be granted to employees, consultants and nonemployee directors pursuant to the Plans. A SAR is payable on the difference between the market price at the time of exercise and the exercise price at the date of grant. In any event, the exercise price of a SAR shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the grant date and shall expire no later than ten years from the grant date. Upon exercise, the holder of a SAR shall be entitled to receive payment either in cash or a number of shares by dividing such cash amount by the fair market value of a share on the exercise date.

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units, denominated performance units in the 2009 Plan, may be granted to employees, consultants and nonemployee directors under the Plans. Each restricted stock unit shall have a value equal to the fair market value of one share. After the applicable performance period has ended, the holder will be entitled to receive a payment, either in cash or in the form of shares, based on the number of restricted stock units earned over the performance period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance goals or other vesting provisions have been achieved.

Zilog 2004 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan

The Zilog 2004 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan, or the Zilog 2004 Plan, was approved by the stockholders of Zilog in 2004, and was amended and approved by the stockholders of Zilog in 2007. In connection with the acquisition of Zilog, our Board of Directors approved assumption of the Zilog 2004 Plan. Employees of Zilog and persons first employed by our company after the closing of the acquisition of Zilog may receive grants under the Zilog 2004 Plan. Under the 2004 Plan, incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, or restricted shares may be granted. At the time of the assumption of the Zilog 2004 Plan by our company, up to 652,963 shares of our common stock were available for grant under the plan.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In May 1999, the Board of Directors approved the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the Purchase Plan, and reserved 500,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the Purchase Plan. Under the Purchase Plan, all eligible employees may purchase our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value at the beginning of the offer period or the semi-annualpurchase date. Stock purchases are limited to 15% of an employee's eligible compensation. On July 31, 2007 and July 9, 2010, the Board of Directors amended the Purchase Plan and on each occasion reserved an additional 350,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the Purchase Plan. During the three months ended June 30, 2013, there were 55,231 shares purchased under the Purchase Plan, leaving approximately 131,124 shares available for purchase under the plan in the future.

Stock-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes the effects of stock-based compensation charges (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended June 30,
Statement of Operations Classifications		2013		2012
	(unaudited)
Cost of goods sold	$	166	$	116
Research, development and engineering		208		281
Selling, general and administrative expenses		297		698
Stock-based compensation effect in income before taxes		671		1,095
Provision for income taxes (1)		208		383
Net stock-based compensation effects in net income	$	463	$	712
________________
(1) Estimated at a statutory income tax rate of 31% in fiscal year 2014 and 35% in fiscal year 2013.

During the three months endedJune 30,2013, the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows do not reflect any tax benefit for the tax deduction from option exercises and other awards. As of June 30, 2013, approximately $5.4 millionin stock-based compensation is to be recognized for unvested stock options granted under our equity incentive plans. The unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.5 years.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of options granted under our equity incentive plans and rights to acquire stock granted under our stock purchase plan. The weighted average estimated fair values of employee stock option grants and rights granted under the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as the weighted average assumptions that were used in calculating such values during the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, were based on estimates at the date of grant as follows:

		Stock Options				Purchase Plan
		Three Months				Three Months
		Ended June 30,				Ended June 30,
		2013 (1)		2012		2013		2012
Weighted average estimated fair
	value of grant per share	$	na	$	5.47	$	2.60	$	3.67
Risk-free interest rate			na		0.9%		0.1%		0.1%
Expected term in years			na		6.34		0.5		0.5
Volatility			na		55.4%		38.5%		46.8%
Dividend yield			na		0%		0%		0%
(1) No stock options were granted during the quarter ended June 30, 2013.

Activity with respect to outstanding stock options for the three months endedJune 30, 2013 was as follows:

			Weighted Average
		Number of	Exercise Price			Intrinsic Value (1)
		Shares	Per Share
						(000)
Balance at March 31, 2013		5,327,473	$	10.04
	Options granted	-	$	-
	Options exercised	(109,150)	$	8.04	$	338
	Options cancelled	(10,000)	$	9.02
	Options expired	(2,500)	$	12.13
Balance at June 30, 2013		5,205,823	$	10.08
Exercisable at June 30, 2013		4,108,073	$	9.83
Exercisable at March 31, 2013		4,065,473	$	9.74
(1) Represents the difference between the exercise price and the value of our common stock at the time of exercise.

XML

Note 8 Goodwill and Intangible Assets

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Text Block]

8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in connection with our acquisition of a 4-bit and 8-bit microcontroller product line.The acquisition was completed on June 27, 2013 and resulted in preliminary goodwill of $165,000. Identified intangible assets resulting from the acquisition based on our preliminary valuation consisted of the following (in thousands):

					Estimated
		Fair Value		Amortization	Useful Life
		(In thousands)		Method	(In months)
Developed intellectual property		$	14,256	Straight-line	60
Customer relationships			14,703	Accelerated	36
In process intellectual property			13,090	Straight-line	60
Contract backlog			5,250	Straight-line	12
Noncompetition agreement			1,350	Straight-line	120
	Total	$	48,649

	Identified intangible assets of our company consisted of the following as of June 30, 2013 (in thousands):
		Gross Intangible Assets		Accumulated Amortization			Net Intangible Assets
Developed intellectual property		$	19,056	$	2,658	$	16,398
Customer relationships			20,803		6,100		14,703
In process intellectual property			13,090		-		13,090
Contract backlog			7,250		2,000		5,250
Other intangible assets			2,537		705		1,832
Total identifiable intangible assets		$	62,736	$	11,463	$	51,273
	Identified intangible assets of our company consisted of the following as of March 31, 2013 (in thousands):
		Gross Intangible Assets		Accumulated Amortization			Net Intangible Assets
Developed intellectual property		$	4,800	$	2,458	$	2,342
Customer relationships			6,100		6,100		-
Contract backlog			2,000		2,000		-
Other intangible assets			1,187		636		551
Total identifiable intangible assets		$	14,087	$	11,194	$	2,893

XML

Note 15 Segment and Geographic Information (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	$ 71,186	$ 80,857
Power Semiconductors [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	51,666	59,582
Integrated Circuits [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	13,655	15,599
System and RF Power Semiconductors [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	5,865	5,676
United States [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	21,558	24,922
France [Member] | Europe and Middle East [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	1,303	1,573
Germany [Member] | Europe and Middle East [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	7,653	9,157
Italy [Member] | Europe and Middle East [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	973	1,026
Sweden [Member] | Europe and Middle East [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	1,380	1,160
UNITED KINGDOM [Member] | Europe and Middle East [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	5,336	7,124
China [Member] | Asia Pacific [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	14,674	13,384
Japan [Member] | Asia Pacific [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	1,705	1,828
Korea [Member] | Asia Pacific [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	1,864	2,243
Malaysia [Member] | Asia Pacific [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	703	1,303
Singapore [Member] | Asia Pacific [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	2,593	2,645
India [Member] | Rest Of World [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	1,348	1,802
Other Geographic Regions [Member] | Europe and Middle East [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	7,274	8,064
Other Geographic Regions [Member] | Asia Pacific [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	1,499	2,579
Other Geographic Regions [Member] | Rest Of World [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net Revenues	$ 1,323	$ 2,047

XML

Note 15 Segment and Geographic Information

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Reporting Disclosure [Text Block]

15. Segment and Geographic Information

We have a single operating segment. This operating segment is comprised of semiconductor products used primarily in power-related applications. While we have separate legal subsidiaries with discrete financial information, we have one chief operating decision maker with highly integrated businesses. Our net revenues by major geographic area (based on destination) were as follows (in thousands):

		Three Months Ended June 30,
			2013		2012
		(unaudited)
United States		$	21,558	$	24,922
Europe and the Middle East
	France		1,303		1,573
	Germany		7,653		9,157
	Italy		973		1,026
	Sweden		1,380		1,160
	United Kingdom		5,336		7,124
	Other		7,274		8,064
Asia Pacific
	China		14,674		13,384
	Japan		1,705		1,828
	Korea		1,864		2,243
	Malaysia		703		1,303
	Singapore		2,593		2,645
	Other		1,499		2,579
Rest of the World
	India		1,348		1,802
	Other		1,323		2,047
Total		$	71,186	$	80,857

The following table sets forth net revenues for each of our product groups for the three months endedJune 30,2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended June 30,
	2013		2012
		(unaudited)
Power semiconductors	$	51,666	$	59,582
Integrated circuits		13,655		15,599
Systems and RF power semiconductors		5,865		5,676
Total	$	71,186	$	80,857

For the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, one distributor accounted for 12.9% and 11.7% of our net revenues, respectively, and another distributor accounted for 11.6% and 12.4% of our net revenues, respectively.

XML

Note 13 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax [Abstract]

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Text Block]

13.Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss)

The components and the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, were as follows (in thousands):
		Foreign Currency		Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities (1)		Defined Benefit Pension Plans (2)		Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss)
Balance as of March 31, 2013		$	2,982	$	60	$	(6,135)	$	(3,093)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
	before reclassifications		1,356		(286)		-		1,070
Net losses (gains) reclassified from
	accumulated other comprehensive
	income		-		(57)		-		(57)
Net current period other comprehensive
	income (loss)		1,356		(343)		-		1,013
Balance as of June 30, 2013		$	4,338	$	(283)	$	(6,135)	$	(2,080)
(1) Net of taxes of $(152) at June 30, 2013 and $31 at March 31,2013.
(2) Net of taxes of $(1,941).

The amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the three months ended June 30, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Components	Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income		Impacted Line Item on Consolidated Income Statements
Net gain on investments:	$	88	Other income (expense), net
		(31)	Provision for income tax
Net of tax	$	57

XML

Document and Entity Information	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jul. 25, 2013
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	IXYS CORP /DE/
Entity Central Index Key	0000945699
Document Type	10-Q
Document Period End Date	Jun. 30, 2013
Amendment Flag	false
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--03-31
Entity Well Known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock Shares Outstanding		31,098,966
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q1

XML

Note 14 Computation of Earnings Per Share

3 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share [Text Block]

14. Computation of Earnings per Share

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Three Months Ended
		June 30,
	2013		2012
	(unaudited)
Net income	$	1,979	$	6,007
Weighted average shares - basic		30,948		31,351
Weighted average shares - diluted		31,635		32,378
Net income per share - basic	$	0.06	$	0.19
Net income per share - diluted	$	0.06	$	0.19

Diluted weighted average shares includes approximately 687,000and 1,027,000common equivalent shares from stock options for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

Basic net income available per common share is computed using net income and the weighted average number of common shares outstandingduring the period. Diluted net income per common share is computed using net income and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, assuming dilution, which includes potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive common shares include the assumed exercise of stock options and assumed vesting of restricted stock units using the treasury stock method. During the three months endedJune 30, 2013 and 2012, there were outstanding weighted average options to purchase 2,657,320and 1,682,804shares, respectively, that were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share since the exercise prices of the options exceeded the market price of the common stock. These options could dilute earnings per share in future periodsif the market price of the common stock increases.

XML

Note 12 Employee Equity Incentive Plans (Fair Value and Assumptions) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award Fair Value Assumptions and Methodology [Line Items]
Weighted Average Estimated Fair Value of Grant Per Share		$ 5.47	[1]
Risk-free Interest Rate		0.90%	[1]
Expected Term in Years		6 years 4 months 2 days	[1]
Volatility		55.40%	[1]
Dividend Yield		0.00%	[1]
Employee Stock Purchase Plan 1999 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award Fair Value Assumptions and Methodology [Line Items]
Weighted Average Estimated Fair Value of Grant Per Share	$ 2.60	$ 3.67
Risk-free Interest Rate	0.10%	0.10%
Expected Term in Years	0 years 6 months 0 days	0 years 6 months 0 days
Volatility	38.50%	46.80%
Dividend Yield	0.00%	0.00%

[1] No Stock options were granted during the quarter ended June 30, 2013.

XML

Note 12 Employee Equity Incentive Plans (Allocated Share-based Compensation Expense) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended				12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013		Jun. 30, 2012		Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Stock-based Compensation Effect in Income Before Taxes	$ 671		$ 1,095
Provision for Income Taxes	208	[1]	383	[1]
Net Stock-based Compensation Effects on Net Income	463		712
Estimated Statutory Income Tax Rate					31.00%	35.00%
Cost of Goods Sold [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Stock-based Compensation Effect in Income Before Taxes	166		116
Research, Development and Engineering [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Stock-based Compensation Effect in Income Before Taxes	208		281
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Stock-based Compensation Effect in Income Before Taxes	$ 297		$ 698

[1] Estimated at a statutory income tax rate of 31% in fiscal year 2014 and 35% in fiscal year 2013.